WO2012169407A1 - Light-emitting device - Google Patents

Light-emitting device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2012169407A1
WO2012169407A1 PCT/JP2012/063938 JP2012063938W WO2012169407A1 WO 2012169407 A1 WO2012169407 A1 WO 2012169407A1 JP 2012063938 W JP2012063938 W JP 2012063938W WO 2012169407 A1 WO2012169407 A1 WO 2012169407A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
light emitting
heat transfer
light
heat
emitting device
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2012/063938
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
俊二 柄川
村松 正博
菜津子 北島
Original Assignee
シチズンホールディングス株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from JP2011128231A external-priority patent/JP5766033B2/en
Priority claimed from JP2011128229A external-priority patent/JP5734753B2/en
Priority claimed from JP2011145389A external-priority patent/JP2013012116A/en
Priority claimed from JP2011146449A external-priority patent/JP5650065B2/en
Application filed by シチズンホールディングス株式会社 filed Critical シチズンホールディングス株式会社
Publication of WO2012169407A1 publication Critical patent/WO2012169407A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G08SIGNALLING
    • G08GTRAFFIC CONTROL SYSTEMS
    • G08G1/00Traffic control systems for road vehicles
    • G08G1/09Arrangements for giving variable traffic instructions
    • G08G1/095Traffic lights
    • FMECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F21LIGHTING
    • F21VFUNCTIONAL FEATURES OR DETAILS OF LIGHTING DEVICES OR SYSTEMS THEREOF; STRUCTURAL COMBINATIONS OF LIGHTING DEVICES WITH OTHER ARTICLES, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • F21V15/00Protecting lighting devices from damage
    • FMECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F21LIGHTING
    • F21VFUNCTIONAL FEATURES OR DETAILS OF LIGHTING DEVICES OR SYSTEMS THEREOF; STRUCTURAL COMBINATIONS OF LIGHTING DEVICES WITH OTHER ARTICLES, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • F21V29/00Protecting lighting devices from thermal damage; Cooling or heating arrangements specially adapted for lighting devices or systems
    • F21V29/50Cooling arrangements
    • F21V29/502Cooling arrangements characterised by the adaptation for cooling of specific components
    • F21V29/506Cooling arrangements characterised by the adaptation for cooling of specific components of globes, bowls or cover glasses
    • FMECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F21LIGHTING
    • F21WINDEXING SCHEME ASSOCIATED WITH SUBCLASSES F21K, F21L, F21S and F21V, RELATING TO USES OR APPLICATIONS OF LIGHTING DEVICES OR SYSTEMS
    • F21W2111/00Use or application of lighting devices or systems for signalling, marking or indicating, not provided for in codes F21W2102/00 – F21W2107/00
    • F21W2111/02Use or application of lighting devices or systems for signalling, marking or indicating, not provided for in codes F21W2102/00 – F21W2107/00 for roads, paths or the like
    • FMECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F21LIGHTING
    • F21YINDEXING SCHEME ASSOCIATED WITH SUBCLASSES F21K, F21L, F21S and F21V, RELATING TO THE FORM OR THE KIND OF THE LIGHT SOURCES OR OF THE COLOUR OF THE LIGHT EMITTED
    • F21Y2115/00Light-generating elements of semiconductor light sources
    • F21Y2115/10Light-emitting diodes [LED]

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a light emitting device, and more particularly to a light emitting device used outdoors.
  • a light emitting diode using a light emitting diode as a light source is in widespread use, taking advantage of its features of low power consumption and ease of maintenance and management.
  • a light emitting device using a light emitting diode as a light source has a problem that the function to prevent snow deposition is inferior to a device using a light bulb due to its low power consumption.
  • Patent Document 1 As a prior art which coped with such a problem, there is a light emitting device of Patent Document 1.
  • a heat generating body that generates heat by energization is provided on a transparent cover that covers a light emitting body in which a plurality of LEDs are arranged, and the temperature of the transparent cover is raised to adhere to the transparent cover.
  • Patent Document 1 there is a problem that power consumption is increased because a power supply for snow melting is separately required. In addition, it is necessary to produce a special cover with a built-in heating element, and there is a problem that the cost increase can not be avoided. In addition, as described later, although it is effective against wet snowfall containing moisture when the temperature is relatively high, dry snowfall containing little water when the temperature is relatively low. In the case, there is a problem that the snowfall prevention effect is not always sufficient. Dry-type snowfall and wet-type snowfall are different in the snowfall mechanism.
  • Patent Document 2 A light emitting device of Patent Document 2 is known as a prior art in which a separate snow melting means is eliminated from the light emitting device of Patent Document 1.
  • the heat generated by the light emitting unit constituted by a plurality of LEDs is covered with the light emitting unit via the heat transfer supporting unit disposed on the back surface of the light emitting unit, and is formed of a thermally conductive material. Transmission to the hood prevents snow on the outer surface of the hood.
  • the light-emitting device of Patent Document 2 relates to a light-emitting device with a hood, and is intended to prevent snow on the hood. Therefore, there is no effect at all to prevent snow on the light emitting device front surface, that is, the light emitting surface surrounded by the hood.
  • the LED unit is inclined forward, a snow prevention plate formed of polycarbonate which is a water repellent (hydrophobic) member is provided on the front surface, and I try to keep the snow from sticking. This is because the contact angle between the snow particles and the surface of the member is maintained large when snowing on the surface of the hydrophobic member, and therefore, the property that snowing is difficult is made.
  • Patent Document 3 is effective against dry type snow which hardly contains water when the temperature is low, but moisture containing water when the temperature is relatively high In the case of model snowfall, there is a problem that the snowfall prevention effect is not always sufficient. As described above, this is caused by the difference between the dry type snow and the wet type snow.
  • these light emitting diode type traffic signals a large number of light emitting diodes are planarly disposed on the light emitting surface of the traffic light, and when the light emission luminance per light emitting diode is improved, the total number of light emitting diodes can be reduced. Although this can be done, it is expected that when the number of light emitting diodes decreases, the graininess when viewing the light emitting surface will increase.
  • planar light emission without discomfort can be obtained even with a small number of light emitting diodes by diffusing light rays from the light emitting diodes in a planar manner using the light guide plate.
  • Patent Document 4 is a traffic sign with a traffic sign displayed, and a white light emitting LED is disposed on the light entrance end face of the light guide plate and attached to the light exit surface of the light guide plate. It describes what makes the display surface light.
  • the present invention has been made in view of the background art as described above, and the problem to be solved is low cost and low power consumption without using a separate snow melting means such as a heater. It is to ensure visibility of the light emitting surface in winter by preventing snow deposition on the light emitting surface of the light source device and securing the light emitting surface without snow deposition at least partially.
  • an additional object of the present invention is to provide a light emitting device which can effectively exhibit the snowfall preventing effect in a wide temperature range and under various snow quality environments.
  • the invention disclosed in the present application has various aspects, and the outline of typical ones of the aspects are as follows.
  • the light emitting element forms a light emitting surface on the protective member
  • the heat transfer member guides the heat generated by the light emitting element to the protective member, and a high temperature region and a low temperature region on the light emitting surface
  • a light emitting device characterized by producing a temperature distribution comprising:
  • the heat transfer member and the protection member are in contact with each other along the periphery of the protection member, and a high temperature region is formed in the peripheral portion of the light emitting surface and a low temperature region is formed in the central portion.
  • Characteristic light emitting device
  • the heat transfer member and the protection member are in contact at the central portion of the protective member, and a high temperature region is formed at the central portion of the light emitting surface, and a low temperature region is formed at the peripheral portion surrounding the central portion.
  • a light emitting device characterized in that.
  • the heat transfer member and the protective member are in contact in a plurality of island regions in plan view, and a low temperature region surrounding the high temperature region of island shape and the high temperature region of island shape on the light emitting surface
  • the heat transfer member and the protection member are in contact with each other at approximately one half of the surface of the protection member, a high temperature area is formed at approximately one half surface of the light emitting surface, and a low temperature area is formed at approximately the other half surface.
  • a light emitting device characterized by
  • the surface of the protective member has a hydrophilic region and a hydrophobic region, and the hydrophilic region has a temperature relative to the hydrophobic region. And a high temperature region maintained at a high level.
  • the light transmitting element further includes a light transmitting member covering the light emitting element, and the heat transfer member is positioned immediately above the light emitting element.
  • the substrate has a first surface on which a plurality of the light emitting elements are mounted and a second surface located on the back surface side of the first surface,
  • the light-emitting device wherein the heat transfer member is provided between the plurality of light-emitting elements on the first surface of the substrate and is formed of a metal material.
  • the substrate is a first surface and a second surface located on the back surface side of the first surface, and the second surface from the first surface
  • the light emitting element is formed of a thermally conductive material having a plurality of through holes penetrating through the surface, and the light emitting element emits light from the second surface to the first surface through the through holes.
  • a plurality of heat transfer members are disposed, and the heat transfer member is disposed on the front side of the light guide plate, is thermally connected to the light emitting element, and generates heat from the light emitting element as a heating area which is a partial area of the light emitting surface
  • the heat transfer portion having a plurality of openings through which the heat transfer structure transmits a light beam emitted from the light guide plate, the light emitting element mounted thereon, and the heat transfer portion thermally A light emitting device having a mounting portion connected thereto.
  • a light emitting device having a light suppression structure which suppresses an amount of light emitted from the light emitting surface in a non-heating region which is a region other than the heating region of the light emitting surface.
  • the light emitting element is provided to face the end face of the light guide plate at a part of the periphery of the light guide plate, and the total amount of heat generation of the light emitting element at the position facing the heating region is A light emitting device having a larger amount of heat generation of the light emitting element at a position facing the non-heated region.
  • the light emitting device according to any one of (12) to (15), further comprising: a heat insulating member that prevents heat transfer at least between the heat transfer structure and the light guide plate and between the heat transfer structure and the housing.
  • the conversion circuit board having a conversion circuit for converting alternating current to direct current is provided, and the conversion circuit board is in thermal contact with the lower portion of the heat transfer structure.
  • Light emitting devices that are arranged to
  • the light emitting device according to any one of (12) to (18) and the case having the opening on the front surface for housing the light emitting device and exposing the light emitting surface, the protective member has the heat transfer structure
  • the light emitting surface of the protective member is convex forwardly, and the light emitting surface and the case are provided on the outer peripheral edge of the light emitting surface.
  • a traffic signal that does not form a step between it and the front of it.
  • the traffic light may be a curved surface which is straight in the vertical direction and curved in the horizontal direction in front of the light emitting surface.
  • the snowfall on the light emitting surface of the light source device can be effectively prevented at low cost and low power consumption without using a separate snow melting means such as a heater.
  • the visibility of the light emitting surface in winter can be secured by securing the light emitting surface that is partially snow-free.
  • the heat generated when the light emitting element is turned on is efficiently conducted to the protective member, that is, the light emitting surface of the front of the light emitting device, and concentrated on a specific part of the protective member. . Therefore, the temperature of the specific location is higher than when the conducted heat is distributed over the entire surface of the protective member, and it is possible to melt the snow that has fallen on the specific location.
  • the surface of the protective member as the light emitting surface is formed of a hydrophilic member and is formed of a high temperature region maintained at a relatively high temperature, and a hydrophobic member. Since the low temperature region is maintained at a low temperature, it is possible to share the temperature or snow environment that can effectively prevent snow deposition on the light emitting surface. Therefore, to provide a light emitting device capable of effectively exerting the snowfall preventing effect in a wide temperature range and under various snow quality snow environments and securing a light emitting surface having no snowfall at least partially. Can.
  • the substantially half surface of the surface of the protective member is a hydrophilic region and the remaining substantially half surface is a hydrophobic region, even under the environmental conditions under which icicles are generated,
  • the icicles can be formed outside the light emitting surface at the lower portion of the light emitting surface, and the effect of the icicles can be minimized.
  • the temperature of the high temperature region can be raised more efficiently, so snow deposition is further prevented.
  • the effect is achieved that the effect can be enhanced.
  • thermoelectric material since a heat-transfer member is formed with a translucent member, temperature distribution can be changed variously by changing the shape of transparent member, and arrangement variously. While being able to do, it is not necessary to provide a heat-transfer member separately, manufacture can be simplified and it can be effective in cost reduction becoming more advantageous.
  • the heat generated when the light emitting element is lit can be efficiently conducted to the protective member, that is, the light emitting surface of the front surface of the light emitting device. Therefore, even if the present light emitting device is installed outdoors in a heavy snow zone and snow adheres to the light emitting surface of the light emitting device, the effect of snow melting can be achieved quickly, and snow deposition can be effectively prevented.
  • the heat generated from the light emitting element is directly conducted to the protective member through the mounting substrate of the light emitting element, so the heat transfer efficiency is further enhanced and the snow melting effect is more effective. It has the effect of being able to
  • the heat insulating member is disposed on the back surface side of the substrate, the heat transmitted from the light emitting element to the mounting substrate is the back surface side of the mounting substrate, that is, the opposite side to the light emitting surface. Prevent heat transfer by heat conduction, convection and heat radiation. Therefore, since heat can be thermally conducted to the protective member, that is, the light emitting surface of the light emitting device efficiently, it is possible to exhibit an effect that snow melting can be performed more effectively.
  • the visibility of the light emission surface of winter can be ensured in the signal apparatus which used the light emitting diode and the light-guide plate.
  • a light ray can be permeate
  • region can be compensated.
  • the heat of the heat transfer structure does not escape to at least either the light guide plate side or the housing side.
  • the reflected light by strong external light such as a west sun, can be suppressed, without preventing drop-off
  • FIG. 1 is a plan view of a light emitting device according to a first embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 1 is a cross-sectional view of a light emitting device according to a first embodiment of the present invention. It is a perspective view of the heat transfer member concerning a 1st embodiment of the present invention. It is explanatory drawing which shows the heat conduction path of the light-emitting device concerning the 1st Embodiment of this invention. It is a conceptual diagram which shows the temperature distribution of the light emission surface of the light-emitting device concerning the 1st Embodiment of this invention. It is a top view of the light-emitting device concerning the 2nd Embodiment of this invention.
  • FIG. 45 is a partial cross-sectional view of the traffic signal by the line HH in FIG. 44. It is a rear perspective view of a heat-transfer member. It is a rear perspective view which shows the modification of a heat-transfer member. It is a rear perspective view which shows the modification of a heat-transfer member. It is a front perspective view which shows the modification of the signal apparatus which suppressed the reflected light by strong external light, such as a west day. It is a figure which shows the various shapes of a heat-transfer part. It is a figure which shows the various shapes of a heat-transfer part. It is a figure which shows the various shapes of a heat-transfer part. It is a figure which shows the various shapes of a heat-transfer part.
  • FIG. 1 is a plan view of the light emitting device 100 according to the first embodiment
  • FIG. 2 is a sectional view taken along the line AA in FIG. 1 of the light emitting device 100 according to the present embodiment
  • FIG. 3 is a heat transfer member according to the present embodiment
  • reference numeral 110 denotes an opening in which the light emitting element 210 is disposed, 120b a heat conduction sheet, 130 a protection member, 140 a case, 150 an area without a heat transfer member, 230 a heat transfer member
  • the heat member, 260 indicates a toroidal area.
  • FIG. 1 shows a state in which a part thereof is cut away so that the internal configuration can be understood.
  • the heat conduction sheet 120b or the doughnut-shaped area 260 where the heat transfer member 230 is disposed in FIG. 1 becomes the high temperature area of the protective member 130, ie, the light emitting surface.
  • the non-region 150 is a low temperature region which is a natural temperature state of the light emitting surface.
  • 120a and 120b are heat conduction sheets
  • 210 are light emitting elements
  • 212 is solder
  • 214a and b are wiring layers of the aluminum base substrate
  • 220 is an aluminum base substrate
  • 222 is a screw
  • 230 is a heat transfer member 240 denotes a heat insulating member
  • 250 denotes a light emitting device drive circuit.
  • the white upward arrow indicates the emission direction of the light emitted from the light emitting element.
  • a plurality of light emitting elements 210 are mounted on the aluminum base substrate 220, and each light emitting element 210 emits light upward in the figure indicated by a white arrow in the drawing.
  • the aluminum base substrate constitutes a mounting substrate.
  • the aluminum base substrate is a substrate in which an aluminum metal base and a copper foil wiring layer are integrated via an insulating layer, and is a substrate excellent in thermal conductivity.
  • the thickness of the aluminum base substrate is, eg, about 1 to 2 mm.
  • the light emitting element 210 for example, an SMD (Surface Mount Device) enclosed in a package, that is, a surface mounting type light emitting diode (LED) can be suitably used.
  • SMD Surface Mount Device
  • LED surface mounting type light emitting diode
  • the LED package is fixed directly to the aluminum base portion of the aluminum base substrate 220 by a method such as soldering or adhesion using a thermally conductive adhesive.
  • a thermally conductive adhesive As a heat conductive adhesive, an epoxy type, a silicone type adhesive agent, AuSn paste etc. can be mentioned.
  • the terminal (not shown) of the light emitting element 210 is connected by soldering to the wiring layer 214 a by the solder 212.
  • heat transfer member 230 is provided on aluminum base substrate 220.
  • the heat transfer member 230 is a doughnut-shaped plate having an opening 110 surrounding the light emitting element 210, and in the present embodiment, the heat transfer member 230 is formed to have substantially the same diameter as the outer diameter of the protection member 130. It is disposed at the periphery of the protective member 130. Therefore, a predetermined range from the center of the light emitting device 100 is the area 150 without the heat transfer member.
  • a metal excellent in thermal conductivity such as an aluminum plate, is used.
  • the heat transfer member 230 is a member for guiding the heat generated by the light emitting element 210 and conducted through the aluminum base substrate 220 to the protective member 130 as described later.
  • the thickness of the heat transfer member 230 is, for example, about 2 to 4 mm in consideration of the light distribution angle of the LED and the like.
  • the heat transfer member 230 has been described as a structure in which the heat conduction sheet 120a is sandwiched on the aluminum metal base of the aluminum base substrate 220, but the structure is not limited to this.
  • the heat conductive sheet 120 a may be sandwiched on the aluminum metal base of the aluminum base substrate 220, the insulating layer, and the copper foil wiring layer.
  • the aluminum base substrate 220 and the heat transfer member 230 are integrally fixed by screws 222 disposed at appropriate positions.
  • the fixing of the aluminum base substrate 220 and the heat transfer member 230 is not limited to a screw, and may be fixed to each other by soldering, adhesion with a heat conductive adhesive, or the like as appropriate.
  • a heat conductive sheet 120a may be provided between the aluminum base substrate 220 and the heat transfer member 230, or a heat conductive grease may be applied.
  • the heat conductive sheet lowers the thermal resistance by increasing the contact area between the aluminum base substrate 220 and the heat transfer member 230, and the heat generated by the light emitting element 210 is efficiently transferred to the heat transfer member 230 through the aluminum base substrate 220. It is a sheet to guide well.
  • thermoelectric sheet a silicone rubber sheet, a sheet obtained by filling silicone with a ceramic filler, or the like can be suitably used.
  • the heat conduction sheet 120 a is provided with a hole corresponding to the light emitting element 210 so that the light emitted from the light emitting element 210 is not impeded.
  • the heat conductive sheet can be replaced by a heat conductive grease or the like according to the heat conductive design, and these sheets or grease may be omitted.
  • a protective member 130 is provided on the heat transfer member 230.
  • the protective member 130 it is preferable to select a material with good thermal conductivity, and glass with high thermal conductivity is suitable.
  • a translucent resin such as polycarbonate or acrylic can be used.
  • the protection member 130 is provided to cover the opening 110 formed by surrounding the light emitting element 210 and the region 150 without the heat transfer member by the aluminum base substrate 220 and the heat transfer member 230, thereby protecting the light emitting element 210 from the outside air. Play a role in
  • the protective member 130 may be integrally fixed to the heat transfer member 230 by a packing that prevents the entry of water or the like, or may be bonded to the heat transfer member (or to the heat conductive sheet 120b) with a thermally conductive adhesive. It may be fixed.
  • the protective member 130 is in direct contact with the outside air as a light emitting surface of the light emitting device 100.
  • a heat conduction sheet 120 b is provided between the heat transfer member 230 and the protection member 130.
  • the heat transfer sheet 120b improves the heat transfer between the heat transfer member 230 and the protection member 130 to lower the heat resistance. It is a sheet for efficiently conducting heat generated by the light emitting element 210 to the protective member 130 through the aluminum base substrate 220 and the heat transfer member 230.
  • heat conduction sheet 120b the same material as the above-mentioned heat conduction sheet 120a can be used suitably.
  • heat conductive sheet 120 a it is also similar to the heat conductive sheet 120 a that holes are provided in the heat conductive sheet 120 b corresponding to the light emitting elements 210 so as not to impede the progress of light emitted from the light emitting elements 210.
  • the heat conduction sheet 120b can be replaced by a heat conduction grease or the like according to the heat conduction design, and these sheets or grease may be omitted.
  • a light emitting device drive circuit 250 is mounted on the back surface of the aluminum base substrate 220, that is, the surface opposite to the light emitting element 210 mounting surface. Each component constituting the light emitting device drive circuit 250 is disposed on the wiring layer 214 b, and for example, a through hole (not shown) is provided in the aluminum base substrate 220, and connected to the wiring layer 214 a. Supply drive power.
  • the light emitting device drive circuit is not essential, and may not be incorporated depending on the application.
  • a heat insulating member 240 is provided on the surface of the aluminum base substrate 220 opposite to the light emitting element 210 mounting surface.
  • the heat generated from the light emitting element 210 is diffused in the lateral direction by the aluminum base substrate 220 and guided to the heat transfer member 230 as described later, but the heat conducted to the aluminum base substrate 220 is the main heat insulating member 240 It is a member for preventing heat transfer by heat conduction, convection, and heat radiation on the side opposite to the light emitting surface in the case 140 and enhancing heat conduction to the light emitting surface side of the light emitting device 100.
  • a foamed plastic type heat insulating material so-called expanded polystyrene, CR (chloroprene rubber) sponge, EPDM (ethylene-propylene rubber) sponge, silicone rubber sponge or the like can be suitably used.
  • the heat insulating member 240 is an additional one and may be omitted.
  • a bowl-shaped case 140 is provided to surround the main body of the light emitting device 100.
  • the case 140 is formed of, for example, a plastic having a low thermal conductivity so as not to transfer the heat generated from the light emitting element 210 to the outside through the case 140.
  • the opening 110 and the region 150 without the heat transfer member may be not particularly filled, and the inside may remain as an air layer, or may be sealed with a sealing resin having a high light transmittance.
  • a sealing resin having a high light transmittance an epoxy-based thermosetting resin, an ultraviolet-curable resin, a thermosetting silicone resin, or the like can be used.
  • FIG. 4 is an explanatory view showing a heat conduction path of the light emitting device according to the present embodiment
  • FIG. 5 is a conceptual view showing a temperature distribution of a light emitting surface of the light emitting device according to the present embodiment.
  • the heat generated from the light emitting element 210 is designed to reduce the thermal resistance between the light emitting element 210 and the aluminum base substrate 220 as described above, the heat is first conducted downward as shown in FIG. . This is because heat is transferred upward by convection and heat radiation, but the heat resistance is large and the heat flow upward is extremely small.
  • the heat conducted downward is diffused laterally by the uniformly high thermal conductivity aluminum base substrate 220. Then, the heat diffused in the lateral direction is guided to the heat transfer member 230 because the heat resistance between the aluminum base substrate 220 and the heat transfer member 230 is small, and is conducted from the lower surface to the upper surface of the heat transfer member 230 .
  • the heat transfer member 230 is disposed along the periphery of the light emitting surface of the light emitting device 100 as illustrated in FIG. 4, the heat generated by the light emitting element 210 is guided to the peripheral portion of the light emitting surface.
  • the heat induced upward by the heat transfer member 230 conducts heat to the periphery of the protection member 130 to raise the temperature of the periphery of the protection member 130.
  • FIG. 5 conceptually shows the temperature distribution on the light emitting surface of the light emitting device of the present embodiment, that is, the surface of the protective member 130.
  • a doughnut-shaped relatively high temperature region 310 and a circular relatively low temperature region 320 are formed inside thereof.
  • the material of the protection member 130 is formed in a portion corresponding to the doughnut-shaped area 260 corresponding to the heat transfer member 230 and the area 150 without the heat transfer member. It may be different. That is, a material having a relatively high thermal conductivity is used for the doughnut-shaped region 260 corresponding to the heat transfer member 230, and a material having a relatively low thermal conductivity is used for the portion corresponding to the region 150 having no heat transfer member These may be integrally formed to constitute a protective member.
  • the doughnut-shaped heat transfer member can be disposed not only at the periphery of the light emitting surface but also at an arbitrary position, and a circular heat transfer member may be disposed at the center. Furthermore, a plurality of heat transfer members may be provided.
  • the light emitting device efficiently conducts the heat generated when the light emitting element is turned on to the protective member, that is, the light emitting surface of the front surface of the light emitting device. I have to. Therefore, the temperature of the specific location is higher than when the conducted heat is distributed over the entire surface of the protective member, and it is possible to melt the snow that has fallen on the specific location. It is possible to prevent snow deposition on the entire light emitting surface as a result of water generated by the snow melting action melting snow on areas other than the specific part and also sliding off.
  • the light emitting device according to the present embodiment actively utilizes the heat generation of the light emitting diode, no additional snow melting means such as a heater is used, and therefore no additional power is required at the time of snow melting. Therefore, the power consumption of the light emitting device as a whole is not increased, and the excellent effect of cost reduction can be achieved.
  • the heat transferred from the light emitting element to the mounting substrate is conducted on the back surface of the mounting substrate, that is, heat conduction, convection, and heat radiation on the opposite side to the light emitting surface.
  • the heat generated from the light emitting element can be transferred to other than the protective member to reduce the transmission loss, and the heat can be conducted to the light emitting surface of the protective member, that is, the light emitting device more efficiently. The effect that the removing action can be performed effectively can be achieved.
  • Second Embodiment 6 is a plan view of the light emitting device 400 according to the present embodiment
  • FIG. 7 is a cross sectional view of the light emitting device 400 according to the present embodiment taken along line BB in FIG. 6, and
  • FIG. 8 is light emission according to the present embodiment.
  • FIG. 10 is a conceptual diagram showing the temperature distribution of the light emitting surface of the device 400.
  • reference numeral 410 denotes a mounting substrate
  • 412 denotes a heat transfer portion
  • 430 denotes a printed substrate
  • 460 denotes a high temperature region.
  • a path for guiding the heat generated by the light emitting element 210 to the protective member 130 is integrally formed with the mounting substrate 410 as the heat transfer portion 412.
  • the material of the mounting substrate 410 and the heat transfer portion 412 can be a metal with good thermal conductivity, such as aluminum, and the method of integrally forming can be cutting or extrusion.
  • the heat transfer portion 412 of the present embodiment forms an island-like region so as to surround the light emitting element 210 as one set of four L-shaped convex portions in plan view, and protrudes to the mounting substrate 410. It is formed.
  • printed circuit board 430 is provided on mounting substrate 410 with an opening corresponding to heat transfer portion 412.
  • the integration of the printed circuit board 430 and the heat transfer portion 412 is adhesively fixed using a thermally conductive adhesive such as an epoxy adhesive or a silicone adhesive.
  • the printed circuit board 430 in addition to a general substrate such as a glass epoxy substrate FR4 and a flexible substrate, an aluminum base substrate excellent in thermal conductivity and the like can be suitably used.
  • the heat conducted downward from the light emitting element 210 mounted on the printed circuit board 430 is laterally diffused in the mounting board 410 and is guided to the heat transfer portion 412.
  • the heat reaching the heat transfer portion 412 is conducted upward and is guided to the protective member 130.
  • the light emitting element 210 existing in the portion surrounded by the heat transfer portion 412 and the light emission not surrounded by the heat transfer portion 412 arranged around the light emitting element
  • the heat of the element 210 is concentrated.
  • the protective member 130 although there is heat conducted to the outside from the region surrounded by the heat transfer portion 412, since the heat transfer portion is locally disposed, a temperature distribution is generated on the surface of the protective member 130.
  • the portion immediately above the region surrounded by the heat transfer portion 412 which is indicated by reference numeral 460 in FIG. 7, becomes a relatively high temperature high temperature region.
  • FIG. 8 conceptually shows the temperature distribution on the light emitting surface of the light emitting device 400 of the present embodiment, that is, the surface of the protective member 130.
  • reference numeral 460 denotes a high temperature region
  • 470 denotes a low temperature region.
  • high temperature regions 460 and low temperature regions 470 are alternately disposed in a checkered pattern as shown in the figure.
  • the material of the protective member 130 may be changed corresponding to the high temperature region and the low temperature region.
  • the shape of the heat transfer portion in the case where the heat generated during lighting of the light emitting element is conducted to the light emitting surface, ie, the protective member By varying the arrangement, the temperature distribution can be varied.
  • the mounting substrate and the heat transfer portion are integrally formed, the number of parts can be reduced, the manufacturing can be simplified, and the cost can be further advantageously reduced.
  • FIG. 9 is a plan view of a light emitting device 800 according to the present embodiment
  • FIG. 10 is a cross sectional view taken along line CC in FIG. 9 of the light emitting device 800 according to the present embodiment
  • FIG. It is a conceptual diagram which shows the temperature distribution of the light emission surface of the apparatus 800.
  • the basic structure of this embodiment is the same as that of the second embodiment, but in this embodiment, the arrangement of the heat transfer portion relatively raises the temperature near the center of the light emitting surface, ie, the protective member. There is a feature.
  • reference numeral 810 denotes a mounting substrate
  • 812 denotes a heat transfer portion
  • 830 denotes a printed substrate
  • 860 denotes a high temperature region.
  • the method of forming the heat transfer unit 812 on the mounting substrate 810, the method of mounting the printed circuit board 830 on the mounting substrate 810, and the like are the same as in the second embodiment.
  • the heat transfer portion 812 is formed in a convex shape in the vicinity of the center of the mounting substrate 810, the temperature of the portion of the protective member 130 in contact with the convex portion becomes relatively high.
  • FIG. 11 conceptually shows the state of the temperature distribution of the protective member 130.
  • a high temperature region 860 having a relatively high temperature is formed near the center of the protective member 130, and a low temperature region 870 having a relatively low temperature is formed to surround the high temperature region 860. Be done.
  • the shape and arrangement of the heat transfer portion are conducted when conducting heat generated during lighting of the light emitting element to the light emitting surface, that is, the protective member
  • the temperature distribution can be changed variously.
  • FIG. 12 is a plan view of a light emitting device 500 according to the present embodiment
  • FIG. 13 is a cross sectional view taken along the line DD in FIG. 12 of the light emitting device 500 according to the present embodiment
  • FIG. It is a conceptual diagram which shows the temperature distribution of the light emission surface of an apparatus.
  • reference numeral 510 denotes a light transmitting member
  • 512 denotes a convex portion
  • 514 denotes a cavity
  • 520 denotes a mounting substrate
  • 530 denotes a printed circuit board
  • 560 denotes a high temperature area
  • 570 denotes a low temperature area.
  • the present embodiment is characterized in that the heat transfer portion is formed of a translucent member that seals the light emitting element.
  • a light transmitting member 510 is provided on the printed circuit board 530 so as to cover the light emitting element 210 mounted.
  • a transparent silicone resin, a transparent urethane resin, a transparent acrylic resin, a transparent epoxy resin, etc. can be used as a material of the translucent member 510.
  • the light-transmissive member 510 is preferably selected to have good thermal conductivity.
  • the light transmitting member 510 is processed so as to project in a cylindrical shape directly above the light emitting element 210 to form a convex portion 512.
  • the convex portion 512 is disposed in close contact with the protective member 130.
  • a method of forming the light transmitting member 510 as in the present embodiment a method of bonding the light transmitting member which has been processed to a printed circuit board with an adhesive, a mold is disposed in the case 140, and the light transmitting member And the like.
  • FIG. 13 shows the heat conduction path of the light emitting device 500 configured as described above.
  • the hollow 514 having a low thermal conductivity, for example, air is present in a portion other than the convex portion 512 of the light transmitting member 510, the conduction of heat is inhibited. Therefore, the heat generated by the light emitting element 210 is concentrated on the portion immediately above the light emitting element 210 and is directly induced to the protective member constituting the light emitting surface.
  • a non-heat conductive member such as heat insulating resin may be disposed. In this way, the heat collecting effect can be further enhanced.
  • a state of temperature distribution on the light emitting surface, that is, the surface of the protective member 130 is illustrated in FIG.
  • reference numeral 560 denotes a high temperature region
  • 570 denotes a low temperature region.
  • the convex portions 512 constituting the heat transfer portion are discretely arranged, the high temperature regions 560 are distributed in an island shape on the surface of the protective member.
  • the mounting board 520 since it is not necessary to diffuse heat between the printed board 530 and the mounting board 520, it is not necessary to take into consideration the thermal conductivity of them, and the mounting board 520 should be composed of a thermally insulating member. Is preferred.
  • the light emitting device transmits the heat generated during lighting of the light emitting element to the light emitting surface, that is, the protective member, and concentrates the light emitting element in a specific portion of the protective member.
  • the temperature distribution can be changed in various ways by changing the shape and arrangement of the resin.
  • FIG. 6 A cross-sectional view of a light emitting device 600 according to the present embodiment is illustrated in FIG.
  • reference numeral 610 denotes a light transmitting member
  • 612 denotes a heat transfer portion
  • 614 denotes a cavity
  • 620 denotes a mounting substrate
  • 630 denotes a printed circuit board
  • 660 denotes a high temperature area
  • 670 denotes a low temperature area.
  • the cavity 514 (see FIG. 13) in the fourth embodiment is provided as a cavity 614 inside the translucent member 610.
  • the other configuration is the same as that of the fifth embodiment. It is also the same as the fourth embodiment that a non-heat conductive member such as a heat insulating resin may be disposed in a portion corresponding to the cavity 614.
  • the cavity 614 which is a non-heat transfer area can be disposed near the light emitting element 210, the heat collection effect can be further enhanced.
  • FIG. 710 denotes a resin molded type light emitting element
  • 712 denotes an LED chip
  • 730 denotes a printed board
  • 732 denotes a solder
  • 760 denotes a high temperature area
  • 770 denotes a low temperature area.
  • the present embodiment is characterized in that a resin molded type light emitting element itself is used as the heat transfer portion.
  • a resin molded light emitting element 710 is mounted on a printed circuit board 730.
  • the resin molded type light emitting element 710 is a lead type having a built-in LED chip 712, and a hole for a lead is provided on a printed circuit board, and the lead is fixed by a solder 732 on the back surface.
  • the resin-molded light emitting element 710 is not limited to the lead type, and may be an SMD type. Moreover, it is also possible to mix and mount the light emitting element 210 of the SMD type.
  • the resin molded type light emitting element 710 is configured such that the top is wider than the bottom so that the heat transfer portion can be effectively formed.
  • the outer shape of the resin-molded light emitting element 710 may be cylindrical or prismatic, but the wide portion is tapered as shown in FIG. 16 in order to effectively conduct heat. It is preferable to form it.
  • the top of the resin-molded light emitting element 710 is disposed in close contact with the protective member 130.
  • the upper surface of the resin molded type light emitting element 710 and the protective member 130 are preferably in contact with each other via a heat conductive grease or the like, from the viewpoint of heat conduction.
  • the heat generated from the resin molded type light emitting element 710 causes the temperature of the protective member 130 to locally rise.
  • a high temperature area 760 and a low temperature area 770 are formed on the protective member 130 to produce a temperature distribution.
  • the light emitting element itself constitutes the heat transfer part, no additional structure is particularly required as the heat transfer part. Therefore, the manufacturing can be further simplified, and cost reduction can be further advantageous.
  • FIG. 17 is a perspective view of a traffic signal lamp 900 according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • 910 B, 910 Y, and 910 R indicate light emitting portions
  • 920 indicates a ridge
  • 930 indicates a lid
  • 940 indicates a screw
  • 950 indicates a housing.
  • light emitting units 910 B, 910 Y, and 910 R can incorporate any of the light emitting devices according to the above-described embodiments, but here, the periphery of the first embodiment can be used.
  • the case where a GX 53 base is adopted for the part high temperature type is illustrated and explained.
  • the light emitting portions 910B, 910Y, and 910R emit blue green, orange, and red, respectively, and can be configured by adopting known LEDs corresponding to the respective colors.
  • the housing 950 is formed by aluminum die casting or the like, and integrally fixes three light emitting units.
  • the weir 920 prevents it from becoming difficult to identify the color of the light emitting parts 910B, 910Y and 910R when the sunlight is directly applied to the light emitting parts 910B, 910Y and 910R from above, and also prevents rain and snow It is intended to serve as a shelter.
  • the lid 930 fixes the light emitting parts 910B, 910Y, 910R, and the screw 940 is a screw for opening the lid. That is, by loosening and removing the screw 940, the lid 930 is opened in the direction indicated by the black arrow in FIG. 17 around the hinge 1020 (FIG. 18) disposed above the lid.
  • FIG. 18 is a rear perspective view of the traffic signal lamp 900 according to the present embodiment.
  • reference numeral 1030 denotes a socket for fitting the GX53 cap
  • 1040 denotes a socket for fitting to the GX53 cap.
  • GX53 is a standard for lighting devices specified as 7004-142-1 in IEC (International Electrotechnical Commission) for the purpose of thinning, and in Japan it is specified as JIS (Japanese Industrial Standard) C 7709-1. ing.
  • the GX 53 mouth ring 1030 is provided with a convex portion 1034.
  • the convex portion has a circular upper surface and a lower surface, and its thickness is relatively thin at about 20 mm, and the drive circuit of the light emitting device is disposed therein. It is a structure.
  • the power supply terminal 1032 is a power supply terminal for supplying power to the traffic signal lamp 900, and is connected to the light emitting device main body by an appropriate wiring system.
  • a socket 1040 fitted to the GX 53 cap 1030 has a power supply terminal insertion hole 1044 and a fitting recess 1042, and a power supply line 1010 for supplying commercial power is connected.
  • the protrusion 1034 of the GX 53 cap 1030 is fitted into the fitting recess 1042, the power supply terminal 1032 is inserted into the power supply terminal insertion hole 1044, the socket is rotated, and the light emitting portion 910B is detachably engaged with the socket 1040. .
  • a contact fitting (not shown) connected to a commercial power supply is disposed inside the socket 1040, and when the contact fitting comes in contact with the power supply terminal, power is supplied to the light emitting unit 910B.
  • the socket 1040 when replacing any of the light emitting parts 910B, 910Y, and 910R, the socket 1040 may be removed, and the light emitting part fixed to the lid may be removed and replaced, so maintenance is easy.
  • the GX53 cap is adopted in the present embodiment, it is possible to make the entire traffic signal lamp 900 thin as about 60 mm.
  • the thermal energy generated from the light emitting element is efficiently guided to the protective member (the protective member 130 in FIG. 2) which constitutes the light emitting surface, and the thermal energy is protected It concentrates on the specific place of, and makes the specific place become a relatively high temperature area.
  • the high temperature region 960 exists in the peripheral portion of the light emitting surface of the light emitting portions 910B, 910Y, and 910R.
  • the size of the display surface of the light emitting unit of the traffic signal lamp is determined by the standard of, for example, about 300 mm ⁇ , an appropriate number of LEDs are arranged on the light emitting unit in consideration of the size However, for example, about 200 LED packages can be used with 0.05 W.
  • the type of LED is not particularly limited.
  • the power supplied to the LED including the drive circuit is about 10 to 20 W per color, as in the ninth embodiment described later. (See FIG. 20) If the heat generated on the entire surface of the protective member is transmitted, the temperature of the protective member is expected to rise to about + 10 ° C. to 15 ° C. with respect to the air temperature. For example, if the temperature is -10.degree. C., the temperature of the protective member is about 0.degree. C. to + 5.degree.
  • the temperature of the peripheral portion of the protective member since the heat energy is concentrated on the peripheral portion of the light emitting surface of the light emitting portions 910B, 910Y, and 910R, the temperature of the peripheral portion of the protective member further rises.
  • the ability to melt locally deposited snow can be improved as compared to the case where the temperature of the protective member constituting the light emitting surface is uniformly raised, the water produced by this snow melting action is specified By melting snow on areas other than the area, it is possible to improve the ability to prevent snow on the entire light emitting surface as a result.
  • the present invention is also applicable to the above-described single-lamp type traffic signal lamp.
  • blue, yellow, and red three-color LEDs may be disposed as light emitting units.
  • blue, yellow and red LEDs may be disposed in the opening 110, and the three openings 110 may constitute a light emitting unit.
  • a single-lamp type traffic signal lamp can be configured by cyclically lighting each group of blue, yellow and red LEDs for a necessary time.
  • the control of the lighting time can be performed by, for example, the light emitting device driving circuit 250 illustrated in FIG.
  • the protective member 130 In a normal three-lamp type traffic signal lamp, there is a time when it is turned off when viewed with one light emitting device, but in the present embodiment, one light emitting device is almost always lit because of its configuration Because I am, I have a constant fever. That is, the protective member 130 always receives the supply of heat generated from the light emitting element, and as a result, the temperature of the protective member 130 is higher than that of the three-lamp type traffic light.
  • the snow melting effect can be more effectively performed by raising the temperature of the protective member 130.
  • FIG. 19 is a plan view of a light emitting device 2100 according to the present embodiment
  • FIG. 20 is a cross-sectional view of the light emitting device 2100 according to the present embodiment taken along line EE in FIG. FIG.
  • reference numeral 110 denotes an opening in which a light emitting element is disposed
  • reference numeral 120 b denotes a heat conduction sheet
  • reference numeral 130 denotes a protection member
  • reference numeral 140 denotes a case.
  • the protective member 130 is on the entire front surface of the light emitting device 100
  • FIG. 19 shows a state in which a part of the protective member 130 is cut away so that the internal configuration can be understood.
  • 120a and 120b are heat conduction sheets
  • 210 is a light emitting element
  • 212 is a solder
  • 214a and b are wiring layers of an aluminum base substrate
  • 220 is an aluminum base substrate
  • 222 is a screw
  • 230 is a heat transfer member 240 denotes a heat insulating member
  • 250 denotes a light emitting device drive circuit
  • 311 denotes a packing
  • 330 denotes a lid.
  • the white upward arrow indicates the emission direction of the light emitted from the light emitting element.
  • a plurality of light emitting elements 210 are mounted on an aluminum base substrate 220, and each light emitting element 210 emits light to the upper side of the drawing sheet indicated by a white arrow in the figure.
  • the aluminum base substrate constitutes a mounting substrate.
  • the terminal (not shown) of the light emitting element 210 is connected by soldering to the wiring layer 214 a by the solder 212.
  • heat transfer member 230 is provided on aluminum base substrate 220.
  • the heat transfer member 230 is a member for guiding the heat generated by the light emitting element 210 and conducted through the aluminum base substrate 220 to the protective member 130 as described later.
  • the heat transfer member 230 is formed by providing a plurality of substantially circular openings 110 corresponding to the light emitting elements 210 in a substantially circular plate as illustrated in FIG.
  • the number of the openings 110 is generally the same as the number of the light emitting elements 210, and one opening 110 is disposed in correspondence with one light emitting element 210.
  • the number of the openings 110 is not limited to this.
  • the number of the openings 110 may be larger than the number of the light emitting elements 210, and components such as chip resistors and chip capacitors may be mounted on the opened openings.
  • the number of the openings 110 can be smaller than the number of the light emitting elements 210.
  • heat-transfer member 230 was demonstrated as one plate-shaped member which has an opening, it is not restricted to this, Arbitrary shape and structure are employable.
  • a plurality of plate-like louvers may be disposed in parallel and in one direction on the aluminum base substrate 220 so as to protrude perpendicularly to the mounting surface of the aluminum base substrate 220, and the light emitting element 210 may be disposed therebetween.
  • the light emitting elements may be arranged in the area surrounded by the louvers in a mesh shape.
  • the heat transfer member 230 need not be provided over the entire surface of the aluminum base substrate 220, and may be provided in part.
  • the aluminum base substrate 220 and the heat transfer member 230 are integrally fixed by screws 222 disposed at appropriate positions.
  • a heat conduction sheet 120 a is provided between the aluminum base substrate 220 and the heat transfer member 230. In addition, it changes to the heat conductive sheet 120a, and you may apply
  • the heat conduction sheet 120 a is provided with a hole corresponding to the opening 110 provided in the heat transfer member 230 so as not to hinder the progress of the light emitted from the light emitting element 210.
  • a protective member 130 is provided on the heat transfer member 230.
  • the protective member 130 is in direct contact with the outside air as a light emitting surface of the light emitting device 100.
  • a heat conduction sheet 120 b is provided between the heat transfer member 230 and the protection member 130.
  • holes may be provided in the heat conduction sheet 120b corresponding to the openings 110 provided in the heat transfer member 230 so that the progress of the light emitted from the light emitting element 210 is not impeded, similarly to the heat conduction sheet 120a. is there.
  • a light emitting device drive circuit 250 is mounted on the back surface of the aluminum base substrate 220, that is, the surface opposite to the light emitting element 210 mounting surface.
  • the light emitting device drive circuit 250 is, for example, an LED drive circuit so-called AC drive circuit by supply of AC power described later.
  • Each component constituting the light emitting device drive circuit 250 is disposed on the wiring layer 214 b, and for example, a through hole (not shown) is provided in the aluminum base substrate 220, and connected to the wiring layer 214 a. Supply drive power.
  • the light emitting device drive circuit 250 is not essential, and may not be incorporated depending on the application.
  • a heat insulating member 240 is provided on the surface of the aluminum base substrate 220 opposite to the surface on which the light emitting element 210 is mounted.
  • a bowl-shaped case 140 is provided to cover the main body of the light emitting device 2100.
  • the case 140 is formed of, for example, a plastic having a low thermal conductivity so as not to transfer the heat generated from the light emitting element 210 to the outside through the case 140.
  • the opening 110 may be filled with nothing, and the inside may remain as an air layer, or may be sealed with a sealing resin having a high light transmittance.
  • a sealing resin having a high light transmittance an epoxy-based thermosetting resin, an ultraviolet-curable resin, a thermosetting silicone resin, or the like can be used.
  • FIG. 22 is an explanatory view showing a heat conduction path of the light emitting device 2100. As shown in FIG. 22
  • the heat generated from the light emitting element 210 is designed to reduce the thermal resistance between the light emitting element 210 and the aluminum base substrate 220 as described above, the heat is first conducted downward as shown in FIG. . This is because heat is transferred upward by convection and heat radiation, but the heat resistance is large and the heat flow upward is extremely small.
  • the heat conducted downward is diffused laterally by the uniformly high thermal conductivity aluminum base substrate 220. Then, the heat diffused in the lateral direction is guided to the heat transfer member 230 because the heat resistance between the aluminum base substrate 220 and the heat transfer member 230 is small, and is conducted from the lower surface to the upper surface of the heat transfer member 230 .
  • the heat conducted upward by the heat transfer member 230 conducts heat to the protection member 130, and as described above, since the protection member 130 is made of a material having high thermal conductivity, heat transfer to the protection member 130 is made.
  • the heat generated is diffused to locally heat the entire protective member 130, although a high temperature region where the temperature of the protective member is high and a low temperature region where the temperature is low are formed.
  • the light emitting device heat generated when the light emitting element is turned on can be efficiently conducted to the front surface of the light emitting device, that is, the light emitting surface. Therefore, even if the light emitting device is installed outdoors in a heavy snow area and snow adheres to the light emitting surface of the light emitting device, the effect of snow melting can be achieved quickly, and snow deposition can be effectively prevented. .
  • the present light emitting device since the heat generation of the light emitting diode is actively used, no additional snow melting means such as a heater is used, so that no additional power is required at the time of snow melting. Therefore, the power consumption of the light emitting device as a whole can not be increased, and the excellent effect of cost reduction can be achieved.
  • the heat transferred from the light emitting element to the mounting substrate is conducted on the back surface of the mounting substrate, that is, heat conduction, convection, and heat radiation on the opposite side to the light emitting surface.
  • the heat generated from the light emitting element can be transferred to other than the protective member to reduce the transmission loss, and the heat can be conducted to the light emitting surface of the protective member, that is, the light emitting device more efficiently. The effect that the removing action can be performed effectively can be achieved.
  • FIG. 23 is a cross-sectional view of a light emitting device 2400 according to the present embodiment.
  • 411 indicates an iron plate
  • 420a and 420b indicate printed circuit boards.
  • an aluminum base substrate is used as a mounting substrate, while in the present embodiment, an iron plate 411 and printed boards 420a and 420b are used in combination.
  • a printed circuit board 420 a for power supply wiring of the light emitting element 210 is provided on the iron plate 411. Further, the light emitting device drive circuit 250 is also mounted on the printed circuit board 420b.
  • a glass epoxy substrate FR4 a flexible substrate or the like can be used as the printed circuit boards 420a and 420b.
  • the thickness of the iron plate 411 may be, for example, t2 mm, and the thickness of the printed circuit board may be, for example, t0.3 mm for a glass epoxy substrate and t0.05 mm for a flexible substrate.
  • the LED as the light emitting element 210 is mounted on the printed circuit board 420a.
  • the heat transfer member 230 preferably has an opening in the printed circuit board 420 and is disposed so as to be in direct contact with the iron plate 411.
  • the iron plate 411 and the printed circuit board 420 a are integrally screwed and fixed to the heat transfer member 230 by the screws 222.
  • the iron plate 411, the printed circuit board 420a, and the heat transfer member 230 may be fixed to each other by soldering, adhesion using a heat conductive adhesive, or the like.
  • FIG. 24 is a cross-sectional view of a light emitting device 2600 according to the present embodiment.
  • reference numeral 611 denotes a mounting board
  • 621 denotes a printed board
  • 631 denotes a thermally conductive sheet.
  • the mounting substrate of the light emitting element and the heat transfer member are separately provided, but the present embodiment is characterized in that they are integrally formed.
  • a metal having good thermal conductivity such as an aluminum plate, is used for the mounting substrate 611, and an opening 110 is provided corresponding to the mounting position of the light emitting element 210 as in the heat transfer member 230 of FIG.
  • a printed substrate 621 provided with an opening 110 in the same shape and arrangement as the mounting substrate 611 is disposed.
  • an LED enclosed in a package which is an SMD type LED in which the light emitting surface and the soldering mounting surface are formed on the same surface, can be suitably used. That is, light is arranged to be emitted toward the front surface, that is, toward the protective member 130 through the openings of the printed circuit board and the mounting substrate.
  • the heat generated from the light emitting element 210 is thermally conducted to the mounting substrate 611, thermally conducted directly to the protective member 130, and diffused in the plane of the protective member 130.
  • the combination of the mounting substrate 611 and the printed substrate 621 can be replaced by an aluminum base substrate, and the heat conduction sheet 631 may be omitted.
  • the effect of the heat insulating member 240 is also the same as that of the ninth embodiment, and may be omitted.
  • the mounting substrate of the light emitting element and the heat transfer member are separately formed, a minute thermal resistance exists at their connection portion, and hence the light emitting element The induction of heat from 210 to the protective member 130 was slightly inhibited.
  • heat can be more efficiently guided to the protective member 130 by removing these factors, so that the snow melting effect can be further enhanced.
  • the path from the light emitting element to the protective member is formed of a single material, the manufacturing can be simplified and the cost can be further advantageously reduced. .
  • Twelfth Embodiment The present embodiment is directed to adopting a GX 53 cap for the light emitting device.
  • FIG. 25A is a socket 750 fitted to the light emitting device 2700 according to the present embodiment
  • FIG. 26B is a rear perspective view of the light emitting device 2700 according to the present embodiment.
  • reference numeral 761 is a socket main body
  • 771 is a power supply terminal insertion hole
  • 780 is a fitting recess
  • reference numeral 711 is a GX53 base
  • 720 is a convex portion
  • 731 is a power supply terminal
  • 733 is an engagement holding receiving portion
  • 740 indicate a case.
  • the light emitting device main body described in the ninth to eleventh embodiments is accommodated.
  • a GX 53 cap 711 having a convex portion 720 is provided on the back surface of the light emitting device.
  • the convex portion 720 has a circular upper surface and a lower surface, and the thickness thereof is relatively thin at about 20 mm, and a drive circuit of the light emitting device (the light emitting device drive circuit 250 in FIG. 21 corresponds to this) is disposed therein. Is configured to Therefore, it is not necessary to provide a power supply circuit on the side of the lighting device body as in the prior art (that is, in the present standard, only a commercial power source is directly connected to the lighting device body side, and the LED drive circuit emits light) It is easy to realize thinning because it is entirely built-in) and the whole is flat.
  • the power supply terminal 731 is a power supply terminal for supplying power to the light emitting device 2700, and is connected to the light emitting device main body by an appropriate wiring system.
  • the engagement holding receiving portion 733 is formed so as to be recessed in an L shape around the convex portion 720.
  • the socket 750 illustrated in FIG. 25A is usually inserted into and fixed to an opening or a ceiling or a wall.
  • the socket 750 is provided with a power supply terminal insertion hole 771 and a fitting recess 780, and the power supply terminal 731 and the convex part 720 of the light emitting device main body are fitted respectively.
  • the power supply terminal insertion hole 771 is a so-called slack hole, and after the insertion, the light emitting device side is rotated to support the power supply terminal 731 so as not to come off.
  • a contact fitting connected to a commercial power supply (not shown) is provided in the socket 750, and the commercial power supply is supplied to the light emitting device 2700 when the power supply terminal 731 contacts the contact fitting.
  • the socket 750 is provided with an engagement holding portion (not shown), and can be engaged with and disengaged from the engagement holding receiving portion 732 of the light emitting device 2700 by fitting the convex portion 720 into the fitting concave portion 780.
  • the light emitting device 2700 is held by the socket 750.
  • the device since the GX53 base, which is a standard of lighting equipment, is adopted, the device can be miniaturized and thinned, and other general lighting devices Thus, it is possible to achieve the effect that the versatility in application is also increased.
  • the present embodiment relates to a light emitting device incorporating an LED drive circuit by supply of AC commercial power, a so-called AC drive circuit.
  • FIG. 26 is a circuit diagram of a light emitting device 2800 according to the present embodiment.
  • Reference numeral 811 is a light emitting element group
  • 820 is a light emitting element, for example, a light emitting diode.
  • Reference numeral 831 denotes an AC drive circuit, which includes a diode bridge 850, a smoothing capacitor 861, and a limiting resistor 871.
  • 840 represents an AC power source.
  • the AC drive circuit 831 incorporates a diode bridge 850. After full-wave rectification of the AC voltage of the AC power supply 840 by this diode bridge, the current controlled by the rectification voltage limiting resistor 871 is used as a light emitting element group. 811 is supplied.
  • FIG. 26 exemplifies a light emitting element group 811 in which one light emitting element 820 is connected in series
  • the configuration of the light emitting element group is not limited to this, and an arbitrary number of light emitting elements 820 connected in series. An appropriate configuration is possible such as connecting in parallel any number of them.
  • the number of light emitting elements connected in series is appropriately set so as not to exceed the rectified voltage supplied by the sum of the forward voltage (Vf) of the light emitting element group 811, a driving circuit with reduced power loss due to limiting resistance is realized. it can.
  • the light emitting device can be directly connected to an AC power source, and there is no need to mount an additional circuit such as an AC / DC converter. It is possible to achieve the effect of being able to
  • FIG. 27 is a perspective view of a traffic signal lamp 2900 according to the present embodiment.
  • 910B, 910Y, 910R are light emitting parts
  • 920 is a weir
  • 930 is a lid
  • 940 is a screw
  • 950 is a housing.
  • light emitting units 910B, 910Y, and 910R can incorporate any of the light emitting devices according to the above-described embodiments, but here, GX53 of the twelfth embodiment.
  • GX53 of the twelfth embodiment.
  • the case where a base type is adopted is illustrated and explained.
  • the light emitting portions 910B, 910Y, and 910R emit blue-green, orange, and red light, respectively, and can be configured by adopting known LEDs corresponding to the respective colors.
  • the housing 950 is formed by aluminum die casting or the like, and integrally fixes three light emitting units.
  • the weir 920 prevents it from becoming difficult to identify the color of the light emitting parts 910B, 910Y and 910R when the sunlight is directly applied to the light emitting parts 910B, 910Y and 910R from above, and also prevents rain and snow It is intended to be used for protection.
  • the lid 930 fixes the light emitting parts 910B, 910Y, 910R, and the screw 940 is a screw for opening the lid. That is, by loosening and removing the screw 940, the lid 930 is opened in the direction indicated by the black arrow in FIG. 27, centering on the hinge 1020 (FIG. 28) disposed above the lid.
  • FIG. 28 is a rear perspective view of a traffic signal lamp 2900 according to the present embodiment.
  • a back surface of light emitting unit 910B fixed to lid 930 is illustrated, and reference numeral 1030 indicates a GX 53 cap.
  • reference numeral 1040 is a socket which is fitted to the GX 53 cap, and a power supply line 1010 for supplying commercial power is connected to the socket.
  • the socket 1040 may be removed and the light emitting part fixed to the lid may be removed and replaced, so maintenance is easy.
  • the GX53 cap since the GX53 cap is adopted, it is possible to make the thickness of the entire traffic signal lamp 2900 as thin as about 60 mm.
  • the size of the display surface of the light emitting unit is determined by the standard of, for example, about 300 mm ⁇ , an appropriate number of LEDs are disposed in the light emitting unit in consideration of the size and the light emission luminance of the light emitting unit. For example, about 200 LED packages can be used with 0.05W.
  • the type of LED is not particularly limited.
  • the power supplied to the LED including the drive circuit is about 10 to 20 W per color. According to the present invention, this thermal energy can be efficiently conducted to the protective member (the protective member 130 in FIG. 20) which constitutes the light emitting surface.
  • the temperature of the protective member is expected to rise to about + 10 ° C. to 15 ° C. with respect to the air temperature according to the above-described configuration. For example, if the temperature is -10.degree. C., the temperature of the protective member is about 0.degree. C. to + 5.degree. If the temperature of the protective member constituting the light emitting surface rises to such an extent, the snow that has snowed can be melted, so that the snow can be effectively prevented from being deposited on the light emitting surface. .
  • FIG. 29 is a plan view for explaining the principle of the light emitting device according to the fifteenth and sixteenth embodiments, and is a view of the light emitting surface 901 of the substantially circular light emitting device as viewed from the front.
  • the light emitting surface 901 is divided into a region A formed of a hydrophilic member and maintained at a relatively high temperature, and a region B formed of a hydrophobic member and having a relatively low temperature.
  • T0 be the temperature of the boundary where it is determined whether it will be dry snow or wet snow.
  • the boundary temperature T0 has a value of about -3 ° C. to 0 ° C., but may vary depending on actual weather conditions. Dry snow occurs at temperatures below T0, and wet snow occurs above T0.
  • the temperature of the region A of the light emitting surface is maintained at 0 ° C. or more by the heat generated from the light emitting element from T0 to a certain temperature on the low temperature side (Tmin). .
  • the snow quality in this temperature range is dry snow. If the air temperature is less than Tmin, the snow melting effect in the region A is not sufficient, and the material of the region A is hydrophilic, so the region A is relatively dry and snow adheres easily. However, since there is no change in the state of the area B, at least the area B is in a state of little snowfall, and even when the temperature is Tmin or less, the area B is secured as a light emitting area with little snowfall on the light emitting surface 901 It will be
  • the region B formed of the hydrophobic member is in a state in which the snow easily adheres.
  • the snow melting effect of the region A is generally effective, snow is less likely to adhere to the region A formed of the hydrophilic member. Therefore, even when the air temperature is T0 or more, the region A is secured as a light emitting region with less snowfall on the light emitting surface 901.
  • the snow preventing effect is effectively exhibited in a wide temperature range and under various snow conditions of snow quality. It is possible to secure a light emitting surface without snowfall at least partially.
  • the fifteenth and sixteenth embodiments will be described in detail with reference to the drawings.
  • FIG. 30 is a plan view of a light emitting device 3100 according to the present embodiment
  • FIG. 32 is a cross-sectional view of the light emitting device 3100 according to the present embodiment taken along line FF in FIG. FIG.
  • reference numeral 110 denotes an opening in which the light emitting element 210 is disposed, 120b a heat conduction sheet, 130 a protection member, 140 a case, 150 an area without a heat transfer member, 230 a heat transfer member Show.
  • the protection member 130 is on the entire front surface of the light emitting device 100, FIG. 30 shows a state in which a part of the protection member 130 is cut away so that the internal structure can be seen.
  • the heat conduction sheet 120b or the doughnut-shaped area in which the heat transfer member 230 is disposed in FIG. 30 is the protective member 130, that is, the high temperature area of the light emitting surface, and there is no heat transfer member.
  • the region 150 is a low temperature region which is a natural temperature state of the light emitting surface.
  • reference numerals 120a and 120b denote heat conduction sheets
  • 210 denotes light emitting elements
  • 212 denotes solders
  • 214a and b denote wiring layers of a mounting substrate
  • 221 denotes a mounting substrate
  • 222 denotes a screw
  • 230 denotes a heat transfer member
  • 240 Denotes a heat insulating member
  • 250 denotes a light emitting device drive circuit
  • 260 denotes a doughnut-shaped area
  • 270 denotes an insulating layer
  • 280 denotes a thermally conductive adhesive.
  • the white upward arrow indicates the emission direction of the light emitted from the light emitting element.
  • a plurality of light emitting elements 210 are mounted on the mounting substrate 221, and each light emitting element 210 emits light upward in the figure indicated by a white arrow in the drawing.
  • a glass epoxy substrate FR4 a flexible substrate or the like mounted on an aluminum plate, an aluminum base substrate or the like can be suitably used.
  • the LED package is fixed on the direct mounting substrate 221 by a method such as soldering or adhesion using a heat conductive adhesive 280.
  • the terminal (not shown) of the light emitting element 210 is connected by soldering to the wiring layer 214 a by the solder 212.
  • a heat transfer member 230 is provided on the mounting substrate 221.
  • the heat transfer member 230 is formed of a doughnut-shaped plate having an opening 110 surrounding the light emitting element 210, and in the present embodiment is formed to have substantially the same diameter as the outer diameter of the protection member 130. It is disposed at the periphery of the protective member 130. Therefore, a predetermined range from the center of the light emitting device 100 is the area 150 without the heat transfer member.
  • a material of the heat transfer member 230 a metal excellent in thermal conductivity, such as an aluminum plate, is used.
  • the heat transfer member 230 is a member for guiding the heat generated by the light emitting element 210 and conducted through the mounting substrate 221 to the protective member 130 as described later.
  • the thickness of the heat transfer member 230 is, for example, about 2 to 4 mm in consideration of the light distribution angle of the LED and the like.
  • the mounting substrate 221 and the heat transfer member 230 are integrally fixed by screws 222 disposed at appropriate positions.
  • the fixing of the mounting substrate 221 and the heat transfer member 230 is not limited to a screw, and may be fixed to each other by soldering, adhesion with a heat conductive adhesive, or the like as appropriate.
  • a heat conduction sheet 120a may be provided between the mounting substrate 221 and the heat transfer member 230, or a heat conduction grease may be applied.
  • the heat conduction sheet 120 a reduces the thermal resistance by increasing the contact area between the mounting substrate 221 and the heat transfer member 230, and the heat generated by the light emitting element 210 is efficiently transferred to the heat transfer member 230 through the mounting substrate 221. It is a sheet for guiding.
  • substrate 221 was illustrated and demonstrated as a mounting method of the heat-transfer member 230, it is not restricted to this.
  • an insulating layer and a copper foil wiring layer may be disposed on the mounting substrate 221, and the heat conduction sheet 120a may be interposed therebetween.
  • the heat conduction sheet 120 a is provided with a hole corresponding to the light emitting element 210 so that the light emitted from the light emitting element 210 is not impeded.
  • the heat conductive sheet can be replaced by a heat conductive grease or the like according to the heat conductive design, and these sheets or grease may be omitted.
  • a protective member 130 is provided on the heat transfer member 230.
  • the protective member 130 it is preferable to select a material with good thermal conductivity, and glass with high thermal conductivity is suitable.
  • a translucent resin such as polycarbonate or acrylic can be used.
  • the protective member 130 is provided to cover the heat transfer member 230 and the area 150 without the heat transfer member, and plays a role of protecting the light emitting element 210 from the open air.
  • the protective member 130 may be integrally fixed to the heat transfer member 230 by a packing that prevents the entry of water or the like, or may be bonded to the heat transfer member (or to the heat conductive sheet 120b) with a thermally conductive adhesive. It may be fixed.
  • the protective member 130 is in direct contact with the outside air as a light emitting surface of the light emitting device 100.
  • a heat conduction sheet 120 b is provided between the heat transfer member 230 and the protection member 130.
  • the heat transfer sheet 120b improves the heat transfer between the heat transfer member 230 and the protection member 130 to lower the heat resistance.
  • the heat transfer sheet 120 b is a sheet for efficiently transferring the heat generated by the light emitting element 210 to the protective member 130 via the mounting substrate 221 and the heat transfer member 230.
  • the same material as the above-mentioned heat conduction sheet 120a can be used suitably.
  • the heat conduction sheet 120b can be replaced by a heat conduction grease or the like according to the heat conduction design, and these sheets or grease may be omitted.
  • a light emitting device drive circuit 250 is mounted on the back surface of the mounting substrate 221, that is, the surface opposite to the light emitting element 210 mounting surface. Each component constituting the light emitting device drive circuit 250 is disposed on the wiring layer 214b. For example, a through hole (not shown) is provided in the mounting substrate 221 to connect the wiring layer 214b and the wiring layer 214a. The driving power is supplied to the light emitting element 210.
  • the light emitting device driving circuit 250 is not essential, and may not be incorporated depending on the application.
  • a heat insulating member 240 is provided on the surface of the mounting substrate 221 opposite to the surface on which the light emitting element 210 is mounted.
  • the heat generated from the light emitting element 210 is diffused in the lateral direction by the mounting substrate 221 and guided to the heat transfer member 230 as described later.
  • the heat insulating member 240 has the case 140 where the heat conducted to the mounting substrate 221 is It is a member for preventing heat transfer by heat conduction, convection, and heat radiation on the opposite side to the light emitting surface inside and enhancing heat conduction to the light emitting surface side of the light emitting device 3100.
  • a foamed plastic type heat insulating material so-called expanded polystyrene, CR (chloroprene rubber) sponge, EPDM (ethylene-propylene rubber) sponge, silicone rubber sponge or the like can be suitably used.
  • the heat insulating member 240 is an additional one and may be omitted.
  • a bowl-shaped case 140 is provided to surround the main body of the light emitting device 3100.
  • the case 140 is formed of, for example, a plastic having a low thermal conductivity so as not to transfer the heat generated from the light emitting element 210 to the outside through the case 140.
  • the opening 110 and the region 150 without the heat transfer member may be not particularly filled, and the inside may remain as an air layer, or may be sealed with a sealing resin having a high light transmittance.
  • a sealing resin having a high light transmittance As the light transmitting sealing resin, an epoxy-based thermosetting resin, an ultraviolet-curable resin, a thermosetting silicone resin, or the like can be used.
  • FIG. 33 is an explanatory view showing a heat conduction path of the light emitting device according to the present embodiment
  • FIG. 34 is a conceptual view showing a temperature distribution of the light emitting surface of the light emitting device according to the present embodiment.
  • the heat generated from the light emitting element 210 is designed to reduce the thermal resistance between the light emitting element 210 and the mounting substrate 221 as described above, the heat is first conducted downward as shown in FIG. This is because heat is transferred upward by convection and heat radiation, but the heat resistance is large and the heat flow upward is extremely small.
  • the heat conducted downward is diffused laterally by the mounting substrate 221 having high thermal conductivity. Then, the heat diffused in the lateral direction is guided to the heat transfer member 230 because the thermal resistance between the mounting substrate 221 and the heat transfer member 230 is small, and is thermally conducted from the lower surface to the upper surface of the heat transfer member 230. Since the heat transfer member 230 is disposed along the periphery of the light emitting surface of the light emitting device 3100 as illustrated in FIG. 33, the heat generated by the light emitting element 210 is guided to the peripheral portion of the light emitting surface.
  • FIG. 34 conceptually shows the temperature distribution on the light emitting surface of the light emitting device of the present embodiment, that is, the surface of the protective member 130.
  • a doughnut-shaped relatively high temperature region 310 and a circular relatively low temperature region 320 are formed inside thereof.
  • FIG. 35 illustrates a perspective view of the first embodiment of the protective member 130
  • FIG. 36 illustrates a cross-sectional view of the first embodiment of the protective member 130.
  • reference numeral 413 denotes a hydrophobic member
  • 421 denotes a hydrophilic substrate
  • glass can be used as the hydrophilic base 421.
  • the hydrophilicity is improved.
  • the hydrophobic member 413 for example, polycarbonate which is a transparent member can be used.
  • the water repellency is improved by applying a water repellent coating.
  • the protective member 130 can be formed by attaching a substantially circular polycarbonate concentrically with an adhesive or the like on a substantially circular glass substrate.
  • the hydrophobic member 413 of the protective member 130 formed as described above corresponds to the region 150 without the heat transfer member shown in FIG. 31, and the hydrophilic base 421 has the donut shape shown in FIG.
  • the protection member 130 of the light emitting device 3100 according to the present embodiment can be realized by arranging the region 260 to correspond to the region 260.
  • FIG. 37 shows a perspective view of the second embodiment of the protective member 130
  • FIG. 38 shows a cross-sectional view of the second embodiment of the protective member 130.
  • reference numeral 431 denotes a hydrophobic base
  • 440 denotes a hydrophilic member.
  • the hydrophobic substrate for example, polycarbonate can be used
  • the hydrophilic member for example, a balloon-type hydrophilizing agent can be used.
  • the protection member 130 of the light emitting device 3100 according to the present embodiment can be realized by arranging the hydrophilic member 440 corresponding to the doughnut-shaped region 260 illustrated in FIG. 31.
  • FIG. 39 illustrates a perspective view of the third embodiment of the protective member 130
  • FIG. 40 illustrates a cross-sectional view of the third embodiment of the protective member 130.
  • reference numeral 450 denotes a hydrophobic member
  • 461 denotes a heat insulating member
  • 471 denotes a hydrophilic member
  • 480 denotes a substrate.
  • a circular hydrophobic member 450 having the same thickness as the base material 480 and a diameter slightly smaller than the inner diameter of the base material 480 is formed in a shape in which the central portion of the substantially circular base material 480 is cut out in a circle. Make it fit. Then, the heat insulating member 461 is filled in the gap formed by the inner periphery of the base material 480 and the hydrophobic member 450.
  • silicone rubber can be used as the heat insulating member.
  • the material or the treatment can be appropriately selected, but for example, the hydrophobic member 450 can be made of polycarbonate, and the substrate 480 can be made of glass and coated with titanium oxide to make the hydrophilic member 471.
  • the hydrophobic member 450 of the protective member 130 formed as described above corresponds to the region 150 without the heat transfer member shown in FIG. 31, and the hydrophilic member 471 has the donut shaped region shown in FIG.
  • the protection member 130 of the light emitting device 3100 according to the present embodiment can be realized by arranging it to correspond to 260.
  • the protective member 130 By configuring the protective member 130 as in this embodiment, the high temperature region (portion corresponding to symbol 471 in FIG. 39) and the low temperature region (portion corresponding to symbol 450 in FIG. 39) are thermally separated. Therefore, the conduction of heat from the high temperature region to the low temperature region is prevented, and the temperature of the high temperature region can be raised more efficiently. Therefore, the temperature range in which the snow melting effect can be exhibited can be expanded (that is, the above-described Tmin can be lowered), and the snow deposition preventing effect can be further enhanced.
  • the material of the hydrophobic member 450 and the material of the base 480 may be made different. That is, the protective member may be configured using a material having a relatively high thermal conductivity for the substrate 480 and a material having a relatively low thermal conductivity for the hydrophobic member 450. By using the protective member formed in this manner, it is possible to further raise the high temperature region temperature of the peripheral portion of the light emitting surface.
  • the surface of the protective member as the light emitting surface is formed of a hydrophilic member and is formed of a high temperature region maintained at a relatively high temperature and a hydrophobic member Since the low temperature region is maintained at a temperature lower than the high temperature region, it is possible to share the air temperature or the snow quality environment that can effectively prevent the snow deposition on the light emitting surface. Therefore, the effect of preventing snow deposition effectively in a wide temperature range and under snow conditions of various types of snow, and achieving the effect of securing a light emitting surface without snow deposition at least partially. it can.
  • the heat generated during lighting of the light emitting element is conducted to the light emitting surface, that is, the protective member and concentrated on a specific location of the protective member, .
  • Temperature distribution can be changed in various ways. Therefore, the effect of being able to select an optimal shape is also available in a wide temperature range and under snow conditions of various types of snow, in view of visibility etc., in order to secure a light emitting surface area without snowfall partially. Can play.
  • the hydrophilic region and the hydrophobic region are in contact with each other through the heat insulating member, the temperature of the high temperature region can be raised more efficiently. The effect is that it can be enhanced.
  • FIG. 41 is a plan view of a light emitting device 3800 according to the present embodiment
  • FIG. 42 is a cross sectional view taken along the line GG in FIG. 41 of the light emitting device 3800 according to the present embodiment
  • FIG. It is a conceptual diagram which shows the temperature distribution of the light emission surface of the apparatus 800.
  • FIG. The basic structure of this embodiment is the same as that of the fifteenth embodiment, but in this embodiment the temperature of the light emitting surface, that is, the lower half surface of the protective member is relatively increased by the arrangement of the heat transfer member. There is a feature.
  • reference numeral 832 denotes a heat transfer member
  • 860 denotes a high temperature area
  • 870 denotes a low temperature area.
  • the method of mounting the heat transfer member 832 on the mounting substrate 221, the method of mounting the light emitting element 210 on the mounting substrate 221, and the like are the same as in the fifteenth embodiment.
  • a heat transfer member 832 having a rectangular shape in plan view is mounted on the substantially lower half of the light emitting surface. Similar to the fifteenth embodiment, the heat conducted downward from the light emitting element 210 mounted on the mounting substrate 221 is diffused in the lateral direction in the mounting substrate 221 and conducted to the heat transfer member 82. The heat reaching the heat transfer member 832 is conducted upward and is guided to the protection member 130.
  • the lower half of the protective member 130 in contact with the heat transfer member 832 has a relatively high temperature to form a high temperature region 860, and the upper half of the protective member is a low temperature region. Form 870.
  • the surface of the protective member 130 is adjusted so that the portion corresponding to the high temperature region 860 of the surface of the protective member 130 is hydrophilic and the portion corresponding to the low temperature region 870 is hydrophobic.
  • the method of forming the surface of the protective member 130 separately into hydrophilic and hydrophobic is the same as the method described in the fifteenth embodiment.
  • the melted snow may refreeze in the light emitting surface depending on the temperature conditions, and may interfere with visual recognition on the light emitting surface.
  • the snow melting type snowfall preventing mechanism is formed on the substantially lower half of the light emitting surface, so the snow melting is dropped downward by gravity and does not refreeze in the light emitting surface. . Even under the environmental conditions under which the icicles are generated, the icicles can be formed outside the light emitting surface below the light emitting surface, and the problems caused by the icicles can be minimized.
  • the surface of the protective member as the light emitting surface is formed of a hydrophilic member and is a high temperature region maintained at a relatively high temperature; Since it is formed and is composed of a low temperature area maintained at a temperature lower than the high temperature area, it is possible to share the air temperature or the snow quality environment which is effective in preventing the snow deposition on the light emitting surface.
  • the shape and arrangement of the heat transfer members are variously changed.
  • Temperature distribution can be changed in various ways.
  • the effect of being able to select an optimal shape is also available in a wide temperature range and under snow conditions of various types of snow, in view of visibility etc., in order to secure a light emitting surface area without snowfall partially. is there.
  • the icicles can be formed outside the light emitting surface below the light emitting surface, and the problems caused by the icicles can be minimized. Play an effect.
  • the light emitting devices according to the fifteenth and sixteenth embodiments are not limited to the above-described configurations, and various modifications and applications are possible.
  • the hydrophilic area (high temperature area) and the hydrophobic area (low temperature area) exemplified in each of the above embodiments may be interchanged with each other in consideration of the visibility of the light emitting surface and the like.
  • FIG. 44 is a front perspective view of a traffic signal 1 according to a seventeenth embodiment of the present invention.
  • the illustrated traffic signal 1 is a general vertical traffic light emitting three colors of red, yellow and green, and three light emitting surfaces 12 can be seen from an opening 11 provided on the front surface of the case 10.
  • the “light emitting surface” refers to the surface on which the light emission of the traffic signal 1 is viewed, and in the illustrated traffic signal 1, the light emitting surface 12 disposed on the upper side is disposed in the center in red.
  • the light emitting surface 12 emits light yellow, and the light emitting surface 12 disposed below emits light green.
  • a weir 13 is provided from the upper part of each light emitting surface 12 to both side parts.
  • a three-lamp type vertical traffic light is shown as the traffic light 1.
  • the present invention is not limited to this, the number of light emitting surfaces 12 and the color development thereof are arbitrary, and a plurality of light emitting surfaces 12 May be a horizontal traffic signal arranged in the horizontal direction.
  • the light emitting surface 12 shown in the drawing is circular, it is not limited to this, and may have another shape, for example, a rectangular shape.
  • FIG. 45 is a rear exploded perspective view of the traffic signal 1.
  • the case 10 is composed of a front case 10F and a rear case 10R, and houses therein the number of lamps 2 corresponding to the number of light emitting surfaces 12.
  • the number of lamps 2 is three in this embodiment.
  • the material of case 10 is not specifically limited, In this embodiment, it is manufactured by metal, for example, a steel plate.
  • the wedge 13 is attached to the front case 10F by an appropriate method such as welding or screwing.
  • a light fixture fixing portion 14 for fixing the light fixture 2 is suitably provided in the front case 10F.
  • the lamp fixing portion 14 is a female screw.
  • the rear case 10 ⁇ / b> R is provided with a wiring hole 15 for drawing out the electric wiring extending from the lamp 2 to the outside of the case 10.
  • the “lighting device” corresponds to the “light emitting device” in the first to sixteenth embodiments, and is provided corresponding to one light emitting surface 12 (see FIG. 44). Refers to a single unit of light-emitting Therefore, the traffic light 1 having the plurality of light emitting surfaces 12 has the number of lighting devices 2 corresponding to the light emitting surfaces 12.
  • FIG. 46 is a front perspective view of the lamp 2.
  • the lamp 2 is different in that the light emission color of the light emitting diodes as light emitting elements is different, and the number and arrangement density of the light emitting diodes are changed according to the luminance of the light emitting diodes having different light emission colors. Since they all have the same structure, the green-emitting lamp 2 disposed at the lower side of FIG. 45 is shown here as a representative.
  • the lamp 2 has a structure in which various members are accommodated in a housing 28 having a substantially hexagonal outer shape as shown.
  • a transparent cover 21 is visible on the front side of the lamp 2, and the cover 21 is fixed to the housing 28 by screws 2101.
  • the light emitting surface 12 protrudes in a convex shape on the front side on the front surface of the cover 21, and a gasket 20 is provided to surround the outer periphery of the light emitting surface 12.
  • a housing attachment portion 2805 is provided at an appropriate position on the outer periphery of the housing 28 so that the housing 28 can be attached to the front case 10F.
  • the housing attachment portion 2805 is a protrusion having a hole for screwing.
  • FIG. 47 is an exploded perspective view of the lamp 2 and shows the same lamp 2 as that shown in FIG.
  • the gasket 20, the cover 21, the heat transfer member 22, the spacer 23, the optical sheet group 24, the light guide plate 25 and the reflective sheet 26 are disposed in this order from the front and housed in the housing 28 together with the heat insulating member 27. It has a structure.
  • the kind of electrical wiring and an electronic component is abbreviate
  • the gasket 20 is disposed around the light emitting surface 12 of the cover 21 and is interposed between the cover 21 and the front case 10F (see FIG. 45), thereby sealing the gap between the front case 10F and the cover 21 in a liquid tight manner.
  • the material and arrangement method of the gasket 20 are not particularly limited, but in the present embodiment, it is a black rubber ring.
  • an annular sealing material such as a general O-ring may be used, or a suitable sealing material such as caulking material may be applied to the periphery of the opening 11 of the cover 21 or the front case 10F shown in FIG.
  • the gasket 20 may be used.
  • the gasket 20 of this embodiment being black is because it is excellent in a weather resistance and the leak of the light to the front surface of the cover 21 can be prevented, the color in particular is not limited.
  • the cover 21 corresponds to the “protecting member” in the first to sixteenth embodiments, and is a transparent plate-like member that protects the internal structure of the lamp 2 from the external environment, and is made of glass or synthetic resin It is good. As described later, in order to transfer the heat transferred to the back surface of the cover 21 to the front surface, a material with good thermal conductivity of the cover 21 is preferable, but when the thickness of the cover 21 increases, the thickness direction of the cover 21 Thermal resistance increases. Therefore, it is preferable to select an appropriate material of the cover 21 in consideration of the thermal resistance in the thickness direction when the thickness of the cover 21 can be secured. In the present embodiment, the cover 21 is made of polycarbonate which is a synthetic resin, and the thickness of the light emitting surface 12 is 2 mm.
  • the light emitting surface 12 which is a portion exposed from the opening 11 (see FIG. 45) of the front case 10F, has a shape that is convex on the front side. This is a structure for preventing a difference in level between the front surface of the front case 10F and the light emitting surface 12, as described later.
  • the heat transfer member 22 is a material having excellent conductivity, for example, a metal such as aluminum, and is disposed on the back side of the cover 21.
  • the heat transfer member 22 has a polygonal outer shape, here, a hexagonal outer shape, and each side thereof is a placement portion 2200 bent to the back side.
  • a plurality of light emitting diodes are provided on the inner surface of the placement unit 2200.
  • a region overlapping with the light emitting surface 12 of the heat transfer member 22 is a honeycomb mesh provided with a plurality of openings as illustrated, and emitted from the light guide plate 25 provided on the back side of the heat transfer member 22 It is designed to transmit light.
  • the honeycomb mesh is in thermal contact with the back surface of the cover 21 at the time of assembly of the lamp device 2 to transmit the heat generated when the light emitting diode emits light from the mounting portion 2200 to the honeycomb mesh and further to the back surface of the cover 21.
  • the cover 21 is warmed by utilizing the heat generation from the light emitting diode, and the visibility of the light emitting surface 12 is secured by melting or preventing the adhesion of ice and snow adhering to the front of the light emitting surface 12 especially in winter. .
  • the heating region where heat generation at the time of light emission of the light emitting diode is transmitted to the heat transfer member 22
  • the heating area may be an area covering at least a part of the light emitting surface 12, and the entire surface of the light emitting surface 12 may be a heating area.
  • the honeycomb mesh of the heat transfer member 22 is divided up and down, and the heat from the placement unit 2200 is not easily transmitted to the upper honeycomb mesh, and placed on the lower honeycomb mesh. The heat from the placing portion 2200 is easily transmitted.
  • the heating area is the lower half of the light emitting surface 12.
  • a portion of the heat transfer member 22 in the heating region, in this example, the lower half of the honeycomb mesh, is a heat transfer portion 2201 that transfers heat to the cover 21.
  • the heat transfer portion 2201 is thermally connected to the light emitting diode in the heating area which is at least a partial area of the light emitting surface 12 and provided with a plurality of openings for transmitting light emitted from the light guide plate 25 It is a part.
  • the heat transfer portion 2201 is thermally connected to the cover 21 by contacting the back surface of the cover 21.
  • the cover 21 has a thin flat plate shape, and heat conduction in the in-plane direction does not occur much as compared to the thickness direction.
  • the cover 21 will be warmed in the heating area but not much in the non-heating area. Therefore, it can be said that the non-heated area is an area where the amount of heat transfer from the light emitting diode is smaller than the heated area.
  • the heating area corresponds to the "high temperature area” in the first to sixteenth embodiments
  • the non-heating area corresponds to the "low temperature area” in the first to sixteenth embodiments.
  • the structure for warming the cover 21 may not be limited to such a structure. That is, it is disposed in a state of being thermally connected to both the light emitting diode and the cover 21 and transfers heat generated from the light emitting diode to the heating area of the cover 21, ie, at least a partial area of the light emitting surface 12. Any structure may be used.
  • a heat transfer portion 2201 in which a honeycomb mesh or a metal wire is previously embedded in the cover 21 by insert molding or the like is a heat transfer portion 2201, and the mounting portion 2200 and the heat transfer portion 2201 are thermal when assembling the lamp 2. Contact may be made.
  • a heat conductive material such as conductive paste is used on the back surface of the heating area of the cover 21 to form a pattern having a plurality of openings through which light passes by printing to form the heat transfer portion 2201.
  • the heat unit 2201 and the placement unit 2200 may be in thermal contact with each other.
  • the cover 21 itself may be omitted, and the heat transfer member 22 may be directly exposed to melt adhering ice and snow, but the cover 21 is provided from the viewpoint of ease of falling of the ice and snow and durability. Can be said to be preferable.
  • the heat transfer member 22 is polygonal as shown, but if the shape of the heat transfer member 22 is a polygon, the mounting portion 2200 provided on the side is Because it is flat, mounting of the light emitting diode is easy.
  • a polygon it is not limited to a hexagon like the example shown here, It is good also as another shapes, such as a heptagon and an octagon.
  • the heat transfer member 22 may be circular instead of polygonal. In that case, the placement unit 2200 is a curved surface.
  • the shape of the entire lamp 2 is also You may match.
  • the spacer 23 is a member provided between the heat transfer member 22 and the light guide plate 25, in this embodiment in front of the optical sheet group 24, for thermally isolating the heat transfer member 22 and the light guide plate 25. It is made of a material with low thermal conductivity such as synthetic resin.
  • the back surface of the spacer 23 may be a reflective surface that reflects light. In this case, the light emitted to the front side from the portion other than the portion corresponding to the light emitting surface 12 of the light guide plate 25 is reflected and enters the light guide plate 25 again, so that the utilization efficiency of light can be increased.
  • the spacer 23 is not an essential member, and may be omitted as long as the heat transfer member 22 and the light guide plate 25 are thermally isolated.
  • the spacer 23 is unnecessary.
  • the heat transfer member 22 and the light guide plate 25 may be thermally separated by a method other than the spacer 23, and the spacer 23 may be provided.
  • the spacer 23 has a back surface as a reflection surface, an effect of improving the utilization efficiency of light can be obtained.
  • a simple reflection sheet not having a function as a spacer may be provided at the position of the spacer 23.
  • the optical sheet group 24 is a member for controlling the state of a light beam from the light guide plate 25, and a diffusion sheet, a prism sheet, and the like are appropriately selected and used as needed. Of course, it may be omitted if it is unnecessary.
  • the light guide plate 25 is an optical member that changes the direction of light incident from the end face of the outer periphery, which is a side face, and emits light substantially uniformly from the front face, and has a plate shape made of transparent synthetic resin. In this embodiment, it is a hexagonal plate made of acrylic resin. Then, on the back surface of the light guide plate 25, a suitable light reflection structure is provided for changing the reflection direction of the light beam traveling repeatedly inside the light guide plate 25 in the direction toward the front surface.
  • the reflective ink is printed on the back surface of the light guide plate 25 in an appropriate pattern as a light reflection structure, but instead, a three-dimensional structure such as a groove or a dimple may be provided.
  • the front surface of the light guide plate 25 may be a flat surface, or an appropriate structure for controlling the direction of the light emitted from the light guide plate 25 may be provided. In the present embodiment, the front surface of the light guide plate 25 is a flat surface.
  • the reflection sheet 26 is a member that reflects the light emitted to the back side of the light guide plate 25 and introduces the light into the light guide plate 25 again to enhance the utilization efficiency of the light beam.
  • the reflective sheet 26 has a mirror surface or a white reflective surface on the front.
  • the reflective sheet 26 is a white sheet made of polyethylene terephthalate resin. Note that the reflection sheet 26 is not essential, and so-called pseudo lights that appear as if the external light that entered the lamp 2, for example, the light of the west day, is reflected inside the lamp 2, and the lamp 2 is lit. This may be omitted if lighting is a problem.
  • the reflection sheet 26 may be replaced with an absorption sheet having an absorption surface on the front surface that absorbs and does not reflect light.
  • the visible light reflectance of the reflecting surface and the absorbing surface there are no particular limitations on the visible light reflectance of the reflecting surface and the absorbing surface, and the reflectance may be set as desired. However, in the present specification, a surface that reflects 90% or more of incident light is used as a reflecting surface for convenience. The surface that absorbs 50% or more of light is taken as the absorption surface.
  • the heat insulating member 27 is disposed on the inner surface along the outer periphery of the housing 28 to thermally insulate the cover 21 and the heat transfer member 22 from the housing 28 so that the heat of the heat transfer member 22 is not transmitted to the housing 28 and dissipated It is a member for making it.
  • the material of the heat insulating member 27 is not particularly limited as long as it has a heat insulating property, but a CR rubber sponge, a foamed polystyrene resin or the like is suitably used.
  • the lower end of the heat insulating member 27 is provided with a notch 270 that accommodates a heat transfer protrusion 2803 of the housing 28 described later.
  • the structure and shape of the heat insulation member 27 are not limited to what was illustrated here.
  • the heat insulating member 27 may not be integral but may be divided into a plurality of members, or an irregular heat insulating material (for example, glass wool) may be packed between the heat transfer member 22 and the housing 28.
  • the heat insulating member 27 may be omitted, and the heat transfer member 22 may be supported so as not to be in direct contact with the housing 28 so as to be separated by a space.
  • the housing 28 is a container that accommodates the gasket 20, the cover 21, the heat transfer member 22, the spacer 23, the optical sheet group 24, the light guide plate 25, the reflective sheet 26, and the heat insulating member 27 described above.
  • the material of the housing 28 is not particularly limited, and is formed of a synthetic resin such as polycarbonate or ABS resin, or a metal such as a steel plate. However, in consideration of the heat insulating property of the lamp 2 to the rear of the signal light, it is more preferable to be formed of a material having low thermal conductivity such as a synthetic resin.
  • the housing mounting portion 2805 described above is provided on the front peripheral edge where the housing 28 is open.
  • a mounting boss 2801 is provided so as to project forward, and a screw for fixing the cover 21 is received.
  • a hole 2802 provided on the back is for drawing electrical wiring from the outside of the housing 28 to the inside.
  • a heat transfer projection 2803 is provided which protrudes to the inner surface side of the housing 28.
  • the heat transfer projection 2803 is a lower heat transfer structure that contacts the heat transfer member 22 and causes the heat transfer member 22 and the housing 28 to be in thermal contact at this portion.
  • the heat transfer projection 2803 is shown as a portion where a part of the housing 28 protrudes, but when the housing 28 is formed of a material with low thermal conductivity such as a synthetic resin, the heat transfer projection 2803 is formed.
  • the heat conductivity of the lower heat transfer structure may be enhanced by providing a metal member in the portion where the heat transfer is performed.
  • FIG. 48 is a partial cross-sectional view of the signal device 1 taken along the line HH in FIG.
  • the rear case 10R is not shown in FIG.
  • the housing 28 is fixed by attaching the housing attachment portion 2805 to the back of the front case 10F with a screw 2804.
  • the lamp 20 is attached to the front case 10F in a fluid-tight manner by the gasket 20 being sandwiched and compressed between the cover 21 and the front case 10F.
  • the light emitting surface 12 of the cover 21 is convex on the front side, and protrudes into the opening 11 of the front case 10F.
  • the front surface of the front case 10F and the light emitting surface 12 become continuous planes, and no step is formed between them.
  • the expression "no level difference is formed" as used herein means that the level difference is not formed to the extent that the above-mentioned purpose, i.e., the falling off of ice and snow, is prevented.
  • the difference in position between the front surface of the front case 10F and the light emitting surface 12 in the front-rear direction is suitably 1 mm or less, and more preferably 0.5 mm or less.
  • the inclinations of the light emitting surface 12 and the front surface of the front case 10F are also equal, it is preferable because the falling of the ice and snow attached to the light emitting surface 12 is not prevented. Note that this condition may be satisfied at the outer peripheral edge of the light emitting surface 12, and the inclination at a position away from the light emitting surface 12 on the front surface of the front case 12F does not matter.
  • the expression "the inclination is equal” also means that there is no difference in inclination for preventing the falling off of ice and snow purposely, specifically, the light emitting surface 12 and the front surface of the front case 10F
  • the difference in inclination may be 10 degrees or less, more preferably 5 degrees or less.
  • the back surface of the light emitting surface 12 of the cover 21 has a concave shape on the front side, as shown in FIG.
  • This structure is not essential, but if the thickness of the cover 21 on the light emitting surface 12 is large, the heat transmitted to the back surface of the light emitting surface 12 by the heat transfer member 22 is less likely to be transmitted to the front surface. There is an effect of reducing the thickness 21 and improving the heat conduction performance in the thickness direction. In addition, such a structure brings about reduction of the use material of the cover 21 and suppression of the deformation
  • the heat transfer member 22 is provided with a mounting portion 2200 around its periphery, and a light emitting diode substrate 2202 on which a light emitting diode 2203 is mounted is attached to the inner surface.
  • the material of the light emitting diode substrate 2202 is not particularly limited, but a material excellent in thermal conductivity is preferable, and in the present embodiment, an aluminum substrate having an insulating coating on the surface is used.
  • a so-called light emitting diode package is mounted on the light emitting diode substrate 2202, but instead, a light emitting diode element may be formed directly on the light emitting diode substrate 2202.
  • the light emitting diode substrate 2202 may be omitted, and the light emitting diode 2203 may be disposed directly on the inner surface of the mounting portion 2200.
  • a portion corresponding to the light emitting surface 12 of the heat transfer member 22 has a convex shape corresponding to the concave shape of the cover 21, and the heat transfer portion 2201 is in contact with the back surface of the cover 21. It is preferable that the heat transfer portion 2201 and the back surface of the cover 21 be bonded and thermally connected by an appropriate method such as use of an adhesive or heat fusion so that an air layer is not formed therebetween. It is also preferable to apply a heat conductive grease between the heat transfer portion 2201 and the back surface of the cover 21 to reduce the thermal resistance between them. Furthermore, the back surface of the heat transfer portion 2201 or the heat transfer member 22 may be a reflective surface.
  • the honeycomb mesh of the heat transfer portion 2201 blocks the light emitted forward from the light guide plate 25, so if the heat transfer portion 2201 absorbs the light beam, the light utilization efficiency decreases, but the heat transfer portion 2201 is heated.
  • the light beam is reflected back to the light guide plate 25 side, and is reflected again by the light reflection structure on the back surface of the light guide plate 25 or the reflection sheet 26 and taken out in front of the lamp 2 to suppress a decrease in light beam utilization efficiency. It is for.
  • the mounting portion 2200 positioned below the heat transfer member 22 extends further rearward and is then bent to form a conversion circuit board mounting portion 2204.
  • the conversion circuit board 2205 is attached to the conversion circuit board attachment portion 2204.
  • the conversion circuit board 2205 is a board on which a conversion circuit for converting an alternating current sent from an external control panel to a traffic light into a direct current suitable for lighting the light emitting diode 2203 is mounted.
  • the shape of the conversion circuit board 2205 itself may be any shape as long as the conversion circuit can be mounted, but in the present embodiment, the heat transfer member 22 is attached so as to be in thermal contact. Although this does not extend to the light emitting diode 2203, the conversion circuit is also a heat source, so the heat is transmitted to the heat transfer member 22 and used.
  • the conversion circuit board 2205 is attached to the lower part of the heat transfer member 22 because the conversion circuit is closer to the heat transfer portion 2201 provided on the lower part of the light emitting surface 12 and the heat transfer projection 2803 which is a lower heat transfer structure described later. This is for disposing the substrate 2205.
  • the conversion circuit board mounting portion 2204 and the conversion circuit board 2205 are arranged to have a gap from them so as not to be in thermal contact with the housing 28 and the light guide plate 25.
  • the heat insulating member 27 is sandwiched between the mounting portion 2200 of the heat transfer member 22 and the housing 28.
  • the mounting portion 2200 and the heat transfer projection 283 of the housing 28 directly contact, and the heat of the heat transfer member 22 is conducted to the lower portion of the housing 28 It is supposed to be.
  • This is a structure for slightly warming the front case 10F on the lower side of the lamp 2 by transferring part of the heat of the light emitting diode 2203 and the conversion circuit to the front case 10F through the lower heat transfer structure. is there.
  • the lower heat transfer structure including the heat transfer projections 2803 is not essential, and may be omitted if the formation of the ice pillars is not a problem. Further, as shown in FIG. 45, in the traffic signal device 1 of the type in which a plurality of lamp devices 2 are vertically disposed, it is sufficient that the lamp device 2 disposed at the lowermost side has a lower heat transfer structure, The lower heat transfer structure may be omitted in the lamp 2 of the present invention.
  • the specific configuration of the lower heat transfer structure may be anything as long as it transfers heat from the heat transfer member 22 to the lower portion of the housing 28.
  • a plate Both may be brought into contact with each other by an elastic metal member such as a spring.
  • the optical sheet group 24, the light guide plate 25, and the reflective sheet 26 are disposed in this order on the back side of the heat transfer member 22 in a state of being thermally isolated by the spacer 23.
  • FIG. 49 is a rear perspective view of the heat transfer member 22.
  • a portion corresponding to the heating area of the heat transfer member 22 is in a honeycomb mesh shape, and is a heat transfer portion 2201.
  • the heat transfer portion 2201 is connected to the mounting portion 2200 on which the light emitting diode substrate 2202 mounted with the light emitting diode 2203 is mounted, and is connected to the peripheral portion 2206 located at the outer periphery of the light emitting surface 12 at many points.
  • the heat which flows in through these many places is transmitted to the whole region of the heat transfer portion 2201.
  • the heat transfer portion 2201 and the back surface of the cover 21 are in thermal contact, the heat from the heat transfer member 22 is directly transmitted to the light emitting surface 12 of the cover 21 in the heating area.
  • the portion corresponding to the non-heating region of the heat transfer member 22 is also a non-heat transfer portion 2208 in a honeycomb mesh shape.
  • the non-heat transfer portion 2208 since a part of the light beam is blocked by the heat transfer section 2201 in the heating area, the light quantity in the heating area and the non-heating area is also blocked by blocking a part of the light beam in the non-heating area as well.
  • the non-heat transfer portion 2208 is a light suppression structure that suppresses the amount of light emitted from the light emitting surface.
  • the non-heat transfer portion 2208 has the same structure as the heat transfer portion 2201, the heat from the light emitting diode 2203 is also transferred to the back surface of the cover 21 also in the non-heat transfer portion 2208. Therefore, as shown in the figure, the heat transfer portion 2201 and the non-heat transfer portion 2208 are not connected by a structure such as a beam, and a gap is provided between them, and a small number of non-heat transfer portion 2208 and peripheral portion 2206 are provided.
  • the cross section of the part connected to the peripheral part 2206 is small by mounting by connecting with the beam 2207 (four in the illustration, the one on the near side (left side in the figure is hidden because it is hidden)) Heat from the placement portion 2200 is less likely to be transmitted than the heat transfer portion 2201. Therefore, most of the heat from the light emitting diode 2203 is transferred to the heat transfer portion 2201 through the peripheral portion 2206 while the temperature of the non-heat transfer portion 2208 hardly increases. Therefore, in the non-heating area, the heat from the heat transfer member 22 flows only slightly from the heating area or the area outside the light emitting surface 12 of the cover 21 due to the heat conduction in the plane of the cover 21. That is, in the non-heated region, the heat from the heat transfer member 22 is not directly transmitted to the light emitting surface 12 of the cover 21.
  • the heating region is shaped so as not to cover the entire surface of the light emitting surface 12 but to cover a portion, in this case, the lower side.
  • the total calorific value by the light emitting diode 2203 is insufficient, so the entire light emitting surface 12 is the melting point of water.
  • the temperature can not rise above 0 degrees Celsius. In this case, the ice and snow attached to the front of the light emitting surface 12 can not be melted, and the ice and snow adheres to the front of the light emitting surface 12, and the light emission can not be viewed.
  • the heating area a partial area of the light emitting surface 12
  • the heat from the light emitting diode 2203 is concentrated in the heating area, and a part of the cover 21 is heated to a temperature above the melting point of water. Melts and removes ice and snow.
  • the light emitting surface 12 can be viewed at least in the heating area, and the situation in which the entire surface of the light emitting surface 12 is covered with ice and snow and can not be viewed at all is avoided.
  • the heating area may be the entire surface of the light emitting surface 12.
  • the heating area is an area under the light emitting surface 12.
  • the shape of the heating area is intended to easily drop off the ice and snow attached to the surface of the light emitting surface 12. That is, since the portion in contact with the light emitting surface 12 melts in the heating area, the ice snow adhering to the front surface of the light emitting surface 12 slides down the surface of the light emitting surface 12 by gravity and drops out.
  • the heating area has a semicircular shape, but the shape is not particularly limited as long as the heating area is a portion under the light emitting surface 12.
  • the position of the boundary between the heating area and the non-heating area may be appropriately selected in accordance with the installation environment of the traffic light 1 or the like, and the direction of the boundary may not necessarily be horizontal.
  • the shape of the heating area is not limited to that shown here, and may be another shape.
  • the light emitting surface 12 may have an annular rim shape or may have a strip shape extending in the vertical direction.
  • the light emitting diodes 2203 are provided on the entire periphery of the heat transfer member 22, that is, on all sides of the polygonal heat transfer member 22, but the present invention is not necessarily limited thereto.
  • the heat transfer member 22 is an even square
  • the light emitting diodes 2203 may be provided on one side of the opposing sides of the heat transfer member 22 and the light emitting diodes 2203 may not be provided for the other side.
  • FIG. 50 shows an example where the heat transfer member 22 is a regular hexagon, and the light emitting diodes 2203 are provided on the lower three sides in the drawing.
  • the light emitting diode 2203 on one side is incident on the light guide plate 25 and is opposed to the other side.
  • a light beam directed toward and emitted is reflected by the reflection surface 2209 and enters the light guide plate 25 again, so that fewer uniform light emitting diodes 2203 can be obtained efficiently.
  • the reflecting surface 2209 is provided on the inner peripheral surface of the mounting portion 2200 in this example, it may be provided directly on the end face of the light guide plate 25.
  • the reflecting surface 2209 may be formed by performing appropriate surface treatment on the placement unit 2200, or may be formed by using an appropriate reflecting sheet.
  • the side on which the light emitting diode 2203 is provided is preferably in the vicinity of the heating area, that is, the heat transfer portion 2201.
  • the heat from the light emitting diode 2203 can be efficiently transferred to the heat transfer portion 2201.
  • the light emitting diode 2203 is provided to face the end face in a part of the periphery of the light guide plate 25, and the total amount of heat generation of the light emitting diode 2203 at the position facing the heating area is the non-heating area. It can be reworded as being larger than the total amount of heat generation of the light emitting diode 2203 at the position facing the.
  • the optional light emitting diode 2203 faces the heating area or the non-heating area is determined by looking at the center of the heat transfer member 22 from the light emitting diode 2203 or the heat transfer portion 2201 or the non-heat transfer portion 2208 It may be judged by which one of them is visible. Furthermore, it can be said that the reflecting surface 2209 is preferably provided at a position facing a part of the periphery where the light emitting diode 2203 is provided.
  • the light suppression structure mentioned above was made into the non-heat-transfer part 2208 provided in the heat-transfer member 22, the light suppression structure is not limited to this.
  • the heat transfer member 22 may have a shape having a simple opening in the non-heating area.
  • a heat transfer portion 2201 and a portion corresponding to a non-heating area of the cover 21 which is a member disposed on the front surface of the light guide plate 25 or on the front side of the light guide plate 25.
  • a similar light shielding pattern may be printed, or a single light coating may be used so as to have a light transmittance similar to the light transmittance of the heat transfer portion 2201.
  • an appropriate sheet that is, a sheet having a color or pattern that suppresses the light transmittance in the non-heated region may be disposed at the front side of the light guide plate 25.
  • they may be added as part of the optical sheet group 24.
  • the pattern of the light reflecting structure on the back surface of the light guide plate 25 is different between the heating area and the non-heating area, and the amount of light emitted from the front surface of the light guide plate 25 in the non-heating area is smaller than the amount of light in the heating area
  • a light suppression structure may be used.
  • the light suppression structure itself may be omitted if the difference in light dose between the heated area and the unheated area causes no practical problem.
  • FIG. 52 is a front perspective view showing a modified example of the traffic signal device 1 in which the reflected light due to strong external light such as west day is suppressed. As illustrated, in the present modification, the front surface of the case 10 of the traffic light 1 and the light emitting surfaces 12 are curved.
  • the front surface of the case 10 and the light emitting surfaces 12 are curved surfaces that are straight in the vertical direction and curved in the horizontal direction.
  • the traffic light 1 has a semicylindrical shape that is entirely convex as a whole.
  • a cruciform line is put on each light emitting surface 12 to clearly show how it bends, this is for ease of understanding and there is no such cruciform line in practice.
  • the light emitting surface 12 is a curved surface, even when strong external light strikes the light emitting surface 12, the external light is not reflected in a specific direction. The light is suppressed and the light emission color of the light emitting surface 12 can be visually recognized.
  • the light emitting surface 12 is a curved surface that is linear in the vertical direction and curved in the horizontal direction, does not prevent the falling off of ice and snow, and suppresses reflected light by strong external light such as west sun It is to do.
  • the shape of the heat transfer portion 2201 is a honeycomb mesh in which a large number of regular hexagonal holes are densely arranged, but the shape is necessarily limited to this It is not a thing. That is, any structure may be used as long as it conducts heat to the entire surface of the heat transfer portion 2201 and transmits light rays through the plurality of openings. However, in such a structure, it is preferable to increase the ratio of the area occupied by the opening as much as possible from the viewpoint of light utilization efficiency, while the cross-sectional area of each portion constituting the heat transfer portion 2201 is as large as possible and from the heat source It is preferable from the viewpoint of thermal conductivity that the distance of is as small as possible.
  • the honeycomb mesh shape in which the material used is the smallest with respect to the area occupied by the openings is the optimum solution, but as long as there is no problem in practical use, for example, a large number of round holes as shown in FIG.
  • the shape may be a densely arranged punching mesh shape, a lattice shape as shown in FIG. 53B, or a shape having a large number of slits as shown in FIG. 53C.
  • the heat transfer member is a metal.
  • the heat generated when the light emitting element is turned on can be efficiently conducted to the protective member, that is, the light emitting surface of the front surface of the light emitting device.
  • the substrate is a metal
  • heat generated from the light emitting element is transmitted to the protective member via the substrate and the heat transfer member.
  • the heat generated when the light emitting element is turned on can be efficiently conducted to the protective member, that is, the light emitting surface of the front surface of the light emitting device.
  • the non-heat conductive member is disposed in a portion of the light-transmissive member other than the portion immediately above the light-emitting element. This can further enhance the heat collection effect.
  • the light emitting surface is one.
  • the light emitting surface constantly generates heat and there is no period for turning off the light, so the temperature of the protective member can be further raised.
  • the heat transfer member is a plate having substantially the same shape as the mounting substrate, and a plurality of the heat transfer members surround the light emitting elements corresponding to each of the plurality of light emitting elements. And a through hole, and is disposed overlapping the mounting substrate.
  • a heat insulating member is disposed in contact with the second surface of the mounting substrate.
  • a GX 53 base is provided as a base.
  • the light emitting device can be thinned.
  • an AC drive circuit is provided.
  • the present light emitting device can be directly connected to an AC power source, and there is no need to mount an additional circuit such as an AC / DC converter in particular. it can.
  • the heating area is a partial area of the light emitting surface. In this way, it is possible to melt ice and snow at least in the heating area even in a cold region under severe conditions, and to ensure the visibility of the light emitting surface.
  • the heat transfer structure is a polygonal heat transfer member, and the placement portion is a flat plate-like portion extending rearward from the side of the heat transfer member.
  • the heat transfer structure can be configured by an integral member.
  • the light suppression structure is provided in the heat transfer structure, provided with a plurality of openings for transmitting light emitted from the light guide plate, and Of the light guide plate or a non-heat transfer portion where heat from the placement portion is not easily transmitted, or printing or painting applied to the surface of the light guide plate or a member disposed in front of the light guide plate It may be a sheet disposed on the front side, or a light reflecting structure formed on the back side of the light guide plate. This makes it possible to compensate for differences in light dose in the heated and non-heated areas.
  • the back surface of the heat transfer structure is a reflective surface. This increases the light utilization efficiency.
  • the back surface of the light emitting surface of the cover is concave.
  • the thickness of the cover on the light emitting surface is reduced.
  • the inclinations of the light emitting surface and the front surface of the case are equal at the outer peripheral edge of the light emitting surface. This does not prevent the falling off of the ice and snow adhering to the light emitting surface.
  • the light emitting device according to the present invention is not limited to the above configuration, and various modifications and applications are possible.
  • a circular shape and a rectangular shape have been illustrated as the main body shape of the light emitting device, but it is possible to adopt other arbitrary shapes such as an ellipse.
  • GX53 was illustrated and demonstrated as a nozzle
  • a rectifier circuit using a diode bridge has been exemplified as a drive circuit, but a general circuit type such as a switching type AC / DC converter can be applied.
  • a light emitting diode LED
  • LED light emitting diode
  • other semiconductor light emitting elements such as a semiconductor laser and an organic LED is also possible.
  • the mounting by means of the package-encapsulated LED is described as an example of mounting of the light emitting element, but so-called COB (Chip on Board) mounting in which bare chip light emitting diode elements are directly mounted on a substrate Application is also possible.
  • COB Chip on Board
  • the traffic signal lamp has been exemplified and described as an example of the light emitting device that exhibits the snow melting effect, but in addition, road lighting, street light, indicator light, road sign, electric bulletin board, road information board,
  • the present invention is applicable to all types of light emitting devices used outdoors, such as entrance lights, outdoor security lights, and headlights.
  • the one in which the mounting substrate and the heat transfer member are separately configured is described as an example, which is integrally formed by cutting, extrusion molding, or the like to form one component.
  • the heat transfer members are formed radially from the center of the light emitting device, and the printed circuit board on which the LED is mounted is disposed between the heat transfer members. Wiring to the back surface is performed by providing an opening in the mounting substrate, and for example, it is connected to a drive circuit disposed on the back surface.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • General Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Arrangement Of Elements, Cooling, Sealing, Or The Like Of Lighting Devices (AREA)
  • Traffic Control Systems (AREA)

Abstract

This light-emitting device has: a substrate (220) on which light-emitting elements (210) are mounted; a heat-conducting member that is provided on the top surface of the substrate (220); and a protective member (130) that is provided over the heat-conducting member so as to cover the light-emitting elements (210) and the heat-conducting member. The light-emitting elements (210) form a light-emitting face on the protective member (130). The heat-conducting member guides the heat generated by the light-emitting elements (210) to the protective member (130) so as to create a temperature distribution comprising a high-temperature region and a low-temperature region on the light-emitting face.

Description

発光装置Light emitting device
 本発明は、発光装置、特に、屋外で用いられる発光装置に関する。 The present invention relates to a light emitting device, and more particularly to a light emitting device used outdoors.
 近年、発光装置として、その低消費電力性、保守・管理の容易性という特徴を生かし、発光ダイオードを光源として用いたものが普及しつつある。 In recent years, as a light emitting device, a light emitting diode using a light emitting diode as a light source is in widespread use, taking advantage of its features of low power consumption and ease of maintenance and management.
 ところが、発光ダイオードを用いた発光装置、例えば信号灯器を豪雪地帯において使用した場合、電球を用いた装置に比べてその低消費電力性のために、着雪した雪を融雪できず、視認性の劣化を招くという問題があった。 However, when a light emitting device using a light emitting diode, for example, a signal lamp, is used in heavy snow areas, snowfall can not be melted due to its low power consumption compared to a device using a light bulb, and visibility is low There is a problem of causing deterioration.
 また、発光ダイオードを用いた発光装置を街路灯に用いた場合には、着雪により照明効率が低下するという問題があった。 Moreover, when the light-emitting device using a light emitting diode is used for a street lamp, there existed a problem that illumination efficiency fell by snowfall.
 すなわち、積雪地帯において使用される信号灯器、道路標識等の発光装置では、着雪による視認性劣化を抑えるため、極力その発光面に着雪しないようにすることが要求されるところ、近年普及しつつある発光ダイオードを光源として用いた発光装置は、その低消費電力性のために、電球を用いた装置に比べて着雪防止機能が劣るということが問題となっているのである。 That is, in light emitting devices such as signal lamps and road signs used in snowy areas, in order to prevent deterioration of visibility due to snowfall, it is required to prevent snowfall on the light emitting surface as much as possible. A light emitting device using a light emitting diode as a light source has a problem that the function to prevent snow deposition is inferior to a device using a light bulb due to its low power consumption.
 かかる問題に対処した従来技術として、特許文献1の発光装置がある。 As a prior art which coped with such a problem, there is a light emitting device of Patent Document 1.
 特許文献1に記載された発光装置としての信号機では、LEDを複数配置した発光体を覆う透明カバーに、通電により発熱する発熱体を設け、透明カバーの温度を上げて、透明カバーに付着した雪を融かすようにしている。 In the traffic light as a light emitting device described in Patent Document 1, a heat generating body that generates heat by energization is provided on a transparent cover that covers a light emitting body in which a plurality of LEDs are arranged, and the temperature of the transparent cover is raised to adhere to the transparent cover. Are trying to melt
 しかしながら、特許文献1に記載された従来技術においては、別途融雪用の電力供給を必要とするので消費電力が増大するという問題があった。また発熱体内蔵という特殊なカバーを制作する必要があり、その分のコストアップが避けられないという問題があった。また、後述するように、気温が比較的高い場合の、水分を含んだ湿型着雪に対しては有効であるものの、気温が比較的低い場合の、水分をほとんど含まない乾型着雪の場合には、必ずしも着雪防止効果が十分でないという問題がある。乾型着雪と湿型着雪とは、その着雪メカニズムが異なるからである。 However, in the prior art described in Patent Document 1, there is a problem that power consumption is increased because a power supply for snow melting is separately required. In addition, it is necessary to produce a special cover with a built-in heating element, and there is a problem that the cost increase can not be avoided. In addition, as described later, although it is effective against wet snowfall containing moisture when the temperature is relatively high, dry snowfall containing little water when the temperature is relatively low. In the case, there is a problem that the snowfall prevention effect is not always sufficient. Dry-type snowfall and wet-type snowfall are different in the snowfall mechanism.
 特許文献1の発光装置に対し、別途の融雪手段を排した従来技術として、特許文献2の発光装置がある。 A light emitting device of Patent Document 2 is known as a prior art in which a separate snow melting means is eliminated from the light emitting device of Patent Document 1.
 特許文献2の照明灯では、複数のLEDにて構成される発光部で発生した熱を、発光部裏面に配された伝熱支持部を介して、発光部を覆い熱伝導性素材で形成されたフードに伝達することによって、フード外面への着雪を防止している。 In the lamp of Patent Document 2, the heat generated by the light emitting unit constituted by a plurality of LEDs is covered with the light emitting unit via the heat transfer supporting unit disposed on the back surface of the light emitting unit, and is formed of a thermally conductive material. Transmission to the hood prevents snow on the outer surface of the hood.
 しかしながら、特許文献2の発光装置は、フード付の発光装置に関するものであり、あくまで該フードへの着雪を防止しようとするものである。したがって、フードにより囲まれた発光装置前面すなわち発光面への着雪を防止する効果は全くない。 However, the light-emitting device of Patent Document 2 relates to a light-emitting device with a hood, and is intended to prevent snow on the hood. Therefore, there is no effect at all to prevent snow on the light emitting device front surface, that is, the light emitting surface surrounded by the hood.
 また、かかる問題に対処した別の従来技術として、特許文献3の発光装置がある。 Moreover, there is a light emitting device of patent document 3 as another prior art which coped with such a problem.
 特許文献3に記載された発光装置としての信号灯器では、LEDユニットを前傾させ、その前面に撥水(疎水)性部材であるポリカーボネートで形成した着雪防止板を設けて、信号灯器前面に雪が付着しないようにしている。これは、疎水性部材表面上に降雪した場合、雪粒子と部材表面との接触角が大きく保たれるので、着雪しにくいという性質を利用したものである。 In the signal lamp as a light emitting device described in Patent Document 3, the LED unit is inclined forward, a snow prevention plate formed of polycarbonate which is a water repellent (hydrophobic) member is provided on the front surface, and I try to keep the snow from sticking. This is because the contact angle between the snow particles and the surface of the member is maintained large when snowing on the surface of the hydrophobic member, and therefore, the property that snowing is difficult is made.
 しかしながら、特許文献3に記載された従来技術では、気温が低い場合の、水分をほとんど含まない乾型着雪に対しては有効であるものの、気温が比較的高い場合の、水分を含んだ湿型着雪の場合には、必ずしも着雪防止効果が十分でないという問題がある。上記同様、乾型着雪と湿型着雪のメカニズムの差に起因する。 However, the prior art described in Patent Document 3 is effective against dry type snow which hardly contains water when the temperature is low, but moisture containing water when the temperature is relatively high In the case of model snowfall, there is a problem that the snowfall prevention effect is not always sufficient. As described above, this is caused by the difference between the dry type snow and the wet type snow.
 ここで、気温と雪質、および構造物表面の性質との関係を説明する。 Here, the relationship between the temperature and the quality of snow and the nature of the surface of the structure will be described.
 気温が低い場合、例えば気温が-3℃~0℃以下の環境下で降る雪は、水分をほとんど含んでいない乾き雪である。乾き雪が着雪する現象を一般に乾型着雪と呼ぶ。一方、気温が-3℃~0℃以上と比較的高い場合の降雪は融解水を含む湿り雪なので、そのような雪が着雪する現象を一般に湿型着雪と呼んでいる。乾型着雪のメカニズムは、主に雪の分子と構造物表面の分子間力によるものとされている。また、湿型着雪のメカニズムは、着雪の融解水が構造物表面において発揮する表面張力によるものとされている。以上のことから、特許文献1乃至特許文献3のいずれの発光装置を採用したとしても、気温条件、あるいは降雪条件によっては、発光装置の発光面全面にわたって着雪してしまう恐れがある。 When the temperature is low, for example, snow falling under an environment where the temperature is below -3 ° C. to 0 ° C. is dry snow that contains almost no water. The phenomenon of dry snow falling is generally referred to as dry snow. On the other hand, snowfall when the temperature is relatively high, such as -3 ° C. to 0 ° C. or higher, is wet snow that contains melting water, so the phenomenon of such snow falling is generally referred to as wet snowfall. The mechanism of dry type snowfall is mainly attributed to the intermolecular force between snow molecules and the surface of the structure. In addition, the mechanism of wet type snowfall is considered to be due to the surface tension that melted water of snowfall exerts on the surface of the structure. From the above, even if any of the light emitting devices of Patent Document 1 to Patent Document 3 is adopted, there is a risk that the entire light emitting surface of the light emitting device may be covered with snow depending on temperature conditions or snowfall conditions.
 さらに、これらの発光ダイオード式信号機では、多数の発光ダイオードが信号機の発光面上に平面的に配置されており、発光ダイオードの素子あたりの発光輝度が向上すると、発光ダイオードの総数を削減することができるが、発光ダイオードの数が減少すると、発光面を観た際の粒状感が増すことが予想される。 Furthermore, in these light emitting diode type traffic signals, a large number of light emitting diodes are planarly disposed on the light emitting surface of the traffic light, and when the light emission luminance per light emitting diode is improved, the total number of light emitting diodes can be reduced. Although this can be done, it is expected that when the number of light emitting diodes decreases, the graininess when viewing the light emitting surface will increase.
 これに対し、発光ダイオードからの光線を導光板を使用して平面的に拡散することにより、少ない発光ダイオードであっても違和感のない平面発光が得られると考えられる。 On the other hand, it is considered that planar light emission without discomfort can be obtained even with a small number of light emitting diodes by diffusing light rays from the light emitting diodes in a planar manner using the light guide plate.
 このようなものとして、特許文献4には、交通標識の表示が付された交通標識であって、白色発光のLEDを導光板の入光端面に配置し、導光板の出光面に取り付けられた表示を面発光させるものが記載されている。 As such, Patent Document 4 is a traffic sign with a traffic sign displayed, and a white light emitting LED is disposed on the light entrance end face of the light guide plate and attached to the light exit surface of the light guide plate. It describes what makes the display surface light.
 しかしながら、特許文献4に記載の交通標識では、その発光面に対する着雪に対しては何らの対策も講じられていない。上述したように、発光ダイオード式信号機ではそもそも消費電力が従来の電球を使用した信号機に比して低いため、その発熱量は小さいものとなる。加えて、導光板を使用した形式とすると、発熱源である発光ダイオードが発光面外に配置されることとなるため、発光面の温度上昇は極めて低いものに留まる。 However, in the traffic sign described in Patent Document 4, no measure is taken against snow on the light emitting surface. As described above, in the light emitting diode type traffic light, since the power consumption is low compared to the traffic light using a conventional light bulb, the amount of heat generation is small. In addition, in the type using the light guide plate, the light emitting diode as the heat source is disposed outside the light emitting surface, so the temperature rise of the light emitting surface remains extremely low.
 このような信号機を寒冷地に設置すると、冬季に発光面に付着した雪や氷が解けることなく残存し、発光面が視認できなくなってしまう。さりとて、氷雪を融解するためにヒータ等の発熱源を設けることは、信号機のコスト増を招くほか、そもそも発光ダイオードを採用した契機である低消費電力という利点を損なうことになる。 If such a signal device is installed in a cold area, snow and ice adhering to the light emitting surface in winter will remain without melting and the light emitting surface can not be viewed. In addition, providing a heat source such as a heater for melting ice and snow not only causes an increase in the cost of the traffic light, but also impairs the advantage of low power consumption, which is the trigger for adopting a light emitting diode in the first place.
特開2009-145952号公報Unexamined-Japanese-Patent No. 2009-145952 特開2009-123364号公報JP, 2009-123364, A 特開2007-048260号公報JP, 2007-048260, A 特許第3103972号公報Patent No. 3103972
 本発明は、以上のような背景技術に鑑みてなされたものであり、その解決しようとする課題は、ヒータ等の別途の融雪手段を用いることなく、低コストかつ低消費電力であって効果的に光源装置の発光面への着雪を防止し、最低限でも部分的に着雪のない発光面を確保することにより冬季の発光面の視認性を確保することである。 The present invention has been made in view of the background art as described above, and the problem to be solved is low cost and low power consumption without using a separate snow melting means such as a heater. It is to ensure visibility of the light emitting surface in winter by preventing snow deposition on the light emitting surface of the light source device and securing the light emitting surface without snow deposition at least partially.
 また、本発明の追加の課題は、広い気温の範囲で、しかも種々の雪質の降雪環境下において着雪防止効果を有効に発揮し得る発光装置を提供することである。 In addition, an additional object of the present invention is to provide a light emitting device which can effectively exhibit the snowfall preventing effect in a wide temperature range and under various snow quality environments.
 上記課題を解決すべく本出願において開示される発明は種々の側面を有しており、それら側面の代表的なものの概要は以下のとおりである。 In order to solve the above problems, the invention disclosed in the present application has various aspects, and the outline of typical ones of the aspects are as follows.
 (1)発光素子を搭載した基板と、前記基板の表面に設けられた伝熱部材と、前記発光素子および前記伝熱部材を覆って前記伝熱部材上に設けられた保護部材と、を有し、前記発光素子は、前記保護部材上に発光面を形成し、前記伝熱部材は、前記発光素子が発生した熱を前記保護部材に誘導し、前記発光面上に、高温領域と低温領域とからなる温度分布を生じさせることを特徴とする発光装置。 (1) A substrate having a light emitting element mounted thereon, a heat transfer member provided on the surface of the substrate, and a protective member provided on the heat transfer member so as to cover the light emitting element and the heat transfer member The light emitting element forms a light emitting surface on the protective member, the heat transfer member guides the heat generated by the light emitting element to the protective member, and a high temperature region and a low temperature region on the light emitting surface A light emitting device characterized by producing a temperature distribution comprising:
 (2)(1)において、前記伝熱部材と前記保護部材とは前記保護部材の周囲に沿う部分において接触し、前記発光面の周辺部に高温領域、中央部分に低温領域を形成したことを特徴とする発光装置。 (2) In (1), the heat transfer member and the protection member are in contact with each other along the periphery of the protection member, and a high temperature region is formed in the peripheral portion of the light emitting surface and a low temperature region is formed in the central portion. Characteristic light emitting device.
 (3)(1)において、前記伝熱部材と前記保護部材とは前記保護部材の中央部分において接触し、前記発光面の中央部分に高温領域、前記中央部分をとりまく周辺部に低温領域を形成したことを特徴とする発光装置。 (3) In (1), the heat transfer member and the protection member are in contact at the central portion of the protective member, and a high temperature region is formed at the central portion of the light emitting surface, and a low temperature region is formed at the peripheral portion surrounding the central portion. A light emitting device characterized in that.
 (4)(1)において、前記伝熱部材と前記保護部材とは平面視複数の島状領域において接触し、前記発光面上に島状の高温領域および前記島状の高温領域を取り囲む低温領域を形成したことを特徴とする発光装置。 (4) In (1), the heat transfer member and the protective member are in contact in a plurality of island regions in plan view, and a low temperature region surrounding the high temperature region of island shape and the high temperature region of island shape on the light emitting surface A light emitting device characterized in that
 (5)(1)において、前記伝熱部材と前記保護部材とは前記保護部材の表面の略半面において接触し、前記発光面の略半面に高温領域、残りの略半面に低温領域を形成したことを特徴とする発光装置。 (5) In (1), the heat transfer member and the protection member are in contact with each other at approximately one half of the surface of the protection member, a high temperature area is formed at approximately one half surface of the light emitting surface, and a low temperature area is formed at approximately the other half surface. A light emitting device characterized by
 (6)(1)乃至(5)のいずれかにおいて、前記保護部材の表面は親水性領域と疎水性領域とを有し、前記親水性領域は前記疎水性領域に比して温度が相対的に高く維持された高温領域となっていることを特徴とする発光装置。 (6) In any one of (1) to (5), the surface of the protective member has a hydrophilic region and a hydrophobic region, and the hydrophilic region has a temperature relative to the hydrophobic region. And a high temperature region maintained at a high level.
 (7)(6)において、前記親水性領域と前記疎水性領域とが断熱部材を介して接していることを特徴とする発光装置。 (7) The light-emitting device according to (6), wherein the hydrophilic region and the hydrophobic region are in contact with each other through a heat insulating member.
 (8)(1)乃至(7)のいずれかにおいて、前記発光素子を覆う透光性部材をさらに有し、前記伝熱部材が、前記発光素子の直上部に位置する前記透光性部材を前記保護部材に接触させて形成されたことを特徴とする発光装置。 (8) In any one of (1) to (7), the light transmitting element further includes a light transmitting member covering the light emitting element, and the heat transfer member is positioned immediately above the light emitting element. A light emitting device formed in contact with the protective member.
 (9)(1)乃至(7)のいずれかにおいて、前記基板は複数の前記発光素子を搭載した第一の面および前記第一の面の裏面側に位置する第二の面を有し、前記伝熱部材は、前記基板の前記第一の面上において複数の前記発光素子の間に設けられ、金属材料で形成されたことを特徴とする発光装置。 (9) In any one of (1) to (7), the substrate has a first surface on which a plurality of the light emitting elements are mounted and a second surface located on the back surface side of the first surface, The light-emitting device, wherein the heat transfer member is provided between the plurality of light-emitting elements on the first surface of the substrate and is formed of a metal material.
 (10)(1)乃至(7)のいずれかにおいて、前記基板は第一の面および前記第一の面の裏面側に位置する第二の面と、前記第一の面から前記第二の面に貫通する複数の貫通孔を有する熱伝導性材料で形成され、前記発光素子は前記第二の面側から前記第一の面側に前記貫通孔を通して光を出射するように第二の面上に搭載され、複数の前記発光素子において発生した熱を前記基板を介して、前記保護部材に伝導させるようにしたことを特徴とする発光装置。 (10) In any one of (1) to (7), the substrate is a first surface and a second surface located on the back surface side of the first surface, and the second surface from the first surface The light emitting element is formed of a thermally conductive material having a plurality of through holes penetrating through the surface, and the light emitting element emits light from the second surface to the first surface through the through holes. A light emitting device mounted on the upper surface of the light emitting element, wherein the heat generated in the plurality of light emitting elements is conducted to the protective member through the substrate.
 (11)(1)乃至(9)のいずれかにおいて、前記基板の発光素子搭載面とは反対側の面に接して、断熱部材を配したことを特徴とする発光装置。 (11) The light emitting device according to any one of (1) to (9), wherein a heat insulating member is disposed in contact with the surface of the substrate opposite to the light emitting element mounting surface.
 (12)(1)乃至(5)のいずれかにおいて、ハウジングと、端面から入射した光の向きを変え、前面より出光させる導光板を有し、前記発光素子は前記導光板の端面に面して複数配置され、前記伝熱部材は、前記導光板の前側に配置され、前記発光素子と熱的に接続されて前記発光素子から発せられた熱を発光面の一部の領域である加熱領域に伝える伝熱構造である発光装置。 (12) In any one of (1) to (5), the housing and a light guide plate for changing the direction of light incident from the end face and emitting light from the front face, the light emitting element faces the end face of the light guide plate A plurality of heat transfer members are disposed, and the heat transfer member is disposed on the front side of the light guide plate, is thermally connected to the light emitting element, and generates heat from the light emitting element as a heating area which is a partial area of the light emitting surface A light emitting device that is a heat transfer structure that transmits to the
 (13)(12)において、前記伝熱構造が、前記導光板から出射された光線を透過する複数の開口を有する伝熱部と、前記発光素子が載置され前記伝熱部と熱的に接続した載置部とを有する発光装置。 (13) In (12), the heat transfer portion having a plurality of openings through which the heat transfer structure transmits a light beam emitted from the light guide plate, the light emitting element mounted thereon, and the heat transfer portion thermally A light emitting device having a mounting portion connected thereto.
 (14)(12)又は(13)において、前記発光面の前記加熱領域以外の領域である非加熱領域において、前記発光面から出射する光線量を抑制する光抑制構造を有する発光装置。 (14) In (12) or (13), a light emitting device having a light suppression structure which suppresses an amount of light emitted from the light emitting surface in a non-heating region which is a region other than the heating region of the light emitting surface.
 (15)(14)において、前記発光素子は前記導光板の周囲の一部分において前記導光板の端面に面するように設けられ、前記加熱領域に面する位置における前記発光素子の発熱量の総量は、前記非加熱領域に面する位置における前記発光素子の発熱量の総量より大きい発光装置。 (15) In (14), the light emitting element is provided to face the end face of the light guide plate at a part of the periphery of the light guide plate, and the total amount of heat generation of the light emitting element at the position facing the heating region is A light emitting device having a larger amount of heat generation of the light emitting element at a position facing the non-heated region.
 (16)(12)乃至(15)のいずれかにおいて、少なくとも前記伝熱構造と前記導光板の間及び前記伝熱構造と前記ハウジングの間のいずれかに伝熱を妨げる断熱部材を備える発光装置。 (16) The light emitting device according to any one of (12) to (15), further comprising: a heat insulating member that prevents heat transfer at least between the heat transfer structure and the light guide plate and between the heat transfer structure and the housing.
 (17)(12)乃至(16)のいずれかにおいて、前記伝熱構造の熱を前記ハウジングに伝える下部伝熱構造を有する発光装置。 (17) The light emitting device according to any one of (12) to (16), including a lower heat transfer structure for transferring the heat of the heat transfer structure to the housing.
 (18)(12)乃至(17)のいずれかにおいて、交流電流を直流電流に変換する変換回路を有する変換回路基板を備え、前記変換回路基板は、前記伝熱構造の下部に熱的に接触するように配置される発光装置。 (18) In any one of (12) to (17), the conversion circuit board having a conversion circuit for converting alternating current to direct current is provided, and the conversion circuit board is in thermal contact with the lower portion of the heat transfer structure. Light emitting devices that are arranged to
 (19)(12)乃至(18)のいずれかの発光装置と、前記発光装置を収容し、前記発光面を露出させる開口を前面に有するケースを有し、前記保護部材は、前記伝熱構造の前側に配置され、前記加熱領域において前記伝熱構造と熱的に接続され、前記保護部材の前記発光面は前方に凸形状であり、前記発光面の外周縁において、前記発光面と前記ケースの前面との間に段差が形成されない信号機。 (19) The light emitting device according to any one of (12) to (18) and the case having the opening on the front surface for housing the light emitting device and exposing the light emitting surface, the protective member has the heat transfer structure The light emitting surface of the protective member is convex forwardly, and the light emitting surface and the case are provided on the outer peripheral edge of the light emitting surface. A traffic signal that does not form a step between it and the front of it.
 (20)(19)において、前記発光面の前面は、鉛直方向に直線的であり、水平方向に曲線的となる曲面である信号機。 (20) In (19), the traffic light may be a curved surface which is straight in the vertical direction and curved in the horizontal direction in front of the light emitting surface.
 上記(1)の側面によれば、ヒータ等の別途の融雪手段を用いることなく、低コストかつ低消費電力であって効果的に光源装置の発光面への着雪を防止し、最低限でも部分的に着雪のない発光面を確保することにより冬季の発光面の視認性を確保することができる。 According to the above aspect (1), the snowfall on the light emitting surface of the light source device can be effectively prevented at low cost and low power consumption without using a separate snow melting means such as a heater. The visibility of the light emitting surface in winter can be secured by securing the light emitting surface that is partially snow-free.
 上記(2)乃至(5)の側面によれば、発光素子点灯時に生ずる発熱を、効率よく保護部材すなわち発光装置前面の発光面に伝導するとともに、保護部材の特定箇所に集中するようにしている。したがって、当該特定箇所の温度は、伝導された熱を保護部材の全面に渡って分布させた場合よりも高くなり、当該特定箇所に着雪した雪を融かすことができる。 According to the side surfaces of the above (2) to (5), the heat generated when the light emitting element is turned on is efficiently conducted to the protective member, that is, the light emitting surface of the front of the light emitting device, and concentrated on a specific part of the protective member. . Therefore, the temperature of the specific location is higher than when the conducted heat is distributed over the entire surface of the protective member, and it is possible to melt the snow that has fallen on the specific location.
 上記(6)の側面によれば、発光面としての保護部材の表面が、親水性部材で形成され、比較的高温に維持された高温領域と、疎水性部材で形成され、該高温領域よりも低い温度に維持された低温領域からなるので、発光面における着雪防止効果を効果あらしめる気温、あるいは雪質環境を分担することができる。したがって、広い気温の範囲で、しかも種々の雪質の降雪環境下において着雪防止効果を有効に発揮し、最低限でも部分的に着雪のない発光面を確保し得る発光装置を提供することができる。 According to the side surface of the above (6), the surface of the protective member as the light emitting surface is formed of a hydrophilic member and is formed of a high temperature region maintained at a relatively high temperature, and a hydrophobic member. Since the low temperature region is maintained at a low temperature, it is possible to share the temperature or snow environment that can effectively prevent snow deposition on the light emitting surface. Therefore, to provide a light emitting device capable of effectively exerting the snowfall preventing effect in a wide temperature range and under various snow quality snow environments and securing a light emitting surface having no snowfall at least partially. Can.
 また、上記(6)の側面において、保護部材の表面の略半面を親水性領域、残りの略半面を疎水性領域とした場合には、たとえつららが発生する環境条件下であったとしても、つららを発光面下部の発光面外に形成させるようにすることができ、つららによる弊害を極力抑えることができるという効果を奏する。 Further, in the side surface of the above (6), even when the substantially half surface of the surface of the protective member is a hydrophilic region and the remaining substantially half surface is a hydrophobic region, even under the environmental conditions under which icicles are generated, The icicles can be formed outside the light emitting surface at the lower portion of the light emitting surface, and the effect of the icicles can be minimized.
 また、上記(7)の側面によれば、親水性領域と疎水性領域とが断熱部材を介して接しているので、より効率よく高温領域の温度を上昇させることができるから、より着雪防止効果を高めることができるという効果を奏する。 Further, according to the side surface of the above (7), since the hydrophilic region and the hydrophobic region are in contact with each other through the heat insulating member, the temperature of the high temperature region can be raised more efficiently, so snow deposition is further prevented. The effect is achieved that the effect can be enhanced.
 また、上記(8)の側面によれば、伝熱部材が透光性部材で形成されているので、透光性部材の形状、配置をさまざまに変えることにより、温度分布をさまざまに変えることができるとともに、別途伝熱部材を設ける必要がなく、製造が簡略化され、低コスト化が一層有利になるという効果を奏することができる。 Moreover, according to the side surface of said (8), since a heat-transfer member is formed with a translucent member, temperature distribution can be changed variously by changing the shape of transparent member, and arrangement variously. While being able to do, it is not necessary to provide a heat-transfer member separately, manufacture can be simplified and it can be effective in cost reduction becoming more advantageous.
 上記(9)の側面によれば、発光素子点灯時に生ずる発熱を、効率よく保護部材すなわち発光装置前面の発光面に伝導することができる。したがって、本発光装置が豪雪地帯の屋外に設置され、たとえ発光装置の発光面に雪が付着したとしても、速やかに融雪作用を奏するので、効果的に着雪を防止することが可能となる。 According to the side surface of (9), the heat generated when the light emitting element is lit can be efficiently conducted to the protective member, that is, the light emitting surface of the front surface of the light emitting device. Therefore, even if the present light emitting device is installed outdoors in a heavy snow zone and snow adheres to the light emitting surface of the light emitting device, the effect of snow melting can be achieved quickly, and snow deposition can be effectively prevented.
 また、上記(10)の側面によれば、発光素子から発生した熱は、直接発光素子の実装基板を介して保護部材に伝導されるので、さらに熱伝達効率が上がり、一層融雪作用を効果的に行わせることができるという効果を奏する。 Further, according to the side surface of the above (10), the heat generated from the light emitting element is directly conducted to the protective member through the mounting substrate of the light emitting element, so the heat transfer efficiency is further enhanced and the snow melting effect is more effective. It has the effect of being able to
 また、上記(11)の側面によれば、基板の裏面側に断熱部材を配したので、発光素子から実装基板へと伝達された熱が、実装基板の裏面側、すなわち発光面とは反対側に熱伝導、対流、熱放射により熱伝達するのを防止する。したがって、効率よく保護部材すなわち発光装置の発光面に熱を熱伝導させることができるので、一層融雪作用を効果的に行わせることができるという効果を奏することができる。 Further, according to the side surface of the above (11), since the heat insulating member is disposed on the back surface side of the substrate, the heat transmitted from the light emitting element to the mounting substrate is the back surface side of the mounting substrate, that is, the opposite side to the light emitting surface. Prevent heat transfer by heat conduction, convection and heat radiation. Therefore, since heat can be thermally conducted to the protective member, that is, the light emitting surface of the light emitting device efficiently, it is possible to exhibit an effect that snow melting can be performed more effectively.
 上記(12)の側面によれば、発光ダイオードと導光板を用いた信号機において、冬季の発光面の視認性を確保することができる。 According to the side surface of said (12), the visibility of the light emission surface of winter can be ensured in the signal apparatus which used the light emitting diode and the light-guide plate.
 また、上記(13)の側面によれば、発光ダイオードからの熱を伝熱部に伝えるとともに、伝熱部において光線を前面側に透過することができる。 Moreover, according to the side surface of said (13), while transferring the heat | fever from a light emitting diode to a heat transfer part, a light ray can be permeate | transmitted to a front side in a heat transfer part.
 また、上記(14)の側面によれば、加熱領域と非加熱領域における光線量の差を補償できる。 Moreover, according to the side surface of said (14), the difference of the light dose in a heating area | region and a non-heating area | region can be compensated.
 また、上記(15)の側面によれば、より少ない発光ダイオードにより効率よく均一な発光が得られる。 Moreover, according to the side surface of said (15), uniform light emission is efficiently obtained by fewer light emitting diodes.
 また、上記(16)の側面によれば、伝熱構造の熱が少なくとも導光板側及びハウジング側のいずれかに逃げることがない。 Further, according to the side surface of (16), the heat of the heat transfer structure does not escape to at least either the light guide plate side or the housing side.
 また、上記(17)の側面によれば、氷柱の発生を抑制できる。 Moreover, according to the side of said (17), generation | occurrence | production of an ice pillar can be suppressed.
 また、上記(18)の側面によれば、氷柱の発生をより一層抑制できる。 Moreover, according to the side surface of said (18), generation | occurrence | production of an ice pillar can be suppressed further.
 また、上記(19)の側面によれば、信号機において、発光面に付着した氷雪の脱落が妨げられない。 Moreover, according to the side surface of said (19), drop-off | omission of the ice snow adhering to the light emission surface is not prevented in the signal apparatus.
 また、上記(20)の側面によれば、信号機において、氷雪の脱落を妨げることなく西日等の強い外光による反射光を抑制できる。 Moreover, according to the side surface of said (20), in a signal apparatus, the reflected light by strong external light, such as a west sun, can be suppressed, without preventing drop-off | omission of ice snow.
本発明の第1の実施形態にかかる発光装置の平面図である。FIG. 1 is a plan view of a light emitting device according to a first embodiment of the present invention. 本発明の第1の実施形態にかかる発光装置の断面図である。FIG. 1 is a cross-sectional view of a light emitting device according to a first embodiment of the present invention. 本発明の第1の実施形態にかかる伝熱部材の斜視図である。It is a perspective view of the heat transfer member concerning a 1st embodiment of the present invention. 本発明の第1の実施形態にかかる発光装置の熱伝導経路を示す説明図である。It is explanatory drawing which shows the heat conduction path of the light-emitting device concerning the 1st Embodiment of this invention. 本発明の第1の実施形態にかかる発光装置の発光面の温度分布を示す概念図である。It is a conceptual diagram which shows the temperature distribution of the light emission surface of the light-emitting device concerning the 1st Embodiment of this invention. 本発明の第2の実施形態にかかる発光装置の平面図である。It is a top view of the light-emitting device concerning the 2nd Embodiment of this invention. 本発明の第2の実施形態にかかる発光装置の断面図である。It is sectional drawing of the light-emitting device concerning the 2nd Embodiment of this invention. 本発明の第2の実施形態にかかる発光装置の発光面の温度分布を示す概念図である。It is a conceptual diagram which shows the temperature distribution of the light emission surface of the light-emitting device concerning the 2nd Embodiment of this invention. 本発明の第3の実施形態にかかる発光装置の平面図である。It is a top view of the light-emitting device concerning the 3rd Embodiment of this invention. 本発明の第3の実施形態にかかる発光装置の断面図である。It is sectional drawing of the light-emitting device concerning the 3rd Embodiment of this invention. 本発明の第3の実施形態にかかる発光装置の発光面の温度分布を示す概念図である。It is a conceptual diagram which shows the temperature distribution of the light emission surface of the light-emitting device concerning the 3rd Embodiment of this invention. 本発明の第4の実施形態にかかる発光装置の平面図である。It is a top view of the light-emitting device concerning the 4th Embodiment of this invention. 本発明の第4の実施形態にかかる発光装置の断面図である。It is sectional drawing of the light-emitting device concerning the 4th Embodiment of this invention. 本発明の第4の実施形態にかかる発光装置の発光面の温度分布を示す概念図である。It is a conceptual diagram which shows temperature distribution of the light emission surface of the light-emitting device concerning the 4th Embodiment of this invention. 本発明の第5の実施形態にかかる発光装置の断面図である。It is sectional drawing of the light-emitting device concerning the 5th Embodiment of this invention. 本発明の第6の実施形態にかかる発光装置の断面図である。It is sectional drawing of the light-emitting device concerning the 6th Embodiment of this invention. 本発明の第7の実施形態にかかる発光装置の斜視図である。It is a perspective view of the light-emitting device concerning the 7th Embodiment of this invention. 本発明の第7の実施形態にかかる発光装置の背面斜視図である。It is a rear perspective view of the light-emitting device concerning the 7th Embodiment of this invention. 本発明の第9の実施形態にかかる発光装置の平面図である。It is a top view of the light-emitting device concerning the 9th Embodiment of this invention. 本発明の第9の実施形態にかかる発光装置の断面図である。It is sectional drawing of the light-emitting device concerning the 9th Embodiment of this invention. 本発明の第9の実施形態にかかる発光装置の分解斜視図である。It is a disassembled perspective view of the light-emitting device concerning the 9th Embodiment of this invention. 本発明の第9の実施形態にかかる発光装置の熱伝導経路を示す説明図である。It is explanatory drawing which shows the heat conduction path of the light-emitting device concerning the 9th Embodiment of this invention. 本発明の第10の実施形態にかかる発光装置の断面図である。It is sectional drawing of the light-emitting device concerning the 10th Embodiment of this invention. 本発明の第11の実施形態にかかる発光装置の断面図である。It is sectional drawing of the light-emitting device concerning 11th Embodiment of this invention. 本発明の第12の実施形態にかかる発光装置のソケットである。It is a socket of a light emitting device according to a twelfth embodiment of the present invention. 本発明の第12の実施形態にかかる発光装置の背面斜視図である。It is a rear perspective view of the light-emitting device concerning the 12th embodiment of the present invention. 本発明の第13の実施形態にかかる発光装置の回路図である。It is a circuit diagram of a light emitting device concerning a 13th embodiment of the present invention. 本発明の第14の実施形態にかかる発光装置の斜視図である。It is a perspective view of the light-emitting device concerning 14th Embodiment of this invention. 本発明の第14の実施形態にかかる発光装置の背面斜視図である。It is a rear perspective view of the light-emitting device concerning the 14th embodiment of this invention. 本発明の第15及び第16の実施形態にかかる発光装置の原理を説明するための平面図である。It is a top view for demonstrating the principle of the light-emitting device concerning 15th and 16th embodiment of this invention. 本発明の第15の実施形態にかかる発光装置の平面図である。It is a top view of the light-emitting device concerning 15th Embodiment of this invention. 本発明の第15の実施形態にかかる発光装置の断面図である。It is sectional drawing of the light-emitting device concerning 15th Embodiment of this invention. 本発明の第15の実施形態にかかる伝熱部材の斜視図である。It is a perspective view of the heat-transfer member concerning 15th Embodiment of this invention. 本発明の第15の実施形態にかかる発光装置の熱伝導経路を示す説明図である。It is explanatory drawing which shows the heat conduction path of the light-emitting device concerning 15th Embodiment of this invention. 本発明の第15の実施形態にかかる発光装置の発光面の温度分布を示す概念図である。It is a conceptual diagram which shows the temperature distribution of the light emission surface of the light-emitting device concerning the 15th Embodiment of this invention. 本発明の第15の実施形態における保護部材の第1の形態の斜視図である。It is a perspective view of the 1st form of the protection member in 15th Embodiment of this invention. 本発明の第15の実施形態における保護部材の第1の形態の断面図である。It is sectional drawing of the 1st form of the protection member in 15th Embodiment of this invention. 本発明の第15の実施形態における保護部材の第2の形態の斜視図である。It is a perspective view of a 2nd form of the protection member in 15th Embodiment of this invention. 本発明の第15の実施形態における保護部材の第2の形態の断面図である。It is sectional drawing of the 2nd form of the protection member in 15th Embodiment of this invention. 本発明の第15の実施形態における保護部材の第3の形態の斜視図である。It is a perspective view of the 3rd form of the protection member in the 15th Embodiment of this invention. 本発明の第15の実施形態における保護部材の第3の形態の断面図である。It is sectional drawing of the 3rd form of the protection member in 15th Embodiment of this invention. 本発明の第16の実施形態にかかる発光装置の平面図である。It is a top view of the light-emitting device concerning the 16th Embodiment of this invention. 本発明の第16の実施形態にかかる発光装置の断面図である。It is sectional drawing of the light-emitting device concerning the 16th embodiment of this invention. 本発明の第16の実施形態にかかる発光装置の発光面の温度分布を示す概念図である。It is a conceptual diagram which shows temperature distribution of the light emission surface of the light-emitting device concerning the 16th Embodiment of this invention. 本発明の第17の実施形態に係る信号機の正面斜視図である。It is a front perspective view of the signal equipment concerning a 17th embodiment of the present invention. 信号機の背面分解斜視図である。It is a rear surface exploded perspective view of a traffic signal. 灯器の正面斜視図である。It is a front perspective view of a lamp. 灯器の分解斜視図である。It is an exploded perspective view of a lamp. 図44のH-H線による信号機の部分断面図である。FIG. 45 is a partial cross-sectional view of the traffic signal by the line HH in FIG. 44. 伝熱部材の背面斜視図である。It is a rear perspective view of a heat-transfer member. 伝熱部材の変形例を示す背面斜視図である。It is a rear perspective view which shows the modification of a heat-transfer member. 伝熱部材の変形例を示す背面斜視図である。It is a rear perspective view which shows the modification of a heat-transfer member. 西日等の強い外光による反射光を抑制した信号機の変形例を示す正面斜視図である。It is a front perspective view which shows the modification of the signal apparatus which suppressed the reflected light by strong external light, such as a west day. 伝熱部の種々の形状を示す図である。It is a figure which shows the various shapes of a heat-transfer part. 伝熱部の種々の形状を示す図である。It is a figure which shows the various shapes of a heat-transfer part. 伝熱部の種々の形状を示す図である。It is a figure which shows the various shapes of a heat-transfer part.
 以下、本発明の種々の実施形態について図面を参照しつつ詳細に説明する。なお、以下の説明では、異なる実施形態間において同一又は同種の部品および構成要素には同一の符号を付してある。そして、それらは名称および機能が同じであるので、その重複する詳細な説明については適宜省略するものとする。 Hereinafter, various embodiments of the present invention will be described in detail with reference to the drawings. In the following description, the same or similar parts and components are denoted by the same reference numerals in different embodiments. And since they have the same name and function, duplicate detailed description thereof will be omitted as appropriate.
 また、以下の図面においては、各部構成の寸法比率は説明に応じて適宜誇張して描かれており、必ずしも実際の寸法比率を示すものではない。 Moreover, in the following drawings, the dimensional ratio of each part configuration is appropriately drawn in an exaggerated manner according to the description, and does not necessarily indicate the actual dimensional ratio.
[第1の実施形態]
 図1は第1の実施形態にかかる発光装置100の平面図、図2は本実施形態にかかる発光装置100の、図1におけるA-A断面図、図3は本実施形態にかかる伝熱部材の斜視図である。
First Embodiment
FIG. 1 is a plan view of the light emitting device 100 according to the first embodiment, FIG. 2 is a sectional view taken along the line AA in FIG. 1 of the light emitting device 100 according to the present embodiment, and FIG. 3 is a heat transfer member according to the present embodiment FIG.
 図1、図2を参照して、符号110は内部に発光素子210を配置した開口、120bは熱伝導シート、130は保護部材、140はケース、150は伝熱部材のない領域、230は伝熱部材、260はドーナツ状の領域を示す。なお、保護部材130は、発光装置100の前面の全面にあるが、図1ではその一部を切欠いた状態を示し、内部構成が分かるようにしてある。 1 and 2, reference numeral 110 denotes an opening in which the light emitting element 210 is disposed, 120b a heat conduction sheet, 130 a protection member, 140 a case, 150 an area without a heat transfer member, 230 a heat transfer member The heat member, 260, indicates a toroidal area. Although the protective member 130 is on the entire front surface of the light emitting device 100, FIG. 1 shows a state in which a part thereof is cut away so that the internal configuration can be understood.
 以下の説明において明らかとなるが、図1における、熱伝導シート120b、または、伝熱部材230が配されたドーナツ状の領域260が、保護部材130すなわち発光面の高温領域となり、伝熱部材のない領域150が発光面の自然の温度状態である低温領域となる。 Although it becomes clear in the following description, the heat conduction sheet 120b or the doughnut-shaped area 260 where the heat transfer member 230 is disposed in FIG. 1 becomes the high temperature area of the protective member 130, ie, the light emitting surface. The non-region 150 is a low temperature region which is a natural temperature state of the light emitting surface.
 図2を参照して、120a、120bは熱伝導シート、210は発光素子、212ははんだ、214a、bはアルミベース基板の配線層、220はアルミベース基板、222はねじ、230は伝熱部材、240は断熱部材、250は発光装置駆動回路を示す。また、白抜き上向きの矢印は、発光素子から発せられた光の出射方向を示す。 2, 120a and 120b are heat conduction sheets, 210 are light emitting elements, 212 is solder, 214a and b are wiring layers of the aluminum base substrate, 220 is an aluminum base substrate, 222 is a screw, 230 is a heat transfer member 240 denotes a heat insulating member, and 250 denotes a light emitting device drive circuit. In addition, the white upward arrow indicates the emission direction of the light emitted from the light emitting element.
 アルミベース基板220上には複数の発光素子210が搭載されており、各発光素子210は、図中白抜き矢印で示す紙面上方へ光を出射する。本実施形態においては、アルミベース基板が実装基板を構成する。 A plurality of light emitting elements 210 are mounted on the aluminum base substrate 220, and each light emitting element 210 emits light upward in the figure indicated by a white arrow in the drawing. In the present embodiment, the aluminum base substrate constitutes a mounting substrate.
 アルミベース基板とは、アルミニウム製メタルベースと銅箔配線層を、絶縁層を介して一体化した基板であり、熱伝導性に優れた基板である。アルミベース基板の厚さは、例えば1~2mm程度とする。 The aluminum base substrate is a substrate in which an aluminum metal base and a copper foil wiring layer are integrated via an insulating layer, and is a substrate excellent in thermal conductivity. The thickness of the aluminum base substrate is, eg, about 1 to 2 mm.
 発光素子210としては、例えばパッケージに封入したSMD(Surface Mount Device)、すなわち表面実装タイプの発光ダイオード(LED)を好適に用いることができる。 As the light emitting element 210, for example, an SMD (Surface Mount Device) enclosed in a package, that is, a surface mounting type light emitting diode (LED) can be suitably used.
 LEDのパッケージは、直接アルミベース基板220のアルミベース部分にはんだ付け、あるいは熱伝導性接着剤を用いた接着などの方法で固定する。熱伝導性接着剤としては、エポキシ系、シリコーン系接着剤、AuSnペーストなどを挙げることができる。 The LED package is fixed directly to the aluminum base portion of the aluminum base substrate 220 by a method such as soldering or adhesion using a thermally conductive adhesive. As a heat conductive adhesive, an epoxy type, a silicone type adhesive agent, AuSn paste etc. can be mentioned.
 本実装形態の場合には、放熱性を重視したパッケージを使用しているが、通常の樹脂パッケージを用いてもよい。放熱性に優れたパッケージを用いるのはLED素子のジャンクション温度を上昇させないためである。 In the case of this mounting mode, a package that emphasizes heat dissipation is used, but a normal resin package may be used. The use of a package excellent in heat dissipation is to prevent the junction temperature of the LED element from rising.
 発光素子210の端子(図示せず)は、はんだ212により配線層214aにはんだ付け接続する。 The terminal (not shown) of the light emitting element 210 is connected by soldering to the wiring layer 214 a by the solder 212.
 ふたたび図2を参照して、アルミベース基板220の上には、伝熱部材230が設けられている。図3で図示されるように、伝熱部材230は発光素子210を取り囲む開口110を有したドーナツ状の板よりなり、本実施形態では保護部材130の外径と略同径に形成されて、保護部材130の周辺部に配置されている。そのため、発光装置100の中心から所定の範囲は、伝熱部材のない領域150となる。 Referring again to FIG. 2, heat transfer member 230 is provided on aluminum base substrate 220. As illustrated in FIG. 3, the heat transfer member 230 is a doughnut-shaped plate having an opening 110 surrounding the light emitting element 210, and in the present embodiment, the heat transfer member 230 is formed to have substantially the same diameter as the outer diameter of the protection member 130. It is disposed at the periphery of the protective member 130. Therefore, a predetermined range from the center of the light emitting device 100 is the area 150 without the heat transfer member.
 伝熱部材230の材料としては、熱伝導性に優れた金属、例えばアルミニウム板などを用いる。 As a material of the heat transfer member 230, a metal excellent in thermal conductivity, such as an aluminum plate, is used.
 伝熱部材230は、後述するように、発光素子210で発生しアルミベース基板220を介して伝導された熱を、保護部材130に誘導するための部材である。 The heat transfer member 230 is a member for guiding the heat generated by the light emitting element 210 and conducted through the aluminum base substrate 220 to the protective member 130 as described later.
 伝熱部材230の厚さは、LEDの配光角等を考慮し、例えば2~4mm程度とする。 The thickness of the heat transfer member 230 is, for example, about 2 to 4 mm in consideration of the light distribution angle of the LED and the like.
 伝熱部材230は、アルミベース基板220のアルミニウム製メタルベースの上に、熱伝導シート120aを挟み込んだ構造として説明したが、これに限られるものではない。例えば、アルミベース基板220のアルミニウム製メタルベース、絶縁層、銅箔配線層の上に、熱伝導シート120aを挟み込んだ構造としてもよい。 The heat transfer member 230 has been described as a structure in which the heat conduction sheet 120a is sandwiched on the aluminum metal base of the aluminum base substrate 220, but the structure is not limited to this. For example, the heat conductive sheet 120 a may be sandwiched on the aluminum metal base of the aluminum base substrate 220, the insulating layer, and the copper foil wiring layer.
 アルミベース基板220と伝熱部材230とは、適宜な位置に配されたねじ222によって一体的に固定される。 The aluminum base substrate 220 and the heat transfer member 230 are integrally fixed by screws 222 disposed at appropriate positions.
 アルミベース基板220と伝熱部材230との固定は、ねじに限られるものではなく、適宜はんだ付け、熱伝導性接着剤による接着などにより相互を固定してもよい。 The fixing of the aluminum base substrate 220 and the heat transfer member 230 is not limited to a screw, and may be fixed to each other by soldering, adhesion with a heat conductive adhesive, or the like as appropriate.
 図2を参照して、アルミベース基板220と伝熱部材230との間には、熱伝導シート120aを設けたり、熱伝導グリースを塗布してもよい。熱伝導シートは、アルミベース基板220と伝熱部材230との接触面積を大きくすることにより熱抵抗を下げ、発光素子210で発生した熱をアルミベース基板220を介して、伝熱部材230へ効率よく誘導するためのシートである。 Referring to FIG. 2, a heat conductive sheet 120a may be provided between the aluminum base substrate 220 and the heat transfer member 230, or a heat conductive grease may be applied. The heat conductive sheet lowers the thermal resistance by increasing the contact area between the aluminum base substrate 220 and the heat transfer member 230, and the heat generated by the light emitting element 210 is efficiently transferred to the heat transfer member 230 through the aluminum base substrate 220. It is a sheet to guide well.
 熱伝導シートとしては、シリコーンゴム製シート、シリコーンにセラミックフィラーを充填したシートなどを好適に用いることができる。 As the heat conductive sheet, a silicone rubber sheet, a sheet obtained by filling silicone with a ceramic filler, or the like can be suitably used.
 熱伝導シート120aには、発光素子210に対応して穴を設け、発光素子210から出射した光の進行を妨げないようにする。 The heat conduction sheet 120 a is provided with a hole corresponding to the light emitting element 210 so that the light emitted from the light emitting element 210 is not impeded.
 なお、当該熱伝導シートは熱伝導設計に応じ、熱伝導グリースなどにより代替することが可能であり、またこれらシートあるいはグリースを省略してもさしつかえない。 The heat conductive sheet can be replaced by a heat conductive grease or the like according to the heat conductive design, and these sheets or grease may be omitted.
 伝熱部材230の上には保護部材130が設けられている。保護部材130としては、熱伝導性の良好な材料を選択することが好ましく、熱伝導率が高いガラスが適している。他には、光透過性が必要とされるので、ポリカーボネートやアクリル等の透光性樹脂などを用いることができる。 A protective member 130 is provided on the heat transfer member 230. As the protective member 130, it is preferable to select a material with good thermal conductivity, and glass with high thermal conductivity is suitable. In addition, since light transmission is required, a translucent resin such as polycarbonate or acrylic can be used.
 保護部材130は、アルミベース基板220と伝熱部材230とにより、発光素子210を取り囲んで形成された開口110および伝熱部材のない領域150を覆うように設けられ、発光素子210を外気から保護する役割を果たしているのである。 The protection member 130 is provided to cover the opening 110 formed by surrounding the light emitting element 210 and the region 150 without the heat transfer member by the aluminum base substrate 220 and the heat transfer member 230, thereby protecting the light emitting element 210 from the outside air. Play a role in
 保護部材130は、水などの侵入を防止するパッキンにより伝熱部材230と一体的に固定してもよいし、また伝熱部材に(あるいは、熱伝導シート120bに)熱伝導性接着剤で接着固定してもよい。 The protective member 130 may be integrally fixed to the heat transfer member 230 by a packing that prevents the entry of water or the like, or may be bonded to the heat transfer member (or to the heat conductive sheet 120b) with a thermally conductive adhesive. It may be fixed.
 この保護部材130が発光装置100の発光面として外気と直接接することになる。 The protective member 130 is in direct contact with the outside air as a light emitting surface of the light emitting device 100.
 伝熱部材230と保護部材130との間には、熱伝導シート120bが設けられている。熱伝導シート120bは、伝熱部材230と保護部材130との間の熱伝導を良好にするもので、熱抵抗を下げる。発光素子210で発生した熱をアルミベース基板220および伝熱部材230を介して、保護部材130へ効率よく熱伝導するためのシートである。 A heat conduction sheet 120 b is provided between the heat transfer member 230 and the protection member 130. The heat transfer sheet 120b improves the heat transfer between the heat transfer member 230 and the protection member 130 to lower the heat resistance. It is a sheet for efficiently conducting heat generated by the light emitting element 210 to the protective member 130 through the aluminum base substrate 220 and the heat transfer member 230.
 熱伝導シート120bとしては、上述の熱伝導シート120aと同様の材料を好適に用いることができる。 As the heat conduction sheet 120b, the same material as the above-mentioned heat conduction sheet 120a can be used suitably.
 また、発光素子210に対応して熱伝導シート120bに穴を設け、発光素子210から出射した光の進行を妨げないようにすることも、熱伝導シート120aと同様である。 Further, it is also similar to the heat conductive sheet 120 a that holes are provided in the heat conductive sheet 120 b corresponding to the light emitting elements 210 so as not to impede the progress of light emitted from the light emitting elements 210.
 なお、当該熱伝導シート120bは熱伝導設計に応じ、熱伝導グリースなどにより代替することが可能であり、またこれらシートあるいはグリースを省略してもさしつかえない。 The heat conduction sheet 120b can be replaced by a heat conduction grease or the like according to the heat conduction design, and these sheets or grease may be omitted.
 アルミベース基板220の裏面、つまり、発光素子210搭載面とは反対側の面には、発光装置駆動回路250が搭載されている。発光装置駆動回路250を構成する各部品は配線層214b上に配されており、例えばアルミベース基板220に貫通孔(図示せず)を設けて、配線層214aと接続し、各発光素子210に駆動電力を供給する。 A light emitting device drive circuit 250 is mounted on the back surface of the aluminum base substrate 220, that is, the surface opposite to the light emitting element 210 mounting surface. Each component constituting the light emitting device drive circuit 250 is disposed on the wiring layer 214 b, and for example, a through hole (not shown) is provided in the aluminum base substrate 220, and connected to the wiring layer 214 a. Supply drive power.
 なお、本実施形態の発光装置においては、発光装置駆動回路は必須のものではなく、用途によっては内蔵しなくともよい。 In the light emitting device of the present embodiment, the light emitting device drive circuit is not essential, and may not be incorporated depending on the application.
 アルミベース基板220の、発光素子210搭載面とは反対側の面には、断熱部材240が設けられている。 A heat insulating member 240 is provided on the surface of the aluminum base substrate 220 opposite to the light emitting element 210 mounting surface.
 発光素子210から発生した熱は、後述するように、アルミベース基板220により横方向に拡散されて伝熱部材230へと導かれるが、本断熱部材240は、アルミベース基板220に伝導した熱がケース140内で発光面とは反対側に熱伝導、対流、熱放射により熱伝達するのを防止し、発光装置100の発光面側への熱伝導を強化するための部材である。 The heat generated from the light emitting element 210 is diffused in the lateral direction by the aluminum base substrate 220 and guided to the heat transfer member 230 as described later, but the heat conducted to the aluminum base substrate 220 is the main heat insulating member 240 It is a member for preventing heat transfer by heat conduction, convection, and heat radiation on the side opposite to the light emitting surface in the case 140 and enhancing heat conduction to the light emitting surface side of the light emitting device 100.
 断熱部材240の材料としては、発泡プラスチック系断熱材、いわゆる発泡スチロールや、CR(クロロプレンゴム)スポンジ、EPDM(エチレン・プロピレンゴム)スポンジ、シリコンゴムスポンジなどを好適に用いることができる。 As a material of the heat insulating member 240, a foamed plastic type heat insulating material, so-called expanded polystyrene, CR (chloroprene rubber) sponge, EPDM (ethylene-propylene rubber) sponge, silicone rubber sponge or the like can be suitably used.
 なお、本断熱部材240は付加的なものであり、省略してもさしつかえない。 The heat insulating member 240 is an additional one and may be omitted.
 図2を参照して、椀状のケース140が発光装置100の本体を取り囲んで設けられている。 Referring to FIG. 2, a bowl-shaped case 140 is provided to surround the main body of the light emitting device 100.
 ケース140は、発光素子210から発生した熱をケース140を介して外側に熱伝達させないように、例えば熱伝導率が低いプラスチックで形成する。 The case 140 is formed of, for example, a plastic having a low thermal conductivity so as not to transfer the heat generated from the light emitting element 210 to the outside through the case 140.
 開口110および伝熱部材のない領域150には特に何も充填せず内部が空気層のままであってもよいし、光透過率の高い封止樹脂で封止してもよい。光透過性封止樹脂としては、エポキシ系の熱硬化型樹脂、紫外線硬化型樹脂、熱硬化性のシリコーン樹脂などを用いることができる。 The opening 110 and the region 150 without the heat transfer member may be not particularly filled, and the inside may remain as an air layer, or may be sealed with a sealing resin having a high light transmittance. As the light transmitting sealing resin, an epoxy-based thermosetting resin, an ultraviolet-curable resin, a thermosetting silicone resin, or the like can be used.
 次に、図4を参照して、本発明の要点である、発光素子で発生した熱伝導経路を説明する。図4は本実施形態にかかる発光装置の熱伝導経路を示す説明図、図5は本実施形態にかかる発光装置の発光面の温度分布を示す概念図である。 Next, with reference to FIG. 4, the heat conduction path generated in the light emitting element, which is the main point of the present invention, will be described. FIG. 4 is an explanatory view showing a heat conduction path of the light emitting device according to the present embodiment, and FIG. 5 is a conceptual view showing a temperature distribution of a light emitting surface of the light emitting device according to the present embodiment.
 発光素子210から発生した熱は、上述のように発光素子210、アルミベース基板220間の熱抵抗が小さくなるように設計されているから、図4に図示するように、まず下方へ熱伝導する。なぜなら、上方へは対流と熱放射で熱伝達されるが、その熱抵抗は大きく、上方への熱流量が極めて少ないからである。 Since the heat generated from the light emitting element 210 is designed to reduce the thermal resistance between the light emitting element 210 and the aluminum base substrate 220 as described above, the heat is first conducted downward as shown in FIG. . This is because heat is transferred upward by convection and heat radiation, but the heat resistance is large and the heat flow upward is extremely small.
 下方へ伝導された熱は、一様に熱伝導率の高いアルミベース基板220によって横方向へ拡散される。そして、横方向へ拡散された熱は、アルミベース基板220、伝熱部材230間の熱抵抗が小さいため、伝熱部材230へと誘導され、伝熱部材230の下面から上面に熱伝導される。 The heat conducted downward is diffused laterally by the uniformly high thermal conductivity aluminum base substrate 220. Then, the heat diffused in the lateral direction is guided to the heat transfer member 230 because the heat resistance between the aluminum base substrate 220 and the heat transfer member 230 is small, and is conducted from the lower surface to the upper surface of the heat transfer member 230 .
 伝熱部材230は、図4に図示するように発光装置100の発光面の周囲に沿って配置されているため、発光素子210で発生した熱は発光面の周辺部へと誘導される。 Since the heat transfer member 230 is disposed along the periphery of the light emitting surface of the light emitting device 100 as illustrated in FIG. 4, the heat generated by the light emitting element 210 is guided to the peripheral portion of the light emitting surface.
 伝熱部材230により上方へと誘導された熱は保護部材130の周辺部へと熱伝導し、保護部材130の周辺部の温度を上昇させる。 The heat induced upward by the heat transfer member 230 conducts heat to the periphery of the protection member 130 to raise the temperature of the periphery of the protection member 130.
 保護部材130は熱伝導率の高い材料が選ばれているので、図4の白抜き矢印で図示するように、保護部材130の中心に向かう熱の移動もあるが、周辺部との関係においては温度分布を生ずる。 Since a material having high thermal conductivity is selected for the protective member 130, there is also a movement of heat toward the center of the protective member 130, as illustrated by the outlined arrows in FIG. Produce a temperature distribution.
 図5に本実施形態の発光装置の発光面すなわち保護部材130表面における温度分布を概念的に示す。同図に図示するように、発光面すなわち保護部材130の表面には、ドーナツ状の比較的温度の高い高温領域310と、その内側に円形の比較的温度の低い低温領域320が形成される。 FIG. 5 conceptually shows the temperature distribution on the light emitting surface of the light emitting device of the present embodiment, that is, the surface of the protective member 130. As shown in the figure, on the surface of the light emitting surface, ie, the protective member 130, a doughnut-shaped relatively high temperature region 310 and a circular relatively low temperature region 320 are formed inside thereof.
 ここで、保護部材130上での温度分布を細かく制御するために、保護部材130の材料を、伝熱部材230に対応するドーナツ状の領域260と伝熱部材のない領域150に対応する部分で異ならせてもよい。すなわち、伝熱部材230に対応するドーナツ状の領域260には比較的熱伝導率の高い材料を、伝熱部材のない領域150に対応する部分には比較的熱伝導率の低い材料を用い、これらを一体に形成して保護部材を構成してもよい。 Here, in order to finely control the temperature distribution on the protection member 130, the material of the protection member 130 is formed in a portion corresponding to the doughnut-shaped area 260 corresponding to the heat transfer member 230 and the area 150 without the heat transfer member. It may be different. That is, a material having a relatively high thermal conductivity is used for the doughnut-shaped region 260 corresponding to the heat transfer member 230, and a material having a relatively low thermal conductivity is used for the portion corresponding to the region 150 having no heat transfer member These may be integrally formed to constitute a protective member.
 このような保護部材を用いることにより、例えば発光面の周辺部分の温度を相対的により高めるなど、保護部材上での温度分布を細かく制御することが可能である。 By using such a protective member, it is possible to finely control the temperature distribution on the protective member, for example, by relatively raising the temperature of the peripheral portion of the light emitting surface.
 さらに、ドーナツ状の伝熱部材は、発光面の周辺部だけでなく任意の位置に配することができ、また、円形の伝熱部材を中心部に配してもよい。さらに、伝熱部材を複数配してもよい。 Furthermore, the doughnut-shaped heat transfer member can be disposed not only at the periphery of the light emitting surface but also at an arbitrary position, and a circular heat transfer member may be disposed at the center. Furthermore, a plurality of heat transfer members may be provided.
 このように伝熱部材を適宜な位置に適宜な数だけ配することにより、発光面の温度分布をさまざまに形成することが可能となる。これらの伝熱部材の配置の具体例については、第2の実施形態以下で明らかにする。 As described above, by arranging the heat transfer members at appropriate positions in an appropriate number, it becomes possible to form various temperature distributions on the light emitting surface. About the specific example of arrangement | positioning of these heat-transfer members, it demonstrates below 2nd Embodiment.
 以上の説明で明らかなように、本実施形態による発光装置は、発光素子点灯時に生ずる発熱を、効率よく保護部材すなわち発光装置前面の発光面に伝導するとともに、保護部材の特定箇所に集中するようにしている。したがって、当該特定箇所の温度は、伝導された熱を保護部材の全面に渡って分布させた場合よりも高くなり、当該特定箇所に着雪した雪を融かすことができる。この融雪作用により生じた水分が特定箇所以外の着雪も融かすことや滑り落とすことによりにより、結果的に発光面全体の着雪を防止することが可能となる。 As apparent from the above description, the light emitting device according to the present embodiment efficiently conducts the heat generated when the light emitting element is turned on to the protective member, that is, the light emitting surface of the front surface of the light emitting device. I have to. Therefore, the temperature of the specific location is higher than when the conducted heat is distributed over the entire surface of the protective member, and it is possible to melt the snow that has fallen on the specific location. It is possible to prevent snow deposition on the entire light emitting surface as a result of water generated by the snow melting action melting snow on areas other than the specific part and also sliding off.
 しかも本実施形態による発光装置は、発光ダイオードの発熱を積極的に利用しているから、ヒータ等の別途の融雪手段を用いることがないので、融雪時に付加電力を要しない。したがって、発光装置全体としての消費電力を増加させることがなく、低コスト化に有利であるという優れた効果を奏することもできる。 Moreover, since the light emitting device according to the present embodiment actively utilizes the heat generation of the light emitting diode, no additional snow melting means such as a heater is used, and therefore no additional power is required at the time of snow melting. Therefore, the power consumption of the light emitting device as a whole is not increased, and the excellent effect of cost reduction can be achieved.
 さらに、実装基板の裏面に断熱部材を配した場合には、発光素子から実装基板へと伝達された熱が、実装基板の裏面側、すなわち発光面とは反対側に熱伝導、対流、熱放射されるのを防止する。したがって、発光素子から発生した熱が保護部材以外に熱伝達される伝達ロスを減少させ、さらに効率よく保護部材すなわち発光装置の発光面に熱を熱伝導させることができるので、一層着雪の融解除去作用を効果的に行わせることができるという効果を奏することができる。 Furthermore, when the heat insulating member is disposed on the back surface of the mounting substrate, the heat transferred from the light emitting element to the mounting substrate is conducted on the back surface of the mounting substrate, that is, heat conduction, convection, and heat radiation on the opposite side to the light emitting surface. To prevent being Therefore, the heat generated from the light emitting element can be transferred to other than the protective member to reduce the transmission loss, and the heat can be conducted to the light emitting surface of the protective member, that is, the light emitting device more efficiently. The effect that the removing action can be performed effectively can be achieved.
[第2の実施形態]
 図6は本実施形態にかかる発光装置400の平面図であり、図7は本実施形態にかかる発光装置400の、図6におけるB-B断面図であり、図8は本実施形態にかかる発光装置400の発光面の温度分布を示す概念図である。
Second Embodiment
6 is a plan view of the light emitting device 400 according to the present embodiment, FIG. 7 is a cross sectional view of the light emitting device 400 according to the present embodiment taken along line BB in FIG. 6, and FIG. 8 is light emission according to the present embodiment. FIG. 10 is a conceptual diagram showing the temperature distribution of the light emitting surface of the device 400.
 図6および図7において、符号410は実装基板、412は伝熱部、430はプリント基板、460は高温領域を示す。 6 and 7, reference numeral 410 denotes a mounting substrate, 412 denotes a heat transfer portion, 430 denotes a printed substrate, and 460 denotes a high temperature region.
 本実施形態では、発光素子210で発生した熱を保護部材130まで導く経路を、伝熱部412として実装基板410と一体に形成している。実装基板410および伝熱部412の材料は、熱伝導性の良好な金属、例えばアルミニウムを用いることができ、一体に形成する方法は、切削あるいは押出成型等を用いることができる。 In the present embodiment, a path for guiding the heat generated by the light emitting element 210 to the protective member 130 is integrally formed with the mounting substrate 410 as the heat transfer portion 412. The material of the mounting substrate 410 and the heat transfer portion 412 can be a metal with good thermal conductivity, such as aluminum, and the method of integrally forming can be cutting or extrusion.
 図6を参照して、本実施形態の伝熱部412は、4つの平面視L字状の凸部一組として発光素子210を取り囲むように島状領域を形成し、実装基板410に突出して形成される。 Referring to FIG. 6, the heat transfer portion 412 of the present embodiment forms an island-like region so as to surround the light emitting element 210 as one set of four L-shaped convex portions in plan view, and protrudes to the mounting substrate 410. It is formed.
 そして、本実施形態では、保護部材130の表面上において温度分布を形成する方法として、上記伝熱部412を5×5=25個の発光素子210について一つ置きに形成している。 Further, in the present embodiment, as a method of forming a temperature distribution on the surface of the protective member 130, the heat transfer portion 412 is formed alternately for every 5 × 5 = 25 light emitting elements 210.
 図7を参照して、プリント基板430は、伝熱部412に対応させて開口を設け実装基板410上に配されている。プリント基板430と伝熱部412の一体化は、例えばエポキシ系接着剤、シリコーン系接着剤などの、熱伝導性接着剤を用いて接着固定する。 Referring to FIG. 7, printed circuit board 430 is provided on mounting substrate 410 with an opening corresponding to heat transfer portion 412. The integration of the printed circuit board 430 and the heat transfer portion 412 is adhesively fixed using a thermally conductive adhesive such as an epoxy adhesive or a silicone adhesive.
 プリント基板430としては、ガラスエポキシ基板FR4、フレキシブル基板等の一般的な基板の他、熱伝導性に優れたアルミベース基板等を好適に用いることができる。 As the printed circuit board 430, in addition to a general substrate such as a glass epoxy substrate FR4 and a flexible substrate, an aluminum base substrate excellent in thermal conductivity and the like can be suitably used.
 プリント基板430上には搭載された発光素子210より下方に伝導した熱は、実装基板410において横方向に拡散され、伝熱部412へと誘導される。伝熱部412に達した熱は上方に伝導し、保護部材130へと誘導される。 The heat conducted downward from the light emitting element 210 mounted on the printed circuit board 430 is laterally diffused in the mounting board 410 and is guided to the heat transfer portion 412. The heat reaching the heat transfer portion 412 is conducted upward and is guided to the protective member 130.
 かかる構成により、伝熱部412が配された部位には、当該伝熱部412で囲まれた部分に存在する発光素子210と、その周囲に配された伝熱部412で囲まれていない発光素子210の熱が集中する。保護部材130において、伝熱部412で囲まれた領域から外に伝導する熱も存在するものの、伝熱部が局所的に配されているため、保護部材130の表面で温度分布を生ずることになり、図7の符号460で示される、伝熱部412で囲まれた領域の直上部分が比較的高温な高温領域となる。 With such a configuration, in the portion where the heat transfer portion 412 is disposed, the light emitting element 210 existing in the portion surrounded by the heat transfer portion 412 and the light emission not surrounded by the heat transfer portion 412 arranged around the light emitting element The heat of the element 210 is concentrated. In the protective member 130, although there is heat conducted to the outside from the region surrounded by the heat transfer portion 412, since the heat transfer portion is locally disposed, a temperature distribution is generated on the surface of the protective member 130. The portion immediately above the region surrounded by the heat transfer portion 412, which is indicated by reference numeral 460 in FIG. 7, becomes a relatively high temperature high temperature region.
 図8に、本実施形態の発光装置400の発光面すなわち保護部材130の表面上の温度分布を概念的に示す。図8において、符号460は高温領域、470は低温領域を示す。 FIG. 8 conceptually shows the temperature distribution on the light emitting surface of the light emitting device 400 of the present embodiment, that is, the surface of the protective member 130. In FIG. 8, reference numeral 460 denotes a high temperature region, and 470 denotes a low temperature region.
 本実施形態では伝熱部を一つ置きに配したので、同図に図示されたように、高温領域460、低温領域470が市松模様状に交互に配されることになる。 In the present embodiment, since every heat transfer portion is disposed, high temperature regions 460 and low temperature regions 470 are alternately disposed in a checkered pattern as shown in the figure.
 上記説明では、発光素子をプリント基板上に実装した例を示したが、第1の実施形態と同様本実施形態でも発光素子を直接実装基板上に実装することも可能である。 In the above description, the example in which the light emitting element is mounted on the printed circuit board is shown, but it is also possible to directly mount the light emitting element on the mounting board in the present embodiment as in the first embodiment.
 また、高温領域、低温領域に対応させて、保護部材130の材質を変えてもよいことも第1の実施形態と同様である。 Further, as in the first embodiment, the material of the protective member 130 may be changed corresponding to the high temperature region and the low temperature region.
 以上の説明で明らかなように、本実施形態による発光装置は、発光素子点灯時に生ずる発熱を発光面すなわち保護部材に伝導し、保護部材の特定箇所に集中させる場合において、伝熱部の形状、配置をさまざまに変えることにより、温度分布をさまざまに変えることができる。 As is apparent from the above description, in the light emitting device according to the present embodiment, the shape of the heat transfer portion in the case where the heat generated during lighting of the light emitting element is conducted to the light emitting surface, ie, the protective member, By varying the arrangement, the temperature distribution can be varied.
 したがって、発光装置に融雪効果を発揮させる場合において、視認性等を考慮して最適な温度分布を選択できるという効果がある。 Therefore, in the case of causing the light emitting device to exhibit a snow melting effect, there is an effect that it is possible to select an optimum temperature distribution in consideration of visibility and the like.
 また、本実施形態では、実装基板と伝熱部を一体的に形成しているので、部品点数が少なく、製造が簡略化され、低コスト化が一層有利になるという効果も奏することができる。 Further, in the present embodiment, since the mounting substrate and the heat transfer portion are integrally formed, the number of parts can be reduced, the manufacturing can be simplified, and the cost can be further advantageously reduced.
[第3の実施形態]
 図9は本実施形態にかかる発光装置800の平面図であり、図10は本実施形態にかかる発光装置800の、図9におけるC-C断面図であり、図11は本実施形態にかかる発光装置800の発光面の温度分布を示す概念図である。
Third Embodiment
FIG. 9 is a plan view of a light emitting device 800 according to the present embodiment, FIG. 10 is a cross sectional view taken along line CC in FIG. 9 of the light emitting device 800 according to the present embodiment, and FIG. It is a conceptual diagram which shows the temperature distribution of the light emission surface of the apparatus 800. FIG.
 本実施形態の基本的な構造は第2の実施形態と同様であるが、本実施形態では伝熱部の配置により、発光面すなわち保護部材の中央付近の温度を相対的に高めている点に特徴がある。 The basic structure of this embodiment is the same as that of the second embodiment, but in this embodiment, the arrangement of the heat transfer portion relatively raises the temperature near the center of the light emitting surface, ie, the protective member. There is a feature.
 図9および図10において、符号810は実装基板、812は伝熱部、830はプリント基板、860は高温領域を示す。 9 and 10, reference numeral 810 denotes a mounting substrate, 812 denotes a heat transfer portion, 830 denotes a printed substrate, and 860 denotes a high temperature region.
 実装基板810への伝熱部812への形成方法、実装基板810へのプリント基板830の搭載方法等は第2の実施形態と同様である。 The method of forming the heat transfer unit 812 on the mounting substrate 810, the method of mounting the printed circuit board 830 on the mounting substrate 810, and the like are the same as in the second embodiment.
 本実施形態では、実装基板810の中央付近に伝熱部812を凸状に形成しているため、保護部材130のうち当該凸部と接している部分が比較的温度が高くなり、高温領域860を形成する。 In the present embodiment, since the heat transfer portion 812 is formed in a convex shape in the vicinity of the center of the mounting substrate 810, the temperature of the portion of the protective member 130 in contact with the convex portion becomes relatively high. Form
 図11に、保護部材130の温度分布の様子を概念的に示す。同図に図示するように、本実施形態では、保護部材130の中央付近に比較的温度の高い高温領域860が形成され、その高温領域860を取り囲むように比較的低温である低温領域870が形成される。 FIG. 11 conceptually shows the state of the temperature distribution of the protective member 130. As shown in the figure, in the present embodiment, a high temperature region 860 having a relatively high temperature is formed near the center of the protective member 130, and a low temperature region 870 having a relatively low temperature is formed to surround the high temperature region 860. Be done.
 以上の説明のように、本実施形態による発光装置は、発光素子点灯時に生ずる発熱を発光面すなわち保護部材に伝導し、保護部材の特定箇所に集中させる場合において、伝熱部の形状、配置をさまざまに変えることにより、温度分布をさまざまに変えることができるという効果を奏する。 As described above, in the light emitting device according to the present embodiment, the shape and arrangement of the heat transfer portion are conducted when conducting heat generated during lighting of the light emitting element to the light emitting surface, that is, the protective member By changing variously, the temperature distribution can be changed variously.
[第4の実施形態]
 図12は本実施形態にかかる発光装置500の平面図であり、図13は本実施形態にかかる発光装置500の、図12におけるD-D断面図であり、図14は本実施形態にかかる発光装置の発光面の温度分布を示す概念図である。
Fourth Embodiment
FIG. 12 is a plan view of a light emitting device 500 according to the present embodiment, FIG. 13 is a cross sectional view taken along the line DD in FIG. 12 of the light emitting device 500 according to the present embodiment, and FIG. It is a conceptual diagram which shows the temperature distribution of the light emission surface of an apparatus.
 図12および図13において、符号510は透光性部材、512は凸部、514は空洞、520は実装基板、530はプリント基板、560は高温領域、570は低温領域を示す。 12 and 13, reference numeral 510 denotes a light transmitting member, 512 denotes a convex portion, 514 denotes a cavity, 520 denotes a mounting substrate, 530 denotes a printed circuit board, 560 denotes a high temperature area, and 570 denotes a low temperature area.
 本実施形態は、発光素子を封止する透光性部材により伝熱部を構成するところに特徴がある。 The present embodiment is characterized in that the heat transfer portion is formed of a translucent member that seals the light emitting element.
 図12および図13を参照して、本実施形態では、プリント基板530上には搭載された発光素子210を覆うように透光性部材510が設けられている。透光性部材510の材料としては、透明シリコーン樹脂、透明ウレタン樹脂、透明アクリル樹脂、透明エポキシ樹脂等を用いることができる。透光性部材510は、熱伝導性の良好なものを選択するのが好ましい。 Referring to FIGS. 12 and 13, in the present embodiment, a light transmitting member 510 is provided on the printed circuit board 530 so as to cover the light emitting element 210 mounted. A transparent silicone resin, a transparent urethane resin, a transparent acrylic resin, a transparent epoxy resin, etc. can be used as a material of the translucent member 510. The light-transmissive member 510 is preferably selected to have good thermal conductivity.
 本実施形態では、この透光性部材510を、発光素子210の直上において円筒状に突出させて加工し凸部512を形成する。そして、この凸部512を保護部材130に密着するように配置している。本形態のように透光性部材510を形成する方法としては、型加工した透光性部材をプリント基板上に接着剤により接着する方法、ケース140内に型枠を配し、透光性部材を充填して形成する方法等を挙げることができる。 In the present embodiment, the light transmitting member 510 is processed so as to project in a cylindrical shape directly above the light emitting element 210 to form a convex portion 512. The convex portion 512 is disposed in close contact with the protective member 130. As a method of forming the light transmitting member 510 as in the present embodiment, a method of bonding the light transmitting member which has been processed to a printed circuit board with an adhesive, a mold is disposed in the case 140, and the light transmitting member And the like.
 図13には、以上のようにして構成した発光装置500の熱伝導経路を示す。 FIG. 13 shows the heat conduction path of the light emitting device 500 configured as described above.
 図13において、透光性部材510の凸部512以外の部分には熱伝導率の低い、例えば空気が充填された空洞514が存在するため熱の伝導が阻害される。そのため、発光素子210で発生した熱は、発光素子210の直上部分に集中し、直接発光面を構成する保護部材へと誘導される。 In FIG. 13, since the hollow 514 having a low thermal conductivity, for example, air, is present in a portion other than the convex portion 512 of the light transmitting member 510, the conduction of heat is inhibited. Therefore, the heat generated by the light emitting element 210 is concentrated on the portion immediately above the light emitting element 210 and is directly induced to the protective member constituting the light emitting surface.
 凸部512は図12に図示するように分散して配置されているため、保護部材130の表面上において、温度分布が生ずることになる。 Since the protrusions 512 are dispersedly disposed as shown in FIG. 12, a temperature distribution will occur on the surface of the protective member 130.
 なお、空洞514に相当する部分には、断熱性樹脂など非熱伝導性部材を配してもよい。このようにすれば、より集熱効果を高めることができる。 In the portion corresponding to the cavity 514, a non-heat conductive member such as heat insulating resin may be disposed. In this way, the heat collecting effect can be further enhanced.
 発光面すなわち保護部材130の表面上における温度分布の様子を図14に図示する。 A state of temperature distribution on the light emitting surface, that is, the surface of the protective member 130 is illustrated in FIG.
 図14において、符号560は高温領域、570は低温領域を示す。 In FIG. 14, reference numeral 560 denotes a high temperature region, and 570 denotes a low temperature region.
 本実施形態では、伝熱部を構成する凸部512が離散的に配置されているため、保護部材の表面上には、高温領域560が島状に分布することになる。 In the present embodiment, since the convex portions 512 constituting the heat transfer portion are discretely arranged, the high temperature regions 560 are distributed in an island shape on the surface of the protective member.
 なお、本実施形態では、プリント基板530および実装基板520で熱を拡散する必要がないから、それらについての熱伝導率を考慮する必要はなく、実装基板520はむしろ断熱性の部材で構成することが好ましい。 In the present embodiment, since it is not necessary to diffuse heat between the printed board 530 and the mounting board 520, it is not necessary to take into consideration the thermal conductivity of them, and the mounting board 520 should be composed of a thermally insulating member. Is preferred.
 以上の説明で明らかなように、本実施形態による発光装置は、発光素子点灯時に生ずる発熱を発光面すなわち保護部材に伝導し、保護部材の特定箇所に集中させる場合において、発光素子を覆う透光性樹脂の形状、配置をさまざまに変えることにより、温度分布をさまざまに変えることができる。 As apparent from the above description, the light emitting device according to the present embodiment transmits the heat generated during lighting of the light emitting element to the light emitting surface, that is, the protective member, and concentrates the light emitting element in a specific portion of the protective member. The temperature distribution can be changed in various ways by changing the shape and arrangement of the resin.
 したがって、別途伝熱部材を設ける必要がなく、製造が簡略化され、低コスト化が一層有利になるという効果を奏することができる。 Therefore, it is not necessary to separately provide a heat transfer member, the manufacturing can be simplified, and the cost can be further advantageously reduced.
[第5の実施形態]
 本実施形態にかかる発光装置600の断面図を図15に図示する。同図において、符号610は透光性部材、612は伝熱部、614は空洞、620は実装基板、630はプリント基板、660は高温領域、670は低温領域を示す。
Fifth Embodiment
A cross-sectional view of a light emitting device 600 according to the present embodiment is illustrated in FIG. In the figure, reference numeral 610 denotes a light transmitting member, 612 denotes a heat transfer portion, 614 denotes a cavity, 620 denotes a mounting substrate, 630 denotes a printed circuit board, 660 denotes a high temperature area, and 670 denotes a low temperature area.
 本実施形態は、第4の実施形態における空洞514(図13参照)を空洞614として透光性部材610の内部に設けたものである。その他の構成は第5の実施形態と同様である。空洞614に相当する部分に、断熱性樹脂など非熱伝導性部材を配してもよいことも第4の実施形態と同様である。 In the present embodiment, the cavity 514 (see FIG. 13) in the fourth embodiment is provided as a cavity 614 inside the translucent member 610. The other configuration is the same as that of the fifth embodiment. It is also the same as the fourth embodiment that a non-heat conductive member such as a heat insulating resin may be disposed in a portion corresponding to the cavity 614.
 本実施形態では、非伝熱領域である空洞614を発光素子210の近くに配することができるので、より集熱効果を高めることができる。 In this embodiment, since the cavity 614 which is a non-heat transfer area can be disposed near the light emitting element 210, the heat collection effect can be further enhanced.
[第6の実施形態]
 本実施形態にかかる発光装置700の断面図を図16に図示する。同図において、符号710は樹脂成型タイプ発光素子、712はLEDチップ、730はプリント基板、732ははんだ、760は高温領域、770は低温領域を示す。
Sixth Embodiment
A cross-sectional view of a light emitting device 700 according to the present embodiment is illustrated in FIG. In the figure, reference numeral 710 denotes a resin molded type light emitting element, 712 denotes an LED chip, 730 denotes a printed board, 732 denotes a solder, 760 denotes a high temperature area, and 770 denotes a low temperature area.
 本実施形態では、伝熱部として、樹脂成型タイプ発光素子自体を使用することに特徴がある。 The present embodiment is characterized in that a resin molded type light emitting element itself is used as the heat transfer portion.
 図16を参照して、プリント基板730に、樹脂成型タイプ発光素子710が搭載されている。樹脂成型タイプ発光素子710はLEDチップ712を内蔵したリードタイプのものであり、プリント基板にリード用の穴を設け裏面ではんだ732により該リードが固定されている。 Referring to FIG. 16, a resin molded light emitting element 710 is mounted on a printed circuit board 730. The resin molded type light emitting element 710 is a lead type having a built-in LED chip 712, and a hole for a lead is provided on a printed circuit board, and the lead is fixed by a solder 732 on the back surface.
 むろん樹脂成型タイプ発光素子710はリードタイプのものに限らず、SMDタイプのものであってもよい。また、SMDタイプの発光素子210と混在させて実装することも可能である。 Of course, the resin-molded light emitting element 710 is not limited to the lead type, and may be an SMD type. Moreover, it is also possible to mix and mount the light emitting element 210 of the SMD type.
 樹脂成型タイプ発光素子710は、伝熱部を効果的に形成することができるように、その頂部が底面より幅広に構成されている。樹脂成型タイプ発光素子710の外形は、円筒状であっても、角柱状であってもよいが、幅広部分は熱の誘導を効果的に行わせるために、図16に図示するようにテーパ状に形成することが好ましい。 The resin molded type light emitting element 710 is configured such that the top is wider than the bottom so that the heat transfer portion can be effectively formed. The outer shape of the resin-molded light emitting element 710 may be cylindrical or prismatic, but the wide portion is tapered as shown in FIG. 16 in order to effectively conduct heat. It is preferable to form it.
 そして、樹脂成型タイプ発光素子710の頂部は、保護部材130と密着するように配置されている。樹脂成型タイプ発光素子710の上面と保護部材130とは、熱伝導性グリースなどを介して接するようにすると熱伝導の上から好ましい。 The top of the resin-molded light emitting element 710 is disposed in close contact with the protective member 130. The upper surface of the resin molded type light emitting element 710 and the protective member 130 are preferably in contact with each other via a heat conductive grease or the like, from the viewpoint of heat conduction.
 以上のように構成された発光装置700は、樹脂成型タイプ発光素子710から発生した熱が、保護部材130の温度を局所的に上昇させることになる。その結果、保護部材130上には、高温領域760、低温領域770が形成され温度分布を生ずる。 In the light emitting device 700 configured as described above, the heat generated from the resin molded type light emitting element 710 causes the temperature of the protective member 130 to locally rise. As a result, a high temperature area 760 and a low temperature area 770 are formed on the protective member 130 to produce a temperature distribution.
 本実施形態によれば、発光素子自体で伝熱部を構成するため、伝熱部として特に付加的な構成を必要としない。したがって、製造がさらに簡略化され、低コスト化が一層有利になるという効果を奏することができる。 According to the present embodiment, since the light emitting element itself constitutes the heat transfer part, no additional structure is particularly required as the heat transfer part. Therefore, the manufacturing can be further simplified, and cost reduction can be further advantageous.
[第7の実施形態]
 本実施形態では、本発明による融雪効果を発揮させた発光装置の例として、本発明を交通信号灯器に適用した例を説明する。
Seventh Embodiment
In the present embodiment, an example in which the present invention is applied to a traffic signal lamp will be described as an example of a light emitting device exhibiting a snow melting effect according to the present invention.
 図17は、本発明の実施例にかかる交通信号灯器900の斜視図である。 FIG. 17 is a perspective view of a traffic signal lamp 900 according to an embodiment of the present invention.
 図17において、910B、910Y、910Rは発光部、920は庇、930は蓋、940はねじ、950は筐体を示す。 In FIG. 17, 910 B, 910 Y, and 910 R indicate light emitting portions, 920 indicates a ridge, 930 indicates a lid, 940 indicates a screw, and 950 indicates a housing.
 図17を参照して、発光部910B、910Y、910Rには、上述の各実施形態の発光装置の任意の形態のものを組み込むことが可能であるが、ここでは、第1の実施形態の周辺部高温型のものにGX53口金を採用した場合を例示して説明する。 Referring to FIG. 17, light emitting units 910 B, 910 Y, and 910 R can incorporate any of the light emitting devices according to the above-described embodiments, but here, the periphery of the first embodiment can be used. The case where a GX 53 base is adopted for the part high temperature type is illustrated and explained.
 また、ここでは、横型の交通信号灯器を例示しているが、豪雪地帯において一般的である縦型にも同様に適用可能であることはいうまでもない。 Furthermore, although a horizontal traffic signal lamp is illustrated here, it is needless to say that the present invention is applicable to a vertical type that is common in heavy snow areas.
 ふたたび図17を参照して、発光部910B、910Y、910Rはそれぞれ青緑色、橙色、赤色に発光するものであり、当該各色に対応する公知のLEDを採用して構成することができる。 Referring again to FIG. 17, the light emitting portions 910B, 910Y, and 910R emit blue green, orange, and red, respectively, and can be configured by adopting known LEDs corresponding to the respective colors.
 筐体950はアルミダイカストなどにより形成し、3個の発光部を一体的に固定する。 The housing 950 is formed by aluminum die casting or the like, and integrally fixes three light emitting units.
 庇920は、発光部910B、910Y、910Rに直接上方から太陽光が照射された場合に、発光部910B、910Y、910Rの点灯する色の識別が困難になることを防止するとともに、雨や雪よけの用にも供するためのものである。 The weir 920 prevents it from becoming difficult to identify the color of the light emitting parts 910B, 910Y and 910R when the sunlight is directly applied to the light emitting parts 910B, 910Y and 910R from above, and also prevents rain and snow It is intended to serve as a shelter.
 蓋930は発光部910B、910Y、910Rを固定し、ねじ940は蓋を開放するためのねじである。すなわち、ねじ940を緩め外すことによって、蓋930が蓋の上方に配された蝶番1020(図18)を中心として、図17の黒矢印で示す方向に開放される。 The lid 930 fixes the light emitting parts 910B, 910Y, 910R, and the screw 940 is a screw for opening the lid. That is, by loosening and removing the screw 940, the lid 930 is opened in the direction indicated by the black arrow in FIG. 17 around the hinge 1020 (FIG. 18) disposed above the lid.
 蓋930を開放した状態を図18に示す。図18は、本実施形態にかかる交通信号灯器900の背面斜視図である。 The state in which the lid 930 is opened is shown in FIG. FIG. 18 is a rear perspective view of the traffic signal lamp 900 according to the present embodiment.
 図18を参照して、蓋930に固定された発光部910Bの背面が図示されており、符号1030はGX53口金を、1040はGX53口金に嵌合するソケットを示す。 Referring to FIG. 18, the back surface of the light emitting unit 910B fixed to the lid 930 is illustrated, and reference numeral 1030 denotes a socket for fitting the GX53 cap, and 1040 denotes a socket for fitting to the GX53 cap.
 GX53とは、薄型化を目的とし、IEC(国際電気標準会議)において、7004-142-1として規定された照明装置の規格であり、日本では、JIS(日本工業規格)C7709-1として規定されている。 GX53 is a standard for lighting devices specified as 7004-142-1 in IEC (International Electrotechnical Commission) for the purpose of thinning, and in Japan it is specified as JIS (Japanese Industrial Standard) C 7709-1. ing.
 GX53口金1030には凸部1034が設けられており、該突部は上面、下面を円形にして構成され、その厚さは20mm程度と比較的薄く、その内部に発光装置の駆動回路を配する構成となっている。 The GX 53 mouth ring 1030 is provided with a convex portion 1034. The convex portion has a circular upper surface and a lower surface, and its thickness is relatively thin at about 20 mm, and the drive circuit of the light emitting device is disposed therein. It is a structure.
 このため、従来のように照明装置本体側に電源回路を設ける必要がなくなり(つまり、本規格では、照明装置本体側には、商用電源が直接接続されているだけであり、LED駆動回路は発光装置に内蔵される)、また全体が平面的であるため薄型化を実現しやすい。 Therefore, it is not necessary to provide a power supply circuit on the side of the lighting device body as in the prior art (that is, in the present standard, only a commercial power source is directly connected to the lighting device body side, and the LED drive circuit emits light) It is easy to realize thinning because it is entirely built-in) and the whole is flat.
 電源ターミナル1032は、交通信号灯器900に電源を供給するための電源端子であり、適宜な配線系により発光装置本体に接続されている。 The power supply terminal 1032 is a power supply terminal for supplying power to the traffic signal lamp 900, and is connected to the light emitting device main body by an appropriate wiring system.
 GX53口金1030に嵌合するソケット1040は、電源ターミナル挿入孔1044、嵌込凹部1042を有するとともに、商用電源を供給するための電源線1010が接続されている。 A socket 1040 fitted to the GX 53 cap 1030 has a power supply terminal insertion hole 1044 and a fitting recess 1042, and a power supply line 1010 for supplying commercial power is connected.
 この嵌込凹部1042にGX53口金1030の凸部1034を嵌合させ、電源ターミナル1032を電源ターミナル挿入孔1044に挿入してソケットを回転させ、発光部910Bをソケット1040に、着脱可能に係合させる。 The protrusion 1034 of the GX 53 cap 1030 is fitted into the fitting recess 1042, the power supply terminal 1032 is inserted into the power supply terminal insertion hole 1044, the socket is rotated, and the light emitting portion 910B is detachably engaged with the socket 1040. .
 ソケット1040内部には商用電源に接続された接触金具(図示せず)が配されており、この接触金具が電源ターミナルと接触することによって、発光部910Bに電源が供給される。 A contact fitting (not shown) connected to a commercial power supply is disposed inside the socket 1040, and when the contact fitting comes in contact with the power supply terminal, power is supplied to the light emitting unit 910B.
 本交通信号灯器900では、発光部910B、910Y、910Rのいずれかを交換する場合に、ソケット1040を外し、蓋に固定された発光部を取り外して交換すればよいので、メンテナンスが容易である。 In the traffic signal lamp 900, when replacing any of the light emitting parts 910B, 910Y, and 910R, the socket 1040 may be removed, and the light emitting part fixed to the lid may be removed and replaced, so maintenance is easy.
 また、本実施形態ではGX53口金を採用しているので、交通信号灯器900全体の厚みを約60mm程度と薄型に構成することが可能である。 In addition, since the GX53 cap is adopted in the present embodiment, it is possible to make the entire traffic signal lamp 900 thin as about 60 mm.
 以下、本実施形態の融雪効果について説明する。 Hereinafter, the snow melting effect of the present embodiment will be described.
 本発明によれば、前述のように、発光素子から発生した熱エネルギーを効率的に発光面を構成する保護部材(図2においては保護部材130)に誘導し、かつ、その熱エネルギーを保護部材の特定箇所に集中させ、当該特定箇所が相対的に高温領域になるようにしている。 According to the present invention, as described above, the thermal energy generated from the light emitting element is efficiently guided to the protective member (the protective member 130 in FIG. 2) which constitutes the light emitting surface, and the thermal energy is protected It concentrates on the specific place of, and makes the specific place become a relatively high temperature area.
 本実施形態では、図17に図示するように、その高温領域960は発光部910B、910Y、910Rの発光面の周辺部に存在している。 In the present embodiment, as illustrated in FIG. 17, the high temperature region 960 exists in the peripheral portion of the light emitting surface of the light emitting portions 910B, 910Y, and 910R.
 一方、交通信号灯器の発光部の表示面のサイズは例えば約300mmφと規格で定められているので、当該サイズと発光部の発光輝度等を考慮して、適宜な個数のLEDを発光部に配することになるが、例えば0.05WのLEDパッケージを200個程度とすることができる。LEDの種別はとくに限定されない。 On the other hand, since the size of the display surface of the light emitting unit of the traffic signal lamp is determined by the standard of, for example, about 300 mmφ, an appropriate number of LEDs are arranged on the light emitting unit in consideration of the size However, for example, about 200 LED packages can be used with 0.05 W. The type of LED is not particularly limited.
 発明者らの知見によれば、前記条件で発光部を構成すると、駆動回路を含めたLEDに供給される電力は、1色当たり10~20W程度となり、後述する第9の実施形態のように(図20参照)保護部材の全面に発生する熱を伝達するように構成すると、保護部材の温度は、気温に対してプラス10℃~15℃程度に上昇するものと見込まれる。例えば、気温が-10℃なら保護部材の温度は0℃~+5℃程度となる。 According to the knowledge of the inventors, when the light emitting unit is configured under the above conditions, the power supplied to the LED including the drive circuit is about 10 to 20 W per color, as in the ninth embodiment described later. (See FIG. 20) If the heat generated on the entire surface of the protective member is transmitted, the temperature of the protective member is expected to rise to about + 10 ° C. to 15 ° C. with respect to the air temperature. For example, if the temperature is -10.degree. C., the temperature of the protective member is about 0.degree. C. to + 5.degree.
 本実施形態では、この熱エネルギーを発光部910B、910Y、910Rの発光面の周辺部に集中させているので、保護部材の周辺部の温度がさらに上昇する。 In the present embodiment, since the heat energy is concentrated on the peripheral portion of the light emitting surface of the light emitting portions 910B, 910Y, and 910R, the temperature of the peripheral portion of the protective member further rises.
 したがって、発光面を構成する保護部材の温度を均一に温度上昇させた場合よりも、局所的に着雪した雪を融かす能力を向上させることができるので、この融雪作用により生じた水分が特定箇所以外の着雪も融かすことにより、結果的に発光面全体の着雪を防止する能力を高めることが可能となる。 Therefore, since the ability to melt locally deposited snow can be improved as compared to the case where the temperature of the protective member constituting the light emitting surface is uniformly raised, the water produced by this snow melting action is specified By melting snow on areas other than the area, it is possible to improve the ability to prevent snow on the entire light emitting surface as a result.
[第8の実施形態]
 本実施形態では、本発明による融雪効果を発揮させた発光装置の例として、本発明を一灯型交通信号灯器に適用した例を説明する。
Eighth Embodiment
In the present embodiment, an example in which the present invention is applied to a single-lamp type traffic signal lamp will be described as an example of a light emitting device exhibiting a snow melting effect according to the present invention.
 青色、黄色、赤色の三色のLEDを一組の発光単位とし、この発光単位を発光表示部に複数配した一灯型交通信号灯器が知られている(例えば、特開2009-301519号公報)。この一灯型交通信号灯器では、三色のLEDのうち必要な色の発光時間を制御し、一灯で青色、黄色、赤色の交通信号を表示可能なようにしている。 There is known a single-lamp type traffic light device in which blue, yellow, and red three-color LEDs are used as a set of light emitting units, and a plurality of light emitting units are arranged in a light emitting display unit (for example, JP 2009-301519 A) ). In this single-lamp type traffic signal lamp, the light emission time of the required color of the three color LEDs is controlled so that blue, yellow and red traffic signals can be displayed with one lamp.
 本発明は、上記のような一灯型交通信号灯器にも適用が可能である。 The present invention is also applicable to the above-described single-lamp type traffic signal lamp.
 具体的には、例えば、第1の実施形態の図1において、開口110内に配した単一の発光素子210の代わりに、青色、黄色、赤色の三色のLEDを発光単位として配すればよい。あるいは、開口110内に青色、黄色、赤色のいずれかのLEDを配し、3個の開口110を一組として発光単位を構成してもよい。 Specifically, for example, in FIG. 1 of the first embodiment, instead of a single light emitting element 210 disposed in the opening 110, blue, yellow, and red three-color LEDs may be disposed as light emitting units. Good. Alternatively, any one of blue, yellow and red LEDs may be disposed in the opening 110, and the three openings 110 may constitute a light emitting unit.
 上記の発光装置について、青色、黄色、赤色のLEDの各群を必要な時間だけ巡回点灯させることにより、一灯型交通信号灯器を構成することができる。点灯時間の制御は、例えば、図2に図示された発光装置駆動回路250により行うことができる。 About the above-mentioned light emitting device, a single-lamp type traffic signal lamp can be configured by cyclically lighting each group of blue, yellow and red LEDs for a necessary time. The control of the lighting time can be performed by, for example, the light emitting device driving circuit 250 illustrated in FIG.
 通常の三灯型交通信号灯器では、1個の発光装置で見た場合に消灯している時間が存在するが、本実施形態では、その構成上、1個の発光装置がほぼ常時点灯しているので、常時発熱している。つまり、保護部材130は、常時発光素子から発生した熱の供給を受けることになり、結果として、保護部材130の温度は、三灯型交通信号灯器に比べてより上昇する。 In a normal three-lamp type traffic signal lamp, there is a time when it is turned off when viewed with one light emitting device, but in the present embodiment, one light emitting device is almost always lit because of its configuration Because I am, I have a constant fever. That is, the protective member 130 always receives the supply of heat generated from the light emitting element, and as a result, the temperature of the protective member 130 is higher than that of the three-lamp type traffic light.
 したがって、本実施形態では、保護部材130の温度をより高めることにより、より融雪効果を効果的に行わせることが可能となる。 Therefore, in the present embodiment, the snow melting effect can be more effectively performed by raising the temperature of the protective member 130.
[第9の実施形態]
 図19は、本実施形態にかかる発光装置2100の平面図、図20は、本実施形態にかかる発光装置2100の、図19におけるE-E断面図、図21は本実施形態にかかる発光装置2100の分解斜視図である。
The ninth embodiment
FIG. 19 is a plan view of a light emitting device 2100 according to the present embodiment, FIG. 20 is a cross-sectional view of the light emitting device 2100 according to the present embodiment taken along line EE in FIG. FIG.
 図19において、110は内部に発光素子を配置した開口、120bは熱伝導シート、130は保護部材、140はケースを示す。なお、保護部材130は、発光装置100の前面の全面にあるが、図19ではその一部を切欠いた状態を示し、内部構成が分かるようにしてある。 In FIG. 19, reference numeral 110 denotes an opening in which a light emitting element is disposed, reference numeral 120 b denotes a heat conduction sheet, reference numeral 130 denotes a protection member, and reference numeral 140 denotes a case. Although the protective member 130 is on the entire front surface of the light emitting device 100, FIG. 19 shows a state in which a part of the protective member 130 is cut away so that the internal configuration can be understood.
 図20、図21において、120a、120bは熱伝導シート、210は発光素子、212ははんだ、214a、bはアルミベース基板の配線層、220はアルミベース基板、222はねじ、230は伝熱部材、240は断熱部材、250は発光装置駆動回路、311はパッキン、330は蓋を示す。また、白抜き上向きの矢印は、発光素子から発せられた光の出射方向を示す。 In FIGS. 20 and 21, 120a and 120b are heat conduction sheets, 210 is a light emitting element, 212 is a solder, 214a and b are wiring layers of an aluminum base substrate, 220 is an aluminum base substrate, 222 is a screw, 230 is a heat transfer member 240 denotes a heat insulating member, 250 denotes a light emitting device drive circuit, 311 denotes a packing, and 330 denotes a lid. In addition, the white upward arrow indicates the emission direction of the light emitted from the light emitting element.
 図20を参照して、アルミベース基板220上には複数の発光素子210が搭載されており、各発光素子210は、図中白抜き矢印で示す紙面上方へ光を出射する。本実施形態においては、アルミベース基板が実装基板を構成する。 Referring to FIG. 20, a plurality of light emitting elements 210 are mounted on an aluminum base substrate 220, and each light emitting element 210 emits light to the upper side of the drawing sheet indicated by a white arrow in the figure. In the present embodiment, the aluminum base substrate constitutes a mounting substrate.
 発光素子210の端子(図示せず)は、はんだ212により配線層214aにはんだ付け接続する。 The terminal (not shown) of the light emitting element 210 is connected by soldering to the wiring layer 214 a by the solder 212.
 図20および図21を参照して、アルミベース基板220の上には、伝熱部材230が設けられている。伝熱部材230は、後述するように、発光素子210で発生しアルミベース基板220を介して伝導された熱を、保護部材130に誘導するための部材である。 Referring to FIGS. 20 and 21, heat transfer member 230 is provided on aluminum base substrate 220. The heat transfer member 230 is a member for guiding the heat generated by the light emitting element 210 and conducted through the aluminum base substrate 220 to the protective member 130 as described later.
 伝熱部材230は、図21に図示するごとく、略円形の板に発光素子210に対応した略円形の開口110を複数設けて形成する。 The heat transfer member 230 is formed by providing a plurality of substantially circular openings 110 corresponding to the light emitting elements 210 in a substantially circular plate as illustrated in FIG.
 ここで、開口110の個数は通常発光素子210の個数と同数とし、ひとつの開口110を、ひとつの発光素子210と対応させて配置する。しかしながら、開口110の個数はこれに限定されることはなく、例えば発光素子210の個数より多く設け、空いた開口には、チップ抵抗、チップコンデンサなどの部品を搭載することも可能である。 Here, the number of the openings 110 is generally the same as the number of the light emitting elements 210, and one opening 110 is disposed in correspondence with one light emitting element 210. However, the number of the openings 110 is not limited to this. For example, the number of the openings 110 may be larger than the number of the light emitting elements 210, and components such as chip resistors and chip capacitors may be mounted on the opened openings.
 また、一部の開口110に複数の発光素子210を対応させて配置することにより、開口110の個数を発光素子210の個数より少なく設けることも可能である。 In addition, by arranging the plurality of light emitting elements 210 in correspondence with a part of the openings 110, the number of the openings 110 can be smaller than the number of the light emitting elements 210.
 上記においては、伝熱部材230は開口を有する1枚の板状部材として説明したが、これに限られるものではなく、任意の形状、構造を採用することができる。 In the above, although the heat-transfer member 230 was demonstrated as one plate-shaped member which has an opening, it is not restricted to this, Arbitrary shape and structure are employable.
 例えば、アルミベース基板220上に、アルミベース基板220の実装面に垂直に突出させて複数の板状ルーバを並行かつ一方向に配し、この間に発光素子210を配置してもよいし、ルーバをメッシュ状にしてルーバにより囲まれた領域に発光素子を配置してもよい。また、伝熱部材230はアルミベース基板220の全面に渡って設ける必要もなく、一部に設けてもよい。 For example, a plurality of plate-like louvers may be disposed in parallel and in one direction on the aluminum base substrate 220 so as to protrude perpendicularly to the mounting surface of the aluminum base substrate 220, and the light emitting element 210 may be disposed therebetween. The light emitting elements may be arranged in the area surrounded by the louvers in a mesh shape. Further, the heat transfer member 230 need not be provided over the entire surface of the aluminum base substrate 220, and may be provided in part.
 アルミベース基板220と伝熱部材230とは、適宜な位置に配されたねじ222によって一体的に固定される。 The aluminum base substrate 220 and the heat transfer member 230 are integrally fixed by screws 222 disposed at appropriate positions.
 アルミベース基板220と伝熱部材230との間には、熱伝導シート120aを設ける。なお、熱伝導シート120aに換えて、熱伝導グリースを塗布してもよい。 A heat conduction sheet 120 a is provided between the aluminum base substrate 220 and the heat transfer member 230. In addition, it changes to the heat conductive sheet 120a, and you may apply | coat a heat conductive grease.
 熱伝導シート120aには、伝熱部材230に設けられた開口110に対応して穴を設け、発光素子210から出射した光の進行を妨げないようにする。 The heat conduction sheet 120 a is provided with a hole corresponding to the opening 110 provided in the heat transfer member 230 so as not to hinder the progress of the light emitted from the light emitting element 210.
 また、伝熱部材230の上には保護部材130が設けられている。 In addition, a protective member 130 is provided on the heat transfer member 230.
 この保護部材130が発光装置100の発光面として外気と直接接することになる。 The protective member 130 is in direct contact with the outside air as a light emitting surface of the light emitting device 100.
 伝熱部材230と保護部材130との間には、熱伝導シート120bが設けられている。 A heat conduction sheet 120 b is provided between the heat transfer member 230 and the protection member 130.
 また、伝熱部材230に設けられた開口110に対応して熱伝導シート120bに穴を設け、発光素子210から出射した光の進行を妨げないようにすることも、熱伝導シート120aと同様である。 Further, holes may be provided in the heat conduction sheet 120b corresponding to the openings 110 provided in the heat transfer member 230 so that the progress of the light emitted from the light emitting element 210 is not impeded, similarly to the heat conduction sheet 120a. is there.
 図20を参照して、アルミベース基板220の裏面、つまり、発光素子210搭載面とは反対側の面には、発光装置駆動回路250が搭載されている。発光装置駆動回路250は、例えば後述する交流電源の供給によるLED駆動回路いわゆるAC駆動回路である。発光装置駆動回路250を構成する各部品は配線層214b上に配されており、例えばアルミベース基板220に貫通孔(図示せず)を設けて、配線層214aと接続し、各発光素子210に駆動電力を供給する。 Referring to FIG. 20, a light emitting device drive circuit 250 is mounted on the back surface of the aluminum base substrate 220, that is, the surface opposite to the light emitting element 210 mounting surface. The light emitting device drive circuit 250 is, for example, an LED drive circuit so-called AC drive circuit by supply of AC power described later. Each component constituting the light emitting device drive circuit 250 is disposed on the wiring layer 214 b, and for example, a through hole (not shown) is provided in the aluminum base substrate 220, and connected to the wiring layer 214 a. Supply drive power.
 なお、本実施形態に係る発光装置においては、発光装置駆動回路250は必須のものではなく、用途によっては内蔵しなくともよい。 In the light emitting device according to the present embodiment, the light emitting device drive circuit 250 is not essential, and may not be incorporated depending on the application.
 図20、図21を参照して、アルミベース基板220の、発光素子210搭載面とは反対側の面には、断熱部材240が設けられている。 Referring to FIGS. 20 and 21, a heat insulating member 240 is provided on the surface of the aluminum base substrate 220 opposite to the surface on which the light emitting element 210 is mounted.
 さらに、椀状のケース140が、発光装置2100の本体を覆って設けられている。 Furthermore, a bowl-shaped case 140 is provided to cover the main body of the light emitting device 2100.
 ケース140は、発光素子210から発生した熱をケース140を介して外側に熱伝達させないように、例えば熱伝導率が低いプラスチックで形成する。 The case 140 is formed of, for example, a plastic having a low thermal conductivity so as not to transfer the heat generated from the light emitting element 210 to the outside through the case 140.
 開口110には特に何も充填せず内部が空気層のままであってもよいし、光透過率の高い封止樹脂で封止してもよい。光透過性封止樹脂としては、エポキシ系の熱硬化型樹脂、紫外線硬化型樹脂、熱硬化性のシリコーン樹脂などを用いることができる。 The opening 110 may be filled with nothing, and the inside may remain as an air layer, or may be sealed with a sealing resin having a high light transmittance. As the light transmitting sealing resin, an epoxy-based thermosetting resin, an ultraviolet-curable resin, a thermosetting silicone resin, or the like can be used.
 次に、図22を参照して、本発明の要点である、発光素子210で発生した熱伝導経路を説明する。図22は、発光装置2100の熱伝導経路を示す説明図である。 Next, with reference to FIG. 22, the heat conduction path generated in the light emitting element 210, which is the main point of the present invention, will be described. FIG. 22 is an explanatory view showing a heat conduction path of the light emitting device 2100. As shown in FIG.
 発光素子210から発生した熱は、上述のように発光素子210、アルミベース基板220間の熱抵抗が小さくなるように設計されているから、図22に図示するように、まず下方へ熱伝導する。なぜなら、上方へは対流と熱放射で熱伝達されるが、その熱抵抗は大きく、上方への熱流量が極めて少ないからである。 Since the heat generated from the light emitting element 210 is designed to reduce the thermal resistance between the light emitting element 210 and the aluminum base substrate 220 as described above, the heat is first conducted downward as shown in FIG. . This is because heat is transferred upward by convection and heat radiation, but the heat resistance is large and the heat flow upward is extremely small.
 下方へ伝導された熱は、一様に熱伝導率の高いアルミベース基板220によって横方向へ拡散される。そして、横方向へ拡散された熱は、アルミベース基板220、伝熱部材230間の熱抵抗が小さいため、伝熱部材230へと誘導され、伝熱部材230の下面から上面に熱伝導される。 The heat conducted downward is diffused laterally by the uniformly high thermal conductivity aluminum base substrate 220. Then, the heat diffused in the lateral direction is guided to the heat transfer member 230 because the heat resistance between the aluminum base substrate 220 and the heat transfer member 230 is small, and is conducted from the lower surface to the upper surface of the heat transfer member 230 .
 伝熱部材230により上方へと導かれた熱は保護部材130へ熱伝導し、上述のように、保護部材130は熱伝導率の高い材料が選ばれているので、保護部材130へと熱伝達された熱は拡散され、局所的には保護部材の温度が高い高温領域と温度の低い低温領域が形成されるものの、保護部材130全体が温められることになる。 The heat conducted upward by the heat transfer member 230 conducts heat to the protection member 130, and as described above, since the protection member 130 is made of a material having high thermal conductivity, heat transfer to the protection member 130 is made. The heat generated is diffused to locally heat the entire protective member 130, although a high temperature region where the temperature of the protective member is high and a low temperature region where the temperature is low are formed.
 以上の説明で明らかなように、本発光装置によれば、発光素子点灯時に生ずる発熱を、効率よく発光装置前面すなわち発光面に熱伝導することができる。したがって、本発光装置が豪雪地帯の屋外に設置され、たとえ発光装置の発光面に雪が付着したとしても、速やかに融雪作用を奏するので、効果的に着雪を防止することが可能となるのである。 As apparent from the above description, according to the light emitting device, heat generated when the light emitting element is turned on can be efficiently conducted to the front surface of the light emitting device, that is, the light emitting surface. Therefore, even if the light emitting device is installed outdoors in a heavy snow area and snow adheres to the light emitting surface of the light emitting device, the effect of snow melting can be achieved quickly, and snow deposition can be effectively prevented. .
 しかも、本発光装置では、発光ダイオードの発熱を積極的に利用しているから、ヒータ等の別途の融雪手段を用いることがないので、融雪時に付加電力を要しない。したがって、発光装置全体としての消費電力を増加させることがなく、低コスト化に有利であるという優れた効果を奏することもできるのである。 Moreover, in the present light emitting device, since the heat generation of the light emitting diode is actively used, no additional snow melting means such as a heater is used, so that no additional power is required at the time of snow melting. Therefore, the power consumption of the light emitting device as a whole can not be increased, and the excellent effect of cost reduction can be achieved.
 さらに、実装基板の裏面に断熱部材を配した場合には、発光素子から実装基板へと伝達された熱が、実装基板の裏面側、すなわち発光面とは反対側に熱伝導、対流、熱放射されるのを防止する。したがって、発光素子から発生した熱が保護部材以外に熱伝達される伝達ロスを減少させ、さらに効率よく保護部材すなわち発光装置の発光面に熱を熱伝導させることができるので、一層着雪の融解除去作用を効果的に行わせることができるという効果を奏することができる。 Furthermore, when the heat insulating member is disposed on the back surface of the mounting substrate, the heat transferred from the light emitting element to the mounting substrate is conducted on the back surface of the mounting substrate, that is, heat conduction, convection, and heat radiation on the opposite side to the light emitting surface. To prevent being Therefore, the heat generated from the light emitting element can be transferred to other than the protective member to reduce the transmission loss, and the heat can be conducted to the light emitting surface of the protective member, that is, the light emitting device more efficiently. The effect that the removing action can be performed effectively can be achieved.
[第10の実施形態]
 図23は、本実施形態にかかる発光装置2400の断面図である。
Tenth Embodiment
FIG. 23 is a cross-sectional view of a light emitting device 2400 according to the present embodiment.
 図23において、411は鉄板、420a、420bはプリント基板を示す。 In FIG. 23, 411 indicates an iron plate, and 420a and 420b indicate printed circuit boards.
 第9の実施形態では実装基板としてアルミベース基板を用いていたのに対し、本実施形態では鉄板411とプリント基板420a、420bとを組み合わせて用いることを特徴としている。 In the ninth embodiment, an aluminum base substrate is used as a mounting substrate, while in the present embodiment, an iron plate 411 and printed boards 420a and 420b are used in combination.
 鉄板411の上には、発光素子210の電力供給配線用プリント基板420aが設けられている。また、発光装置駆動回路250もプリント基板420bの上に実装されている。 A printed circuit board 420 a for power supply wiring of the light emitting element 210 is provided on the iron plate 411. Further, the light emitting device drive circuit 250 is also mounted on the printed circuit board 420b.
 プリント基板420a、420bとしては、ガラスエポキシ基板FR4、フレキシブル基板などを用いることができる。 A glass epoxy substrate FR4, a flexible substrate or the like can be used as the printed circuit boards 420a and 420b.
 鉄板411の厚さは、例えばt2mm、プリント基板の厚さは、例えばガラスエポキシ基板ではt0.3mm、フレキシブル基板ではt0.05mmとすることができる。 The thickness of the iron plate 411 may be, for example, t2 mm, and the thickness of the printed circuit board may be, for example, t0.3 mm for a glass epoxy substrate and t0.05 mm for a flexible substrate.
 第9の実施形態と同様の技術思想で、発光素子210としてのLEDは、プリント基板420aに実装されている。伝熱部材230は、プリント基板420に開口を設けて、鉄板411に直接接触するように配置するのが好ましい。むろん、プリント基板に開口を設けず、プリント基板の配線上に伝熱部材230を配置することも可能である。 According to the same technical concept as the ninth embodiment, the LED as the light emitting element 210 is mounted on the printed circuit board 420a. The heat transfer member 230 preferably has an opening in the printed circuit board 420 and is disposed so as to be in direct contact with the iron plate 411. Of course, it is also possible to dispose the heat transfer member 230 on the wiring of the printed circuit board without providing the opening in the printed circuit board.
 第9の実施形態と同様に、鉄板411、プリント基板420aは一体として、ねじ222により伝熱部材230に螺合、固定する。あるいは、鉄板411、プリント基板420a、伝熱部材230の相互を、適宜はんだ付け、熱伝導性接着剤による接着などにより固定してもよい。 As in the ninth embodiment, the iron plate 411 and the printed circuit board 420 a are integrally screwed and fixed to the heat transfer member 230 by the screws 222. Alternatively, the iron plate 411, the printed circuit board 420a, and the heat transfer member 230 may be fixed to each other by soldering, adhesion using a heat conductive adhesive, or the like.
 本実施形態では、第9の実施形態に対し、実装基板として、安価な鉄板とプリント基板との組み合わせを採用しているので、製造コストを低減できるという効果がある。 In the present embodiment, as compared with the ninth embodiment, since a combination of an inexpensive iron plate and a printed circuit board is adopted as a mounting substrate, there is an effect that the manufacturing cost can be reduced.
[第11の実施形態]
 図24は、本実施形態にかかる発光装置2600の断面図である。
Eleventh Embodiment
FIG. 24 is a cross-sectional view of a light emitting device 2600 according to the present embodiment.
 図25において、611は実装基板、621はプリント基板、631は熱伝導シートを示す。 In FIG. 25, reference numeral 611 denotes a mounting board, 621 denotes a printed board, and 631 denotes a thermally conductive sheet.
 第9の実施形態あるいは第10の実施形態では、発光素子の実装基板と伝熱部材とを別体で構成していたが、本実施形態では、これを一体で形成する点に特徴がある。 In the ninth embodiment or the tenth embodiment, the mounting substrate of the light emitting element and the heat transfer member are separately provided, but the present embodiment is characterized in that they are integrally formed.
 実装基板611には熱伝導性の良好な金属、例えばアルミニウム板が用いられ、図3の伝熱部材230と同様に、発光素子210の実装位置に対応して開口110が設けられている。 A metal having good thermal conductivity, such as an aluminum plate, is used for the mounting substrate 611, and an opening 110 is provided corresponding to the mounting position of the light emitting element 210 as in the heat transfer member 230 of FIG.
 実装基板611の下面には、実装基板611と同様の形状、配置で開口110を設けたプリント基板621を配置する。 On the lower surface of the mounting substrate 611, a printed substrate 621 provided with an opening 110 in the same shape and arrangement as the mounting substrate 611 is disposed.
 本実施形態では発光素子210として、パッケージに封入したLEDであって、光出射面とハンダ付け実装面が同一面に構成したSMDタイプのLEDを好適に用いることができ、光出射方向が上方、すなわち、プリント基板および実装基板の開口を通して光が前面、すなわち、保護部材130方向に出射するように配置する。 In the present embodiment, as the light emitting element 210, an LED enclosed in a package, which is an SMD type LED in which the light emitting surface and the soldering mounting surface are formed on the same surface, can be suitably used. That is, light is arranged to be emitted toward the front surface, that is, toward the protective member 130 through the openings of the printed circuit board and the mounting substrate.
 本実施形態のように構成することにより、発光素子210から発生した熱は実装基板611に熱伝導され、直接保護部材130に熱伝導され、該保護部材130の面内で拡散される。 By configuring as in the present embodiment, the heat generated from the light emitting element 210 is thermally conducted to the mounting substrate 611, thermally conducted directly to the protective member 130, and diffused in the plane of the protective member 130.
 第9の実施形態と同様に、実装基板611、プリント基板621の組み合わせはアルミベース基板で置き換えることも可能であり、また熱伝導シート631は省略してもよい。 As in the ninth embodiment, the combination of the mounting substrate 611 and the printed substrate 621 can be replaced by an aluminum base substrate, and the heat conduction sheet 631 may be omitted.
 断熱部材240の効果も第9の実施形態と同様であり、またこれを省略してもよい。 The effect of the heat insulating member 240 is also the same as that of the ninth embodiment, and may be omitted.
 第9の実施形態あるいは第10の実施形態では、発光素子の実装基板と伝熱部材とを別体で構成していたので、それらの接続部に微小ながら熱抵抗が存在し、したがって、発光素子210から保護部材130への熱の誘導が、わずかながら阻害されていた。 In the ninth embodiment or the tenth embodiment, since the mounting substrate of the light emitting element and the heat transfer member are separately formed, a minute thermal resistance exists at their connection portion, and hence the light emitting element The induction of heat from 210 to the protective member 130 was slightly inhibited.
 本実施形態では、それらの要因も取り除くことにより、さらに効率よく熱を保護部材130へ誘導できるので、融雪効果が一層高められるという効果を奏することができる。 In the present embodiment, heat can be more efficiently guided to the protective member 130 by removing these factors, so that the snow melting effect can be further enhanced.
 さらに、本実施形態によれば、発光素子から保護部材に至る経路が単一の材料で形成されているから、製造が簡略化され、低コスト化が一層有利になるという効果も奏することができる。 Furthermore, according to the present embodiment, since the path from the light emitting element to the protective member is formed of a single material, the manufacturing can be simplified and the cost can be further advantageously reduced. .
[第12の実施形態]
 本実施形態は、発光装置にGX53口金を採用することを趣旨としている。
Twelfth Embodiment
The present embodiment is directed to adopting a GX 53 cap for the light emitting device.
 図25Aは、本実施形態にかかる発光装置2700に嵌合するソケット750、図26Bは、本実施形態にかかる発光装置2700の背面斜視図である。 FIG. 25A is a socket 750 fitted to the light emitting device 2700 according to the present embodiment, and FIG. 26B is a rear perspective view of the light emitting device 2700 according to the present embodiment.
 図25Aにおいて、符号761はソケット本体、771は電源ターミナル挿入孔、780は嵌込凹部、図7Bにおいて、符号711はGX53口金、720は凸部、731は電源ターミナル、733は係合保持受部、740はケースを示す。 In FIG. 25A, reference numeral 761 is a socket main body, 771 is a power supply terminal insertion hole, 780 is a fitting recess, in FIG. 7B, reference numeral 711 is a GX53 base, 720 is a convex portion, 731 is a power supply terminal, 733 is an engagement holding receiving portion , 740 indicate a case.
 ケース740の内部に、第9の実施形態ないし第11の実施形態で説明した発光装置本体が収容されている。 Inside the case 740, the light emitting device main body described in the ninth to eleventh embodiments is accommodated.
 図25Bを参照して、本発光装置の背面には凸部720を有するGX53口金711が設けられている。凸部720は上面、下面を円形にして構成され、その厚さは20mm程度と比較的薄く、その内部に発光装置の駆動回路(図21の発光装置駆動回路250がこれに相当する)を配する構成となっている。このため、従来のように照明装置本体側に電源回路を設ける必要がなくなり(つまり、本規格では、照明装置本体側には、商用電源が直接接続されているだけであり、LED駆動回路は発光装置に内蔵される)、また全体が平面的であるため薄型化を実現しやすい。 Referring to FIG. 25B, a GX 53 cap 711 having a convex portion 720 is provided on the back surface of the light emitting device. The convex portion 720 has a circular upper surface and a lower surface, and the thickness thereof is relatively thin at about 20 mm, and a drive circuit of the light emitting device (the light emitting device drive circuit 250 in FIG. 21 corresponds to this) is disposed therein. Is configured to Therefore, it is not necessary to provide a power supply circuit on the side of the lighting device body as in the prior art (that is, in the present standard, only a commercial power source is directly connected to the lighting device body side, and the LED drive circuit emits light) It is easy to realize thinning because it is entirely built-in) and the whole is flat.
 電源ターミナル731は、発光装置2700に電源を供給するための電源端子であり、適宜な配線系により発光装置本体に接続されている。 The power supply terminal 731 is a power supply terminal for supplying power to the light emitting device 2700, and is connected to the light emitting device main body by an appropriate wiring system.
 係合保持受部733は、凸部720の周囲に、L字型に凹設して形成されている。 The engagement holding receiving portion 733 is formed so as to be recessed in an L shape around the convex portion 720.
 一方、図25Aに図示するソケット750は、通常天井あるいは壁などに開口を設けて嵌め込まれ、固定される。ソケット750には、電源ターミナル挿入孔771、嵌込凹部780が設けられており、それぞれ発光装置本体の電源ターミナル731、凸部720が嵌合するようになっている。 On the other hand, the socket 750 illustrated in FIG. 25A is usually inserted into and fixed to an opening or a ceiling or a wall. The socket 750 is provided with a power supply terminal insertion hole 771 and a fitting recess 780, and the power supply terminal 731 and the convex part 720 of the light emitting device main body are fitted respectively.
 電源ターミナル挿入孔771はいわゆるだるま穴となっており、挿入した後発光装置側を回転させて電源ターミナル731が抜けないように支持する。ソケット750内には、図示しない商用電源に接続される接触金具が設けられており、電源ターミナル731がこの接触金具と接触することにより、商用電源が発光装置2700に供給される。 The power supply terminal insertion hole 771 is a so-called slack hole, and after the insertion, the light emitting device side is rotated to support the power supply terminal 731 so as not to come off. A contact fitting connected to a commercial power supply (not shown) is provided in the socket 750, and the commercial power supply is supplied to the light emitting device 2700 when the power supply terminal 731 contacts the contact fitting.
 また、ソケット750には、図示しない係合保持部が設けられており、凸部720を嵌込凹部780に嵌合させることにより、発光装置2700の係合保持受部732と係脱可能に係合して、発光装置2700がソケット750に保持される。 Further, the socket 750 is provided with an engagement holding portion (not shown), and can be engaged with and disengaged from the engagement holding receiving portion 732 of the light emitting device 2700 by fitting the convex portion 720 into the fitting concave portion 780. The light emitting device 2700 is held by the socket 750.
 以上説明したように、本実施形態にかかる発光装置によれば、照明器具の標準であるGX53口金を採用しているので、装置の小型、薄型化が可能となり、また、他の一般的照明装置との兼用も可能となることから、用途上の汎用性も増すという効果を奏することができる。 As described above, according to the light emitting device according to the present embodiment, since the GX53 base, which is a standard of lighting equipment, is adopted, the device can be miniaturized and thinned, and other general lighting devices Thus, it is possible to achieve the effect that the versatility in application is also increased.
[第13の実施形態]
 本実施形態は、交流商用電源の供給によるLED駆動回路、いわゆるAC駆動回路を内蔵した発光装置に関するものである。
Thirteenth Embodiment
The present embodiment relates to a light emitting device incorporating an LED drive circuit by supply of AC commercial power, a so-called AC drive circuit.
 図26は、本実施の形態にかかる発光装置2800の回路図である。符号811は発光素子群、820は発光素子、例えば、発光ダイオードである。831はAC駆動回路であり、ダイオードブリッジ850、平滑コンデンサ861、制限抵抗871から構成されている。840はAC電源をあらわす。 FIG. 26 is a circuit diagram of a light emitting device 2800 according to the present embodiment. Reference numeral 811 is a light emitting element group, and 820 is a light emitting element, for example, a light emitting diode. Reference numeral 831 denotes an AC drive circuit, which includes a diode bridge 850, a smoothing capacitor 861, and a limiting resistor 871. 840 represents an AC power source.
 同図に示すように、AC駆動回路831はダイオードブリッジ850を内蔵し、このダイオードブリッジによりAC電源840の交流電圧を全波整流後、整流電圧を制限抵抗871により制御された電流を発光素子群811に供給するようにしている。 As shown in the figure, the AC drive circuit 831 incorporates a diode bridge 850. After full-wave rectification of the AC voltage of the AC power supply 840 by this diode bridge, the current controlled by the rectification voltage limiting resistor 871 is used as a light emitting element group. 811 is supplied.
 図26では、発光素子群811として、発光素子820を1列直列接続したものを例示しているが、発光素子群の構成はこれに限られず、任意の数の発光素子820を直列接続したものをさらに任意の数だけ並列接続するなど適宜な構成が可能である。 Although FIG. 26 exemplifies a light emitting element group 811 in which one light emitting element 820 is connected in series, the configuration of the light emitting element group is not limited to this, and an arbitrary number of light emitting elements 820 connected in series. An appropriate configuration is possible such as connecting in parallel any number of them.
 直列接続された発光素子の個数は、発光素子群811の順方向電圧(Vf)の和が供給する整流電圧を超えないように適宜設定すれば、制限抵抗による電力損失を少なくした駆動回路を実現できる。 If the number of light emitting elements connected in series is appropriately set so as not to exceed the rectified voltage supplied by the sum of the forward voltage (Vf) of the light emitting element group 811, a driving circuit with reduced power loss due to limiting resistance is realized. it can.
 本発光装置によれば、本発光装置をAC電源に直接接続することができ、また、特にAC/DCコンバータのような付加的な回路を搭載する必要がないので、発光装置をより小型、薄型化することができるという効果を奏することができる。 According to the light emitting device, the light emitting device can be directly connected to an AC power source, and there is no need to mount an additional circuit such as an AC / DC converter. It is possible to achieve the effect of being able to
[第14の実施形態]
 本実施形態では、本発明による融雪効果を発揮させた例として、本発明を交通信号灯器に適用した例を説明する。
Fourteenth Embodiment
In this embodiment, an example in which the present invention is applied to a traffic signal lamp will be described as an example in which the snow melting effect according to the present invention is exhibited.
 図27は、本実施形態にかかる交通信号灯器2900の斜視図である。 FIG. 27 is a perspective view of a traffic signal lamp 2900 according to the present embodiment.
 図27において、910B、910Y、910Rは発光部、920は庇、930は蓋、940はねじ、950は筐体を示す。 In FIG. 27, 910B, 910Y, 910R are light emitting parts, 920 is a weir, 930 is a lid, 940 is a screw, and 950 is a housing.
 図27を参照して、発光部910B、910Y、910Rには、上述の各実施形態の発光装置の任意の形態のものを組み込むことが可能であるが、ここでは、第12の実施形態のGX53口金タイプのものを採用した場合を例示して説明する。 Referring to FIG. 27, light emitting units 910B, 910Y, and 910R can incorporate any of the light emitting devices according to the above-described embodiments, but here, GX53 of the twelfth embodiment. The case where a base type is adopted is illustrated and explained.
 また、ここでは、横型の交通信号灯器を例示しているが、豪雪地帯において一般的である縦型にも同様に適用可能であることはいうまでもない。 Furthermore, although a horizontal traffic signal lamp is illustrated here, it is needless to say that the present invention is applicable to a vertical type that is common in heavy snow areas.
 ふたたび図27を参照して、発光部910B、910Y、910Rはそれぞれ青緑色、橙色、赤色に発光するものであり、当該各色に対応する公知のLEDを採用して構成することができる。 Referring again to FIG. 27, the light emitting portions 910B, 910Y, and 910R emit blue-green, orange, and red light, respectively, and can be configured by adopting known LEDs corresponding to the respective colors.
 筐体950はアルミダイカストなどにより形成し、3個の発光部を一体的に固定する。 The housing 950 is formed by aluminum die casting or the like, and integrally fixes three light emitting units.
 庇920は、発光部910B、910Y、910Rに直接上方から太陽光が照射された場合に、発光部910B、910Y、910Rの点灯する色の識別が困難になることを防止するとともに、雨や雪よけ用にも供するためのものである。 The weir 920 prevents it from becoming difficult to identify the color of the light emitting parts 910B, 910Y and 910R when the sunlight is directly applied to the light emitting parts 910B, 910Y and 910R from above, and also prevents rain and snow It is intended to be used for protection.
 蓋930は発光部910B、910Y、910Rを固定し、ねじ940は蓋を開放するためのねじである。すなわち、ねじ940を緩め外すことによって、蓋930が蓋の上方に配された蝶番1020(図28)を中心として、図27の黒矢印で示す方向に開放される。 The lid 930 fixes the light emitting parts 910B, 910Y, 910R, and the screw 940 is a screw for opening the lid. That is, by loosening and removing the screw 940, the lid 930 is opened in the direction indicated by the black arrow in FIG. 27, centering on the hinge 1020 (FIG. 28) disposed above the lid.
 蓋930を開放した状態を図28に示す。図28は、本実施形態にかかる交通信号灯器2900の背面斜視図である。 The state in which the lid 930 is opened is shown in FIG. FIG. 28 is a rear perspective view of a traffic signal lamp 2900 according to the present embodiment.
 図28を参照して、蓋930に固定された発光部910Bの背面が図示されており、符号1030はGX53口金を示す。 Referring to FIG. 28, a back surface of light emitting unit 910B fixed to lid 930 is illustrated, and reference numeral 1030 indicates a GX 53 cap.
 また、符号1040はGX53口金に嵌合するソケットであり、当該ソケットには、商用電源を供給するための電源線1010が接続されている。本交通信号灯器2900では、発光部910B、910Y、910Rのいずれかを交換する場合に、ソケット1040を外し、蓋に固定された発光部を取り外し交換すればよいので、メンテナンスが容易である。 Further, reference numeral 1040 is a socket which is fitted to the GX 53 cap, and a power supply line 1010 for supplying commercial power is connected to the socket. In the traffic signal lamp 2900, when replacing any of the light emitting parts 910B, 910Y, and 910R, the socket 1040 may be removed and the light emitting part fixed to the lid may be removed and replaced, so maintenance is easy.
 本実施形態ではGX53口金を採用しているので、交通信号灯器2900全体の厚みを約60mm程度と薄型に構成することが可能である。 In the present embodiment, since the GX53 cap is adopted, it is possible to make the thickness of the entire traffic signal lamp 2900 as thin as about 60 mm.
 以下、本実施形態の融雪効果について説明する。 Hereinafter, the snow melting effect of the present embodiment will be described.
 発光部の表示面のサイズは例えば約300mmφと規格で定められているので、当該サイズと発光部の発光輝度等を考慮して、適宜な個数のLEDを発光部に配することになるが、例えば0.05WのLEDパッケージを200個程度とすることができる。LEDの種別はとくに限定されない。 Since the size of the display surface of the light emitting unit is determined by the standard of, for example, about 300 mmφ, an appropriate number of LEDs are disposed in the light emitting unit in consideration of the size and the light emission luminance of the light emitting unit. For example, about 200 LED packages can be used with 0.05W. The type of LED is not particularly limited.
 上述のように発光部を構成すると、駆動回路を含めたLEDに供給される電力は、1色当たり10~20W程度となる。本発明によれば、この熱エネルギーを効率的に発光面を構成する保護部材(図20においては保護部材130)に熱伝導することが可能となる。 When the light emitting portion is configured as described above, the power supplied to the LED including the drive circuit is about 10 to 20 W per color. According to the present invention, this thermal energy can be efficiently conducted to the protective member (the protective member 130 in FIG. 20) which constitutes the light emitting surface.
 発明者らの知見によれば、上述の構成により、保護部材の温度は、気温に対してプラス10℃~15℃程度に上昇するものと見込まれる。例えば、気温が-10℃なら保護部材の温度は0℃~+5℃程度となる。発光面を構成する保護部材の温度がこの程度上昇すれば、着雪した雪を融かすことができるので、発光面に雪が堆積することを有効に防止することができるという効果を奏することができる。 According to the findings of the inventors, the temperature of the protective member is expected to rise to about + 10 ° C. to 15 ° C. with respect to the air temperature according to the above-described configuration. For example, if the temperature is -10.degree. C., the temperature of the protective member is about 0.degree. C. to + 5.degree. If the temperature of the protective member constituting the light emitting surface rises to such an extent, the snow that has snowed can be melted, so that the snow can be effectively prevented from being deposited on the light emitting surface. .
[第15及び第16の実施形態の原理]
 続いて説明する第15及び第16の実施形態の基本的な技術思想を図29を用いて説明する。
[Principle of the fifteenth and sixteenth embodiments]
The basic technical concept of the fifteenth and sixteenth embodiments to be described is explained with reference to FIG.
 図29は、第15及び第16の実施形態に係る発光装置の原理を説明するための平面図であり、略円形の発光装置の発光面901を前面から見た図である。図29に図示するように、発光面901は、親水性部材で形成され比較的高温に維持された領域Aと、疎水性部材で形成され相対的に低温となる領域Bに分割されている。発光面をかかる構成とすることにより、広い気温の範囲で、しかも種々の雪質の降雪環境下において着雪防止効果を有効に発揮し、最低限でも部分的に着雪のない発光面を確保し得る発光装置を実現することができる。以下その理由について説明する。 FIG. 29 is a plan view for explaining the principle of the light emitting device according to the fifteenth and sixteenth embodiments, and is a view of the light emitting surface 901 of the substantially circular light emitting device as viewed from the front. As illustrated in FIG. 29, the light emitting surface 901 is divided into a region A formed of a hydrophilic member and maintained at a relatively high temperature, and a region B formed of a hydrophobic member and having a relatively low temperature. By making the light emitting surface such structure, the snow preventing effect is effectively exhibited in wide temperature range and under various snow conditions, and the light emitting surface without snow at least partially is secured. A possible light emitting device can be realized. The reason will be described below.
 まず、乾き雪になるか、湿り雪になるか決定される境界の気温をT0とする。境界の気温T0は-3℃~0℃程度の値であるが、実際の気象条件によって変わり得る。気温T0以下では、乾き雪、T0以上では湿り雪となる。 First, let T0 be the temperature of the boundary where it is determined whether it will be dry snow or wet snow. The boundary temperature T0 has a value of about -3 ° C. to 0 ° C., but may vary depending on actual weather conditions. Dry snow occurs at temperatures below T0, and wet snow occurs above T0.
 気温がT0以下の場合には、T0から低温側にある程度の気温(これをTminとする)までは、発光素子から発生した熱により、発光面の領域Aの温度は0℃以上に維持される。 When the air temperature is T0 or less, the temperature of the region A of the light emitting surface is maintained at 0 ° C. or more by the heat generated from the light emitting element from T0 to a certain temperature on the low temperature side (Tmin). .
 まず、気温がTminからT0までの範囲について考える。 First, consider the temperature range from Tmin to T0.
 領域Aは、この気温範囲では着雪した雪を有効に融雪することができるので、着雪が少ない状態になっている。また、この気温範囲での雪質は乾き雪であるから、疎水性部材で形成された領域Bには雪が付着しにくい。したがって、気温がTminからT0の範囲では、発光面901全体に着雪しにくい状態となっている。 In the region A, since snow that has snowed can be effectively melted in this temperature range, snow contact is reduced. In addition, since the snow quality in this temperature range is dry snow, it is difficult for snow to adhere to the region B formed of the hydrophobic member. Therefore, when the temperature is in the range from Tmin to T0, it is difficult for the entire light emitting surface 901 to snow.
 つぎに、気温がTmin以下となった場合を考える。この気温範囲での雪質は乾き雪である。気温がTmin以下では領域Aの融雪効果が十分ではなくなっており、また、領域Aの材質が親水性であることから、領域Aは比較的乾き雪が付着しやすい状態となっている。しかしながら、領域Bの状態に変わりはないから、少なくとも領域Bは着雪の少ない状態となっており、気温がTmin以下の場合でも、領域Bが発光面901において着雪の少ない発光領域として確保されることになる。 Next, consider the case where the temperature falls below Tmin. The snow quality in this temperature range is dry snow. If the air temperature is less than Tmin, the snow melting effect in the region A is not sufficient, and the material of the region A is hydrophilic, so the region A is relatively dry and snow adheres easily. However, since there is no change in the state of the area B, at least the area B is in a state of little snowfall, and even when the temperature is Tmin or less, the area B is secured as a light emitting area with little snowfall on the light emitting surface 901 It will be
 つぎに、気温がT0以上の場合を考える。この気温範囲での雪質は湿り雪であることから、疎水性部材で形成された領域Bは雪が付着しやすい状態となっている。それに対し、領域Aの融雪効果はおおむね有効に機能していることから、親水性部材で形成された領域Aには雪が付着しにくい状態となっている。したがって、気温がT0以上の場合でも、領域Aが、発光面901において着雪の少ない発光領域として確保されることになる。 Next, consider the case where the temperature is T0 or more. Since the quality of snow in this temperature range is wet snow, the region B formed of the hydrophobic member is in a state in which the snow easily adheres. On the other hand, since the snow melting effect of the region A is generally effective, snow is less likely to adhere to the region A formed of the hydrophilic member. Therefore, even when the air temperature is T0 or more, the region A is secured as a light emitting region with less snowfall on the light emitting surface 901.
 以上の説明で明らかなように、第15及び第16の実施形態にかかる発光装置によれば、広い気温の範囲で、しかも種々の雪質の降雪環境下において着雪防止効果を有効に発揮し、最低限でも部分的に着雪のない発光面を確保することが可能となる。以下、第15及び第16の実施形態について図面を参照して詳細に説明する。 As apparent from the above description, according to the light emitting devices according to the fifteenth and sixteenth embodiments, the snow preventing effect is effectively exhibited in a wide temperature range and under various snow conditions of snow quality. It is possible to secure a light emitting surface without snowfall at least partially. Hereinafter, the fifteenth and sixteenth embodiments will be described in detail with reference to the drawings.
[第15の実施形態]
 図30は本実施形態にかかる発光装置3100の平面図、図32は本実施形態にかかる発光装置3100の、図31におけるF-F断面図、図33は本実施形態にかかる伝熱部材の斜視図である。
Fifteenth Embodiment
FIG. 30 is a plan view of a light emitting device 3100 according to the present embodiment, FIG. 32 is a cross-sectional view of the light emitting device 3100 according to the present embodiment taken along line FF in FIG. FIG.
 図30を参照して、符号110は内部に発光素子210を配置した開口、120bは熱伝導シート、130は保護部材、140はケース、150は伝熱部材のない領域、230は伝熱部材を示す。保護部材130は発光装置100の前面の全面にあるが、図30ではその一部を切欠いた状態を示し、内部構造が分かるようにしてある。 Referring to FIG. 30, reference numeral 110 denotes an opening in which the light emitting element 210 is disposed, 120b a heat conduction sheet, 130 a protection member, 140 a case, 150 an area without a heat transfer member, 230 a heat transfer member Show. Although the protection member 130 is on the entire front surface of the light emitting device 100, FIG. 30 shows a state in which a part of the protection member 130 is cut away so that the internal structure can be seen.
 以下の説明において明らかとなるが、図30における、熱伝導シート120b、または、伝熱部材230が配されたドーナツ状の領域が、保護部材130すなわち発光面の高温領域となり、伝熱部材のない領域150が発光面の自然の温度状態である低温領域となる。 Although it becomes clear in the following description, the heat conduction sheet 120b or the doughnut-shaped area in which the heat transfer member 230 is disposed in FIG. 30 is the protective member 130, that is, the high temperature area of the light emitting surface, and there is no heat transfer member. The region 150 is a low temperature region which is a natural temperature state of the light emitting surface.
 図31を参照して、120a、120bは熱伝導シート、210は発光素子、212ははんだ、214a、bは実装基板の配線層、221は実装基板、222はねじ、230は伝熱部材、240は断熱部材、250は発光装置駆動回路、260はドーナツ状の領域、270は絶縁層、280は熱伝導性接着剤を示す。また、白抜き上向きの矢印は、発光素子から発せられた光の出射方向を示す。 Referring to FIG. 31, reference numerals 120a and 120b denote heat conduction sheets, 210 denotes light emitting elements, 212 denotes solders, 214a and b denote wiring layers of a mounting substrate, 221 denotes a mounting substrate, 222 denotes a screw, 230 denotes a heat transfer member, 240 Denotes a heat insulating member, 250 denotes a light emitting device drive circuit, 260 denotes a doughnut-shaped area, 270 denotes an insulating layer, and 280 denotes a thermally conductive adhesive. In addition, the white upward arrow indicates the emission direction of the light emitted from the light emitting element.
 実装基板221上には複数の発光素子210が搭載されており、各発光素子210は、図中白抜き矢印で示す紙面上方へ光を出射する。 A plurality of light emitting elements 210 are mounted on the mounting substrate 221, and each light emitting element 210 emits light upward in the figure indicated by a white arrow in the drawing.
 実装基板221としては、アルミニウム板上にガラスエポキシ基板FR4、フレキシブル基板等を載置したもの、あるいはアルミベース基板等を好適に用いることができる。 As the mounting substrate 221, a glass epoxy substrate FR4, a flexible substrate or the like mounted on an aluminum plate, an aluminum base substrate or the like can be suitably used.
 LEDのパッケージは、直接実装基板221の上にはんだ付け、あるいは熱伝導性接着剤280を用いた接着などの方法で固定する。本実施形態では、発光素子210の端子(図示せず)は、はんだ212により配線層214aにはんだ付け接続する。 The LED package is fixed on the direct mounting substrate 221 by a method such as soldering or adhesion using a heat conductive adhesive 280. In the present embodiment, the terminal (not shown) of the light emitting element 210 is connected by soldering to the wiring layer 214 a by the solder 212.
 ふたたび図31を参照して、実装基板221の上には、伝熱部材230が設けられている。図32で図示されるように、伝熱部材230は発光素子210を取り囲む開口110を有したドーナツ状の板よりなり、本実施形態では保護部材130の外径と略同径に形成されて、保護部材130の周辺部に配置されている。そのため、発光装置100の中心から所定の範囲は、伝熱部材のない領域150となる。伝熱部材230の材料としては、熱伝導性に優れた金属、例えばアルミニウム板などを用いる。伝熱部材230は、後述するように、発光素子210で発生し実装基板221を介して伝導された熱を、保護部材130に誘導するための部材である。 Referring again to FIG. 31, a heat transfer member 230 is provided on the mounting substrate 221. As illustrated in FIG. 32, the heat transfer member 230 is formed of a doughnut-shaped plate having an opening 110 surrounding the light emitting element 210, and in the present embodiment is formed to have substantially the same diameter as the outer diameter of the protection member 130. It is disposed at the periphery of the protective member 130. Therefore, a predetermined range from the center of the light emitting device 100 is the area 150 without the heat transfer member. As a material of the heat transfer member 230, a metal excellent in thermal conductivity, such as an aluminum plate, is used. The heat transfer member 230 is a member for guiding the heat generated by the light emitting element 210 and conducted through the mounting substrate 221 to the protective member 130 as described later.
 伝熱部材230の厚さは、LEDの配光角等を考慮し、例えば2~4mm程度とする。実装基板221と伝熱部材230とは、適宜な位置に配されたねじ222によって一体的に固定される。実装基板221と伝熱部材230との固定は、ねじに限られるものではなく、適宜はんだ付け、熱伝導性接着剤による接着などにより相互を固定してもよい。 The thickness of the heat transfer member 230 is, for example, about 2 to 4 mm in consideration of the light distribution angle of the LED and the like. The mounting substrate 221 and the heat transfer member 230 are integrally fixed by screws 222 disposed at appropriate positions. The fixing of the mounting substrate 221 and the heat transfer member 230 is not limited to a screw, and may be fixed to each other by soldering, adhesion with a heat conductive adhesive, or the like as appropriate.
 図31を参照して、実装基板221と伝熱部材230との間には、熱伝導シート120aを設けたり、熱伝導グリースを塗布したりしてもよい。熱伝導シート120aは、実装基板221と伝熱部材230との接触面積を大きくすることにより熱抵抗を下げ、発光素子210で発生した熱を実装基板221を介して、伝熱部材230へ効率よく誘導するためのシートである。伝熱部材230の載置方法として、実装基板221の上に、熱伝導シート120aを挟み込んだ構造を例示して説明したが、これに限られるものではない。例えば、実装基板221の上に、絶縁層、銅箔配線層を配しその上に、熱伝導シート120aを挟み込んだ構造としてもよい。熱伝導シート120aには、発光素子210に対応して穴を設け、発光素子210から出射した光の進行を妨げないようにする。 Referring to FIG. 31, a heat conduction sheet 120a may be provided between the mounting substrate 221 and the heat transfer member 230, or a heat conduction grease may be applied. The heat conduction sheet 120 a reduces the thermal resistance by increasing the contact area between the mounting substrate 221 and the heat transfer member 230, and the heat generated by the light emitting element 210 is efficiently transferred to the heat transfer member 230 through the mounting substrate 221. It is a sheet for guiding. Although the structure which pinched | interposed the heat conductive sheet 120a on the mounting board | substrate 221 was illustrated and demonstrated as a mounting method of the heat-transfer member 230, it is not restricted to this. For example, an insulating layer and a copper foil wiring layer may be disposed on the mounting substrate 221, and the heat conduction sheet 120a may be interposed therebetween. The heat conduction sheet 120 a is provided with a hole corresponding to the light emitting element 210 so that the light emitted from the light emitting element 210 is not impeded.
 なお、当該熱伝導シートは熱伝導設計に応じ、熱伝導グリースなどにより代替することが可能であり、またこれらシートあるいはグリースを省略してもさしつかえない。伝熱部材230の上には保護部材130が設けられている。保護部材130としては、熱伝導性の良好な材料を選択することが好ましく、熱伝導率が高いガラスが適している。他には、光透過性が必要とされるので、ポリカーボネートやアクリル等の透光性樹脂などを用いることができる。本実施形態では、この保護部材130の表面の、図29における領域Aに相当する部分を親水性に、領域Bに相当する部分を疎水性になるように形成することを趣旨とする。保護部材130の表面を親水性、疎水性の領域に分離して形成する方法は後述する。保護部材130は、伝熱部材230と伝熱部材のない領域150を覆うように設けられ、発光素子210を外気から保護する役割を果たしている。保護部材130は、水などの侵入を防止するパッキンにより伝熱部材230と一体的に固定してもよいし、また伝熱部材に(あるいは、熱伝導シート120bに)熱伝導性接着剤で接着固定してもよい。この保護部材130が発光装置100の発光面として外気と直接接することになる。 The heat conductive sheet can be replaced by a heat conductive grease or the like according to the heat conductive design, and these sheets or grease may be omitted. A protective member 130 is provided on the heat transfer member 230. As the protective member 130, it is preferable to select a material with good thermal conductivity, and glass with high thermal conductivity is suitable. In addition, since light transmission is required, a translucent resin such as polycarbonate or acrylic can be used. In the present embodiment, it is intended that the portion of the surface of the protective member 130 corresponding to the region A in FIG. 29 is made hydrophilic and the portion corresponding to the region B is formed hydrophobic. A method of separating and forming the surface of the protective member 130 into hydrophilic and hydrophobic regions will be described later. The protective member 130 is provided to cover the heat transfer member 230 and the area 150 without the heat transfer member, and plays a role of protecting the light emitting element 210 from the open air. The protective member 130 may be integrally fixed to the heat transfer member 230 by a packing that prevents the entry of water or the like, or may be bonded to the heat transfer member (or to the heat conductive sheet 120b) with a thermally conductive adhesive. It may be fixed. The protective member 130 is in direct contact with the outside air as a light emitting surface of the light emitting device 100.
 伝熱部材230と保護部材130との間には、熱伝導シート120bが設けられている。熱伝導シート120bは、伝熱部材230と保護部材130との間の熱伝導を良好にするもので、熱抵抗を下げる。熱伝導シート120bは、発光素子210で発生した熱を実装基板221および伝熱部材230を介して、保護部材130へ効率よく熱伝導するためのシートである。熱伝導シート120bとしては、上述の熱伝導シート120aと同様の材料を好適に用いることができる。また、発光素子210に対応して熱伝導シート120bに穴を設け、発光素子210から出射した光の進行を妨げないようにすることも、熱伝導シート120aと同様である。 A heat conduction sheet 120 b is provided between the heat transfer member 230 and the protection member 130. The heat transfer sheet 120b improves the heat transfer between the heat transfer member 230 and the protection member 130 to lower the heat resistance. The heat transfer sheet 120 b is a sheet for efficiently transferring the heat generated by the light emitting element 210 to the protective member 130 via the mounting substrate 221 and the heat transfer member 230. As the heat conduction sheet 120b, the same material as the above-mentioned heat conduction sheet 120a can be used suitably. Further, it is also similar to the heat conductive sheet 120 a that holes are provided in the heat conductive sheet 120 b corresponding to the light emitting elements 210 so as not to impede the progress of light emitted from the light emitting elements 210.
 なお、当該熱伝導シート120bは熱伝導設計に応じ、熱伝導グリースなどにより代替することが可能であり、またこれらシートあるいはグリースを省略してもさしつかえない。 The heat conduction sheet 120b can be replaced by a heat conduction grease or the like according to the heat conduction design, and these sheets or grease may be omitted.
 実装基板221の裏面、つまり、発光素子210搭載面とは反対側の面には、発光装置駆動回路250が搭載されている。発光装置駆動回路250を構成する各部品は配線層214b上に配されており、例えば実装基板221に貫通孔(図示せず)を設けて、配線層214bと配線層214aとを接続し、各発光素子210に駆動電力を供給する。 A light emitting device drive circuit 250 is mounted on the back surface of the mounting substrate 221, that is, the surface opposite to the light emitting element 210 mounting surface. Each component constituting the light emitting device drive circuit 250 is disposed on the wiring layer 214b. For example, a through hole (not shown) is provided in the mounting substrate 221 to connect the wiring layer 214b and the wiring layer 214a. The driving power is supplied to the light emitting element 210.
 なお、本実施形態の発光装置においては、発光装置駆動回路250は必須のものではなく、用途によっては内蔵しなくともよい。 In the light emitting device of the present embodiment, the light emitting device driving circuit 250 is not essential, and may not be incorporated depending on the application.
 実装基板221の、発光素子210搭載面とは反対側の面には、断熱部材240が設けられている。 A heat insulating member 240 is provided on the surface of the mounting substrate 221 opposite to the surface on which the light emitting element 210 is mounted.
 発光素子210から発生した熱は、後述するように、実装基板221により横方向に拡散されて伝熱部材230へと導かれるが、本断熱部材240は、実装基板221に伝導した熱がケース140内で発光面とは反対側に熱伝導、対流、熱放射により熱伝達するのを防止し、発光装置3100の発光面側への熱伝導を強化するための部材である。 The heat generated from the light emitting element 210 is diffused in the lateral direction by the mounting substrate 221 and guided to the heat transfer member 230 as described later. However, the heat insulating member 240 has the case 140 where the heat conducted to the mounting substrate 221 is It is a member for preventing heat transfer by heat conduction, convection, and heat radiation on the opposite side to the light emitting surface inside and enhancing heat conduction to the light emitting surface side of the light emitting device 3100.
 断熱部材240の材料としては、発泡プラスチック系断熱材、いわゆる発泡スチロールや、CR(クロロプレンゴム)スポンジ、EPDM(エチレン・プロピレンゴム)スポンジ、シリコンゴムスポンジなどを好適に用いることができる。 As a material of the heat insulating member 240, a foamed plastic type heat insulating material, so-called expanded polystyrene, CR (chloroprene rubber) sponge, EPDM (ethylene-propylene rubber) sponge, silicone rubber sponge or the like can be suitably used.
 なお、本断熱部材240は付加的なものであり、省略してもさしつかえない。 The heat insulating member 240 is an additional one and may be omitted.
 図31を参照して、椀状のケース140が発光装置3100の本体を取り囲んで設けられている。ケース140は、発光素子210から発生した熱をケース140を介して外側に熱伝達させないように、例えば熱伝導率が低いプラスチックで形成する。開口110および伝熱部材のない領域150には特に何も充填せず内部が空気層のままであってもよいし、光透過率の高い封止樹脂で封止してもよい。光透過性封止樹脂としては、エポキシ系の熱硬化型樹脂、紫外線硬化型樹脂、熱硬化性のシリコーン樹脂などを用いることができる。 Referring to FIG. 31, a bowl-shaped case 140 is provided to surround the main body of the light emitting device 3100. The case 140 is formed of, for example, a plastic having a low thermal conductivity so as not to transfer the heat generated from the light emitting element 210 to the outside through the case 140. The opening 110 and the region 150 without the heat transfer member may be not particularly filled, and the inside may remain as an air layer, or may be sealed with a sealing resin having a high light transmittance. As the light transmitting sealing resin, an epoxy-based thermosetting resin, an ultraviolet-curable resin, a thermosetting silicone resin, or the like can be used.
 次に、図33を参照して、発光素子で発生した熱伝導経路を説明する。図33は本実施形態にかかる発光装置の熱伝導経路を示す説明図、図34は本実施形態にかかる発光装置の発光面の温度分布を示す概念図である。 Next, with reference to FIG. 33, the heat conduction path generated in the light emitting element will be described. FIG. 33 is an explanatory view showing a heat conduction path of the light emitting device according to the present embodiment, and FIG. 34 is a conceptual view showing a temperature distribution of the light emitting surface of the light emitting device according to the present embodiment.
 発光素子210から発生した熱は、上述のように発光素子210、実装基板221間の熱抵抗が小さくなるように設計されているから、図33に図示するように、まず下方へ熱伝導する。なぜなら、上方へは対流と熱放射で熱伝達されるが、その熱抵抗は大きく、上方への熱流量が極めて少ないからである。 Since the heat generated from the light emitting element 210 is designed to reduce the thermal resistance between the light emitting element 210 and the mounting substrate 221 as described above, the heat is first conducted downward as shown in FIG. This is because heat is transferred upward by convection and heat radiation, but the heat resistance is large and the heat flow upward is extremely small.
 下方へ伝導された熱は、一様に熱伝導率の高い実装基板221によって横方向へ拡散される。そして、横方向へ拡散された熱は、実装基板221、伝熱部材230間の熱抵抗が小さいため、伝熱部材230へと誘導され、伝熱部材230の下面から上面に熱伝導される。伝熱部材230は、図33に図示するように発光装置3100の発光面の周囲に沿って配置されているため、発光素子210で発生した熱は発光面の周辺部へと誘導される。 The heat conducted downward is diffused laterally by the mounting substrate 221 having high thermal conductivity. Then, the heat diffused in the lateral direction is guided to the heat transfer member 230 because the thermal resistance between the mounting substrate 221 and the heat transfer member 230 is small, and is thermally conducted from the lower surface to the upper surface of the heat transfer member 230. Since the heat transfer member 230 is disposed along the periphery of the light emitting surface of the light emitting device 3100 as illustrated in FIG. 33, the heat generated by the light emitting element 210 is guided to the peripheral portion of the light emitting surface.
 伝熱部材230により上方へと誘導された熱は保護部材130の周辺部へと熱伝導し、保護部材130の周辺部の温度を上昇させる。保護部材130は熱伝導率の高い材料が選ばれているので、図33の白抜き矢印で図示するように、保護部材130の中心に向かう熱の移動もあるが、周辺部との関係においては温度分布を生ずる。図34に本実施形態の発光装置の発光面すなわち保護部材130表面における温度分布を概念的に示す。同図に図示するように、発光面すなわち保護部材130の表面には、ドーナツ状の比較的温度の高い高温領域310と、その内側に円形の比較的温度の低い低温領域320が形成される。 The heat induced upward by the heat transfer member 230 conducts heat to the periphery of the protection member 130 to raise the temperature of the periphery of the protection member 130. Since a material having high thermal conductivity is selected for the protective member 130, there is also a movement of heat toward the center of the protective member 130 as illustrated by the white arrow in FIG. Produce a temperature distribution. FIG. 34 conceptually shows the temperature distribution on the light emitting surface of the light emitting device of the present embodiment, that is, the surface of the protective member 130. As shown in the figure, on the surface of the light emitting surface, ie, the protective member 130, a doughnut-shaped relatively high temperature region 310 and a circular relatively low temperature region 320 are formed inside thereof.
 次に、保護部材の表面を親水性、疎水性に分離して形成する方法を説明する。保護部材の表面を親水性、疎水性に分離して形成する方法としては、(1)親水性部材を基材とし、その上に疎水処理を施すか、疎水性部材を配する構成、(2)疎水性部材を基材とし、その上に親水処理を施すか、親水性部材を配する構成、(3)適宜な基材の上に親水性および疎水性処理を施すか、親水性および疎水性部材を配する構成が考えられるが、ここでは、(1)と(2)の方法について具体的に説明する。方法(3)については、(1)と(2)の説明で用いた部材を適宜組み合わせることにより実現できる。 Next, a method of forming the surface of the protective member so as to be separated into hydrophilicity and hydrophobicity will be described. As a method of separating and forming the surface of the protective member into hydrophilicity and hydrophobicity, (1) using a hydrophilic member as a base material and subjecting the member to a hydrophobic treatment or arranging a hydrophobic member, (2 ) Hydrophobic member is used as a base material on which hydrophilic treatment is applied, or a configuration in which hydrophilic member is placed, (3) hydrophilic or hydrophobic treatment is applied on suitable base material, hydrophilicity and hydrophobicity Although the structure which distributes a sex member is considered, the method of (1) and (2) is demonstrated concretely here. The method (3) can be realized by appropriately combining the members used in the descriptions of (1) and (2).
[保護部材の第1の形態]
 本形態は、上記(1)に対応するものであり、図35に保護部材130の第1の形態の斜視図を、図36に保護部材130の第1の形態の断面図を図示する。
[First embodiment of protective member]
The present embodiment corresponds to the above (1), and FIG. 35 illustrates a perspective view of the first embodiment of the protective member 130 and FIG. 36 illustrates a cross-sectional view of the first embodiment of the protective member 130.
 図35、図36において、符号413は疎水性部材、421は親水性基材を示す。親水性基材421としては、例えばガラスを用いることができる。さらに、ガラスには、酸化チタン(TiO)光触媒による親水性コートをすると親水性は向上する。疎水性部材413としては、例えば透明部材であるポリカーボネートを用いることができる。さらに、撥水コートをすると撥水性は向上する。本形態では、略円形のガラス基材の上に略円形のポリカーボネートを同心円状に接着剤などで貼り付けて保護部材130を形成することができる。 In FIG. 35 and FIG. 36, reference numeral 413 denotes a hydrophobic member, and 421 denotes a hydrophilic substrate. For example, glass can be used as the hydrophilic base 421. Furthermore, when the glass is subjected to a hydrophilic coating with a titanium oxide (TiO 2 ) photocatalyst, the hydrophilicity is improved. As the hydrophobic member 413, for example, polycarbonate which is a transparent member can be used. Furthermore, the water repellency is improved by applying a water repellent coating. In this embodiment, the protective member 130 can be formed by attaching a substantially circular polycarbonate concentrically with an adhesive or the like on a substantially circular glass substrate.
 上記のようにして形成した保護部材130の、疎水性部材413が図31に図示する伝熱部材のない領域150に対応するように、また親水性基材421が図31に図示するドーナツ状の領域260に対応するように配置して、本実施形態にかかる、発光装置3100の保護部材130を実現することができる。 The hydrophobic member 413 of the protective member 130 formed as described above corresponds to the region 150 without the heat transfer member shown in FIG. 31, and the hydrophilic base 421 has the donut shape shown in FIG. The protection member 130 of the light emitting device 3100 according to the present embodiment can be realized by arranging the region 260 to correspond to the region 260.
[保護部材の第2の形態]
 本形態は、上記(2)に対応するものであり、図37に保護部材130の第2の形態の斜視図を、図38に保護部材130の第2の形態の断面図を図示する。
[Second form of protective member]
The present embodiment corresponds to the above (2), and FIG. 37 shows a perspective view of the second embodiment of the protective member 130 and FIG. 38 shows a cross-sectional view of the second embodiment of the protective member 130.
 図37、図38において、符号431は疎水性基材、440は親水性部材を示す。疎水性基材としては、例えばポリカーボネートを用いることができ、親水性部材としては、例えばバルーン式親水化剤を用いることができる。本形態では、略円形のポリカーボネート基材の周辺部に、ドーナツ状にバルーン式親水化剤を添加した塗膜をコートして保護部材130を形成することができる。 In FIGS. 37 and 38, reference numeral 431 denotes a hydrophobic base, and 440 denotes a hydrophilic member. As the hydrophobic substrate, for example, polycarbonate can be used, and as the hydrophilic member, for example, a balloon-type hydrophilizing agent can be used. In this embodiment, it is possible to form a protective member 130 by coating a toroidal coating with a balloon-type hydrophilizing agent added on the periphery of a substantially circular polycarbonate substrate.
 上記のようにして形成した保護部材130の、疎水性基材431が露出している中央部円形部分が図31に図示する伝熱部材のない領域150に対応するように、また親水処理の施された親水性部材440が図31に図示するドーナツ状の領域260に対応するように配置して、本実施形態にかかる、発光装置3100の保護部材130を実現することができる。 The central portion of the protective member 130 formed as described above, to which the hydrophobic base material 431 is exposed, corresponds to the region 150 without the heat transfer member shown in FIG. The protection member 130 of the light emitting device 3100 according to the present embodiment can be realized by arranging the hydrophilic member 440 corresponding to the doughnut-shaped region 260 illustrated in FIG. 31.
[保護部材の第3の形態]
 本形態は、高温領域となる親水性領域と、低温領域となる疎水性領域とを熱的に分離する形態である。図39に保護部材130の第3の形態の斜視図を、図40に保護部材130の第3の形態の断面図を図示する。
[Third form of protective member]
In this embodiment, the hydrophilic region to be the high temperature region and the hydrophobic region to be the low temperature region are thermally separated. FIG. 39 illustrates a perspective view of the third embodiment of the protective member 130, and FIG. 40 illustrates a cross-sectional view of the third embodiment of the protective member 130.
 図39、図40において、符号450は疎水性部材、461は断熱部材、471は親水性部材、480は基材を示す。 In FIG. 39 and FIG. 40, reference numeral 450 denotes a hydrophobic member, 461 denotes a heat insulating member, 471 denotes a hydrophilic member, and 480 denotes a substrate.
 本形態では、略円形の基材480の中央部を円形にくり抜いた形状で、そのくり抜いた部分に基材480と同厚で、基材480の内径より若干小径の円形の疎水性部材450を嵌合させる。そして、基材480の内周と疎水性部材450とにより形成された隙間に断熱部材461を充填する。断熱部材としては、例えばシリコーンゴムを用いることができる。 In this embodiment, a circular hydrophobic member 450 having the same thickness as the base material 480 and a diameter slightly smaller than the inner diameter of the base material 480 is formed in a shape in which the central portion of the substantially circular base material 480 is cut out in a circle. Make it fit. Then, the heat insulating member 461 is filled in the gap formed by the inner periphery of the base material 480 and the hydrophobic member 450. For example, silicone rubber can be used as the heat insulating member.
 材料、あるいは処理については適宜に選択することができるが、例えば、疎水性部材450をポリカーボネートとし、基材480をガラスとしてその上に酸化チタンをコートして親水性部材471とすることができる。 The material or the treatment can be appropriately selected, but for example, the hydrophobic member 450 can be made of polycarbonate, and the substrate 480 can be made of glass and coated with titanium oxide to make the hydrophilic member 471.
 上記のようにして形成した保護部材130の、疎水性部材450が図31に図示する伝熱部材のない領域150に対応するように、また親水性部材471が図31に図示するドーナツ状の領域260に対応するように配置して、本実施形態にかかる、発光装置3100の保護部材130を実現することができる。 The hydrophobic member 450 of the protective member 130 formed as described above corresponds to the region 150 without the heat transfer member shown in FIG. 31, and the hydrophilic member 471 has the donut shaped region shown in FIG. The protection member 130 of the light emitting device 3100 according to the present embodiment can be realized by arranging it to correspond to 260.
 保護部材130を本形態のように構成することにより、保護部材130の高温領域(図39の符号471に相当する部分)と低温領域(図39の符号450に相当する部分)が熱的に分離されるから、高温領域から低温領域への熱の伝導が妨げられ、より効率よく高温領域の温度を上昇させることができる。したがって、融雪作用を奏することのできる温度範囲を拡大することができ(すなわち、上述のTminをより下げることができ)、より着雪防止効果を高めることができるという効果を奏する。 By configuring the protective member 130 as in this embodiment, the high temperature region (portion corresponding to symbol 471 in FIG. 39) and the low temperature region (portion corresponding to symbol 450 in FIG. 39) are thermally separated. Therefore, the conduction of heat from the high temperature region to the low temperature region is prevented, and the temperature of the high temperature region can be raised more efficiently. Therefore, the temperature range in which the snow melting effect can be exhibited can be expanded (that is, the above-described Tmin can be lowered), and the snow deposition preventing effect can be further enhanced.
 ここで、保護部材130上での高温領域と低温領域の温度差をさらに大きくするために、疎水性部材450の材料と、基材480の材料を異ならせてもよい。すなわち、基材480には比較的熱伝導率の高い材料を、疎水性部材450には比較的熱伝導率の低い材料を用いて保護部材を構成してもよい。このようにして形成された保護部材を用いることにより、発光面の周辺部分の高温領域温度をより高めることが可能となる。 Here, in order to further increase the temperature difference between the high temperature region and the low temperature region on the protective member 130, the material of the hydrophobic member 450 and the material of the base 480 may be made different. That is, the protective member may be configured using a material having a relatively high thermal conductivity for the substrate 480 and a material having a relatively low thermal conductivity for the hydrophobic member 450. By using the protective member formed in this manner, it is possible to further raise the high temperature region temperature of the peripheral portion of the light emitting surface.
 以上の説明で明らかなように、本実施形態による発光装置は、発光面としての保護部材の表面が、親水性部材で形成され、比較的高温に維持された高温領域と、疎水性部材で形成され、該高温領域よりも低い温度に維持された低温領域からなるので、発光面における着雪防止効果を効果あらしめる気温、あるいは雪質環境を分担することができる。したがって、広い気温の範囲で、しかも種々の雪質の降雪環境下において着雪防止効果を有効に発揮し、最低限でも部分的に着雪のない発光面を確保し得るという効果を奏することができる。 As is apparent from the above description, in the light emitting device according to the present embodiment, the surface of the protective member as the light emitting surface is formed of a hydrophilic member and is formed of a high temperature region maintained at a relatively high temperature and a hydrophobic member Since the low temperature region is maintained at a temperature lower than the high temperature region, it is possible to share the air temperature or the snow quality environment that can effectively prevent the snow deposition on the light emitting surface. Therefore, the effect of preventing snow deposition effectively in a wide temperature range and under snow conditions of various types of snow, and achieving the effect of securing a light emitting surface without snow deposition at least partially. it can.
 さらに、本実施形態による発光装置は、発光素子点灯時に生ずる発熱を発光面すなわち保護部材に伝導し、保護部材の特定箇所に集中させる場合において、伝熱部材の形状、配置をさまざまに変えることにより、温度分布をさまざまに変えることができる。したがって、広い気温の範囲で、しかも種々の雪質の降雪環境下において、視認性等を考慮し部分的に着雪のない発光面領域を確保する上で、最適な形状を選択できるという効果も奏することができる。 Furthermore, in the light emitting device according to the present embodiment, when the heat generated during lighting of the light emitting element is conducted to the light emitting surface, that is, the protective member and concentrated on a specific location of the protective member, , Temperature distribution can be changed in various ways. Therefore, the effect of being able to select an optimal shape is also available in a wide temperature range and under snow conditions of various types of snow, in view of visibility etc., in order to secure a light emitting surface area without snowfall partially. Can play.
 また、本実施形態による発光装置は、親水性領域と疎水性領域とが断熱部材を介して接しているので、より効率よく高温領域の温度を上昇させることができるから、より着雪防止効果を高めることができるという効果を奏する。 Further, in the light emitting device according to the present embodiment, since the hydrophilic region and the hydrophobic region are in contact with each other through the heat insulating member, the temperature of the high temperature region can be raised more efficiently. The effect is that it can be enhanced.
[第16の実施形態]
 図41は本実施形態にかかる発光装置3800の平面図であり、図42は本実施形態にかかる発光装置3800の、図41におけるG-G断面図であり、図43は本実施形態にかかる発光装置800の発光面の温度分布を示す概念図である。本実施形態の基本的な構造は第15の実施形態と同様であるが、本実施形態では伝熱部材の配置により、発光面すなわち保護部材の下半面の温度を相対的に高めている点に特徴がある。
Sixteenth Embodiment
FIG. 41 is a plan view of a light emitting device 3800 according to the present embodiment, FIG. 42 is a cross sectional view taken along the line GG in FIG. 41 of the light emitting device 3800 according to the present embodiment, and FIG. It is a conceptual diagram which shows the temperature distribution of the light emission surface of the apparatus 800. FIG. The basic structure of this embodiment is the same as that of the fifteenth embodiment, but in this embodiment the temperature of the light emitting surface, that is, the lower half surface of the protective member is relatively increased by the arrangement of the heat transfer member. There is a feature.
 図41乃至図43において、符号832は伝熱部材、860は高温領域、870は低温領域を示す。 In FIGS. 41 to 43, reference numeral 832 denotes a heat transfer member, 860 denotes a high temperature area, and 870 denotes a low temperature area.
 実装基板221への伝熱部材832の搭載方法、実装基板221への発光素子210の搭載方法等は第15の実施形態と同様である。 The method of mounting the heat transfer member 832 on the mounting substrate 221, the method of mounting the light emitting element 210 on the mounting substrate 221, and the like are the same as in the fifteenth embodiment.
 本実施形態では、図41、図43に図示するごとく、発光面の略下半面に平面視矩形の伝熱部材832を搭載している。第15の実施形態と同様に、実装基板221上に搭載された発光素子210から下方に伝導した熱は、実装基板221において横方向に拡散され、伝熱部材82へと伝導される。伝熱部材832に達した熱は上方に伝導し、保護部材130へと誘導される。 In the present embodiment, as shown in FIGS. 41 and 43, a heat transfer member 832 having a rectangular shape in plan view is mounted on the substantially lower half of the light emitting surface. Similar to the fifteenth embodiment, the heat conducted downward from the light emitting element 210 mounted on the mounting substrate 221 is diffused in the lateral direction in the mounting substrate 221 and conducted to the heat transfer member 82. The heat reaching the heat transfer member 832 is conducted upward and is guided to the protection member 130.
 かかる構成により、保護部材130の伝熱部材832と接する領域には、伝熱部材832で囲まれた部分に存在する発光素子210と、伝熱部材がない領域に配された発光素子210の熱が集中する。そのため、図44に図示するごとく、保護部材130のうち伝熱部材832と接している下半面の部分が比較的温度が高くなって、高温領域860を形成し、保護部材の上半面が低温領域870を形成する。 With this configuration, in the region of the protection member 130 in contact with the heat transfer member 832, the light emitting element 210 present in the portion surrounded by the heat transfer member 832 and the heat of the light emitting element 210 disposed in the region without the heat transfer member. Concentrate. Therefore, as shown in FIG. 44, the lower half of the protective member 130 in contact with the heat transfer member 832 has a relatively high temperature to form a high temperature region 860, and the upper half of the protective member is a low temperature region. Form 870.
 したがって、保護部材130の表面の高温領域860に相当する部分を親水性、低温領域870に相当する部分を疎水性になるように保護部材130の表面を調整する。保護部材130の表面を親水性、疎水性に分離して形成する方法は、第15の実施形態で述べた方法と同様である。 Therefore, the surface of the protective member 130 is adjusted so that the portion corresponding to the high temperature region 860 of the surface of the protective member 130 is hydrophilic and the portion corresponding to the low temperature region 870 is hydrophobic. The method of forming the surface of the protective member 130 separately into hydrophilic and hydrophobic is the same as the method described in the fifteenth embodiment.
 ところで、発熱によって雪を溶かして着雪を防止する着雪防止機構の場合には、気温条件によっては、溶けた雪が発光面内で再凍結し、発光面における視認を妨げることがある。 By the way, in the case of a snowfall preventing mechanism which melts snow by heat generation to prevent snowfall, the melted snow may refreeze in the light emitting surface depending on the temperature conditions, and may interfere with visual recognition on the light emitting surface.
 かかる問題に対して、本実施形態の発光装置は、融雪型の着雪防止機構が発光面の略下半面に形成されているため、融雪は重力で下方に落とされ発光面内では再凍結しない。たとえつららが発生する環境条件下であったとしても、つららを発光面下部の発光面外に形成させるようにすることができ、上記つららによる問題を極力抑えることができる。 To solve this problem, in the light emitting device according to the present embodiment, the snow melting type snowfall preventing mechanism is formed on the substantially lower half of the light emitting surface, so the snow melting is dropped downward by gravity and does not refreeze in the light emitting surface. . Even under the environmental conditions under which the icicles are generated, the icicles can be formed outside the light emitting surface below the light emitting surface, and the problems caused by the icicles can be minimized.
 以上の説明で明らかなように、本実施形態による発光装置によっても、発光面としての保護部材の表面が、親水性部材で形成され、比較的高温に維持された高温領域と、疎水性部材で形成され、該高温領域よりも低い温度に維持された低温領域からなるので、発光面における着雪防止効果を効果あらしめる気温、あるいは雪質環境を分担することができる。 As is apparent from the above description, also in the light emitting device according to the present embodiment, the surface of the protective member as the light emitting surface is formed of a hydrophilic member and is a high temperature region maintained at a relatively high temperature; Since it is formed and is composed of a low temperature area maintained at a temperature lower than the high temperature area, it is possible to share the air temperature or the snow quality environment which is effective in preventing the snow deposition on the light emitting surface.
 したがって、広い気温の範囲で、しかも種々の雪質の降雪環境下において着雪防止効果を有効に発揮し、最低限でも部分的に着雪のない発光面を確保し得るという効果を奏することができる。 Therefore, the effect of preventing snow deposition effectively in a wide temperature range and under snow conditions of various types of snow, and achieving the effect of securing a light emitting surface without snow deposition at least partially. it can.
 しかも、本実施形態による発光装置は、発光素子点灯時に生ずる発熱を発光面すなわち保護部材に伝導し、保護部材の特定箇所に集中させる場合において、伝熱部材の形状、配置をさまざまに変えることにより、温度分布をさまざまに変えることができる。 Moreover, in the light emitting device according to the present embodiment, when the heat generated during lighting of the light emitting element is conducted to the light emitting surface, that is, the protective member and concentrated on a specific portion of the protective member, the shape and arrangement of the heat transfer members are variously changed. , Temperature distribution can be changed in various ways.
 したがって、広い気温の範囲で、しかも種々の雪質の降雪環境下において、視認性等を考慮し部分的に着雪のない発光面領域を確保する上で、最適な形状を選択できるという効果もある。 Therefore, the effect of being able to select an optimal shape is also available in a wide temperature range and under snow conditions of various types of snow, in view of visibility etc., in order to secure a light emitting surface area without snowfall partially. is there.
 さらに、本実施形態による発光装置は、つららが発生する環境下においては、そのつららを発光面下部の発光面外に形成させるようにすることができ、上記つららによる問題を極力抑えることができるという効果を奏する。 Furthermore, in the light emitting device according to the present embodiment, under the environment where icicles are generated, the icicles can be formed outside the light emitting surface below the light emitting surface, and the problems caused by the icicles can be minimized. Play an effect.
 なお、第15及び第16の実施形態に係る発光装置は、上記の構成に限定されるものではなく、種々の変形例や応用例が可能である。例えば、上記各実施例で例示した親水性領域(高温領域)と疎水性領域(低温領域)は、発光面の視認性等を考慮してその配置を相互に入れ替えてもよい。 The light emitting devices according to the fifteenth and sixteenth embodiments are not limited to the above-described configurations, and various modifications and applications are possible. For example, the hydrophilic area (high temperature area) and the hydrophobic area (low temperature area) exemplified in each of the above embodiments may be interchanged with each other in consideration of the visibility of the light emitting surface and the like.
[第17の実施形態]
 図44は、本発明の第17の実施形態に係る信号機1の正面斜視図である。図示した信号機1は赤黄緑の3色を発光する一般的な縦型信号機であり、ケース10の前面に設けられた開口11から、3つの発光面12が見えている。なお、本実施形態で「発光面」とは、信号機1の発光が視認される面を指しており、図示した信号機1において、上側に配置される発光面12は赤色に、中央に配置される発光面12は黄色に、下側に配置される発光面12は緑色に発光する。また、各発光面12の上部から両側部にかけては、庇13が設けられる。
Seventeenth Embodiment
FIG. 44 is a front perspective view of a traffic signal 1 according to a seventeenth embodiment of the present invention. The illustrated traffic signal 1 is a general vertical traffic light emitting three colors of red, yellow and green, and three light emitting surfaces 12 can be seen from an opening 11 provided on the front surface of the case 10. In the present embodiment, the “light emitting surface” refers to the surface on which the light emission of the traffic signal 1 is viewed, and in the illustrated traffic signal 1, the light emitting surface 12 disposed on the upper side is disposed in the center in red. The light emitting surface 12 emits light yellow, and the light emitting surface 12 disposed below emits light green. Moreover, from the upper part of each light emitting surface 12 to both side parts, a weir 13 is provided.
 なお、本実施形態では、信号機1として3灯式の縦型信号機を示したが、これに限定するものでなく、発光面12の数及びその発色は任意であり、また、複数の発光面12が水平方向に配置される横型信号機であってもよい。また、図示の発光面12は円形であるが、これに限定するものではなく、他の形状、例えば角型であってもよい。 In the present embodiment, a three-lamp type vertical traffic light is shown as the traffic light 1. However, the present invention is not limited to this, the number of light emitting surfaces 12 and the color development thereof are arbitrary, and a plurality of light emitting surfaces 12 May be a horizontal traffic signal arranged in the horizontal direction. Further, although the light emitting surface 12 shown in the drawing is circular, it is not limited to this, and may have another shape, for example, a rectangular shape.
 図45は、信号機1の背面分解斜視図である。ケース10は、前ケース10F及び後ケース10Rからなっており、その内部に発光面12の数に対応した数の灯器2を収容している。灯器2の数は本実施形態では3台である。ケース10の材質は特に限定されないが、本実施形態では金属、例えば鋼板により製造されている。庇13は前ケース10Fに溶接或いはネジ止め等の適宜の方法で取り付けられている。また、前ケース10Fには、灯器2を固定するための灯器固定部14が適宜設けられている。本実施形態では、灯器2はネジ止めにより前ケース10Fに固定されるため、灯器固定部14は雌ネジである。また、後ケース10Rには、灯器2から延びる電気配線をケース10の外部に引き出すための配線孔15が設けられている。 FIG. 45 is a rear exploded perspective view of the traffic signal 1. The case 10 is composed of a front case 10F and a rear case 10R, and houses therein the number of lamps 2 corresponding to the number of light emitting surfaces 12. The number of lamps 2 is three in this embodiment. Although the material of case 10 is not specifically limited, In this embodiment, it is manufactured by metal, for example, a steel plate. The wedge 13 is attached to the front case 10F by an appropriate method such as welding or screwing. In addition, a light fixture fixing portion 14 for fixing the light fixture 2 is suitably provided in the front case 10F. In the present embodiment, since the lamp 2 is fixed to the front case 10F by screwing, the lamp fixing portion 14 is a female screw. Further, the rear case 10 </ b> R is provided with a wiring hole 15 for drawing out the electric wiring extending from the lamp 2 to the outside of the case 10.
 なお、本明細書において、「灯器」とは、第1乃至第16の実施形態における「発光装置」に相当するものであって、一の発光面12(図44参照)に対応して設けられる一単位の発光器具を指すものとする。従って、複数の発光面12を有する信号機1は、発光面12に応じた数の灯器2を有することになる。 In the present specification, the “lighting device” corresponds to the “light emitting device” in the first to sixteenth embodiments, and is provided corresponding to one light emitting surface 12 (see FIG. 44). Refers to a single unit of light-emitting Therefore, the traffic light 1 having the plurality of light emitting surfaces 12 has the number of lighting devices 2 corresponding to the light emitting surfaces 12.
 図46は、灯器2の正面斜視図である。本実施形態では、灯器2は、発光素子である発光ダイオードの発光色が異なること、また発光色の異なる発光ダイオードの輝度に応じて発光ダイオードの数及び配置密度が変更されることを除いては、全て同じ構造であるため、ここでは、図45の下側に配置された緑色に発光する灯器2を代表として示した。 FIG. 46 is a front perspective view of the lamp 2. In the present embodiment, the lamp 2 is different in that the light emission color of the light emitting diodes as light emitting elements is different, and the number and arrangement density of the light emitting diodes are changed according to the luminance of the light emitting diodes having different light emission colors. Since they all have the same structure, the green-emitting lamp 2 disposed at the lower side of FIG. 45 is shown here as a representative.
 灯器2は、本実施形態では、図示の通り概ね6角形の外形を有するハウジング28内に種々の部材を収容した構造となっている。灯器2の前面側には透明のカバー21が見えており、カバー21はネジ2101によりハウジング28に固定されている。また、カバー21の前面には発光面12が前面側に凸となる形状で突き出しており、発光面12の外周を囲むようにガスケット20が設けられている。ハウジング28の外周の適宜の位置には、ハウジング取付部2805が設けられ、ハウジング28を前ケース10Fに取り付けられるようになっている。本実施形態では、ハウジング取付部2805は、ネジ止めのための穴を有する突起である。 In the present embodiment, the lamp 2 has a structure in which various members are accommodated in a housing 28 having a substantially hexagonal outer shape as shown. A transparent cover 21 is visible on the front side of the lamp 2, and the cover 21 is fixed to the housing 28 by screws 2101. In addition, the light emitting surface 12 protrudes in a convex shape on the front side on the front surface of the cover 21, and a gasket 20 is provided to surround the outer periphery of the light emitting surface 12. A housing attachment portion 2805 is provided at an appropriate position on the outer periphery of the housing 28 so that the housing 28 can be attached to the front case 10F. In the present embodiment, the housing attachment portion 2805 is a protrusion having a hole for screwing.
 図47は、灯器2の分解斜視図であり、図46に示したものと同じ灯器2を示している。灯器2は、前面から、ガスケット20、カバー21、伝熱部材22、スペーサ23、光学シート群24、導光板25及び反射シート26をこの順に配置し、断熱部材27と共にハウジング28内に収容した構造となっている。なお、同図では、電気配線や電子部品の類は図示を省略している。 FIG. 47 is an exploded perspective view of the lamp 2 and shows the same lamp 2 as that shown in FIG. In the lamp 2, the gasket 20, the cover 21, the heat transfer member 22, the spacer 23, the optical sheet group 24, the light guide plate 25 and the reflective sheet 26 are disposed in this order from the front and housed in the housing 28 together with the heat insulating member 27. It has a structure. In addition, in the figure, the kind of electrical wiring and an electronic component is abbreviate | omitting illustration.
 ガスケット20は、カバー21の発光面12の周囲に配置され、カバー21と前ケース10F(図45参照)の間に挟み込まれることで、前ケース10Fとカバー21との隙間を液密に封止する。ガスケット20の材質や配置方法は特に限定されないが、本実施形態では、黒色のゴム製の輪である。ガスケット20としては、一般的なOリング等の環状シール材を用いてもよいし、カバー21又は図45に示す前ケース10Fの開口11の周縁に適宜のコーキング材等のシール材を塗布することによりガスケット20としてもよい。なお、本実施形態のガスケット20が黒色であるのは、耐候性に優れること、カバー21の前面への光の漏れ出しを防止できることによるが、特にその色を限定するものではない。 The gasket 20 is disposed around the light emitting surface 12 of the cover 21 and is interposed between the cover 21 and the front case 10F (see FIG. 45), thereby sealing the gap between the front case 10F and the cover 21 in a liquid tight manner. Do. The material and arrangement method of the gasket 20 are not particularly limited, but in the present embodiment, it is a black rubber ring. As the gasket 20, an annular sealing material such as a general O-ring may be used, or a suitable sealing material such as caulking material may be applied to the periphery of the opening 11 of the cover 21 or the front case 10F shown in FIG. Alternatively, the gasket 20 may be used. In addition, although the gasket 20 of this embodiment being black is because it is excellent in a weather resistance and the leak of the light to the front surface of the cover 21 can be prevented, the color in particular is not limited.
 カバー21は、第1乃至第16の実施形態における「保護部材」に相当するものであって、灯器2の内部構造を外部環境から保護する透明の板状部材であり、ガラスあるいは合成樹脂製としてよい。なお、後述するように、カバー21の背面に伝えられた熱をその前面に伝えるには、カバー21の熱伝導性がよい材料が好ましい一方、カバー21の厚みが増加するとカバー21の厚み方向の熱抵抗が増加する。そのため、カバー21の強度を確保出来る厚さとした際の厚さ方向の熱抵抗を勘案して、カバー21の適切な材料を選択するとよい。本実施形態では、カバー21を合成樹脂であるポリカーボネート製とし、その発光面12における厚さは2mmである。また、カバー21の前面において、前ケース10Fの開口11(図45参照)より露出する部分である発光面12は、前側に凸となる形状となっている。これは、後述するように、前ケース10Fの前面と発光面12との間に段差が生じないようにするための構造である。 The cover 21 corresponds to the “protecting member” in the first to sixteenth embodiments, and is a transparent plate-like member that protects the internal structure of the lamp 2 from the external environment, and is made of glass or synthetic resin It is good. As described later, in order to transfer the heat transferred to the back surface of the cover 21 to the front surface, a material with good thermal conductivity of the cover 21 is preferable, but when the thickness of the cover 21 increases, the thickness direction of the cover 21 Thermal resistance increases. Therefore, it is preferable to select an appropriate material of the cover 21 in consideration of the thermal resistance in the thickness direction when the thickness of the cover 21 can be secured. In the present embodiment, the cover 21 is made of polycarbonate which is a synthetic resin, and the thickness of the light emitting surface 12 is 2 mm. Further, on the front surface of the cover 21, the light emitting surface 12, which is a portion exposed from the opening 11 (see FIG. 45) of the front case 10F, has a shape that is convex on the front side. This is a structure for preventing a difference in level between the front surface of the front case 10F and the light emitting surface 12, as described later.
 伝熱部材22は、導電性に優れた材料、例えば、アルミなどの金属製の部材であり、カバー21の背面側に配置される。伝熱部材22は、多角形状、ここでは6角形の外形を有しており、その各辺は背面側に折り曲げられた載置部2200となっている。載置部2200の内面には複数の発光ダイオードが設けられる。また、伝熱部材22の発光面12と重なり合う領域は、図示のように複数の開口が設けられたハニカムメッシュとなっており、伝熱部材22の背面側に設けられた導光板25から出射した光線を透過するようになっている。かかるハニカムメッシュは、灯器2の組み立て時にはカバー21の背面に熱的に接触し、発光ダイオードの発光時の発熱を載置部2200からハニカムメッシュに伝え、さらに、カバー21の背面に伝える。これにより、発光ダイオードからの発熱を利用してカバー21を温め、特に冬季において、発光面12の前面に付着した氷雪を溶融しあるいは付着を防止することにより、発光面12の視認性を確保する。 The heat transfer member 22 is a material having excellent conductivity, for example, a metal such as aluminum, and is disposed on the back side of the cover 21. The heat transfer member 22 has a polygonal outer shape, here, a hexagonal outer shape, and each side thereof is a placement portion 2200 bent to the back side. A plurality of light emitting diodes are provided on the inner surface of the placement unit 2200. Further, a region overlapping with the light emitting surface 12 of the heat transfer member 22 is a honeycomb mesh provided with a plurality of openings as illustrated, and emitted from the light guide plate 25 provided on the back side of the heat transfer member 22 It is designed to transmit light. The honeycomb mesh is in thermal contact with the back surface of the cover 21 at the time of assembly of the lamp device 2 to transmit the heat generated when the light emitting diode emits light from the mounting portion 2200 to the honeycomb mesh and further to the back surface of the cover 21. Thereby, the cover 21 is warmed by utilizing the heat generation from the light emitting diode, and the visibility of the light emitting surface 12 is secured by melting or preventing the adhesion of ice and snow adhering to the front of the light emitting surface 12 especially in winter. .
 以降、本明細書では、発光ダイオードの発光時の発熱が伝熱部材22に伝えられる主たる領域を加熱領域と呼び、それ以外の領域を非加熱領域と呼ぶこととする。加熱領域は、発光面12の少なくとも一部を覆う領域であり、発光面12の全面が加熱領域であってもよい。本実施形態では、図示のように、伝熱部材22のハニカムメッシュが上下に区切られており、上側のハニカムメッシュには載置部2200からの熱は伝わりづらく、下側のハニカムメッシュには載置部2200からの熱が伝わりやすくなっている。この構造の詳細は後述するが、従って、この例では、加熱領域は、発光面12の下側半分である。加熱領域における伝熱部材22の部分、この例で言うとハニカムメッシュの下側半分は、カバー21に熱を伝える伝熱部2201となっている。換言すれば、伝熱部2201は、発光面12の少なくとも一部の領域である加熱領域において発光ダイオードと熱的に接続され、導光板25から出射した光線を透過する複数の開口が設けられた部分である。また、本実施形態では、伝熱部2201はカバー21の背面に接触することにより、カバー21と熱的に接続されている。ここで、カバー21は薄い平板形状であり、その厚さ方向に比べ、面内方向での熱伝導はあまり生じない。従って、カバー21は、加熱領域においては温められるが、非加熱領域ではあまり温められないことになる。したがって、非加熱領域は、加熱領域に比して発光ダイオードからの伝熱量が小さい領域であるということもできる。また、加熱領域は第1乃至第16の実施形態における「高温領域」に相当し、非加熱領域は第1乃至第16の実施形態における「低温領域」に相当する。 Hereinafter, in the present specification, the main region where heat generation at the time of light emission of the light emitting diode is transmitted to the heat transfer member 22 is referred to as a heating region, and the other region is referred to as a non-heating region. The heating area may be an area covering at least a part of the light emitting surface 12, and the entire surface of the light emitting surface 12 may be a heating area. In the present embodiment, as shown in the figure, the honeycomb mesh of the heat transfer member 22 is divided up and down, and the heat from the placement unit 2200 is not easily transmitted to the upper honeycomb mesh, and placed on the lower honeycomb mesh. The heat from the placing portion 2200 is easily transmitted. Although the details of this structure will be described later, therefore, in this example, the heating area is the lower half of the light emitting surface 12. A portion of the heat transfer member 22 in the heating region, in this example, the lower half of the honeycomb mesh, is a heat transfer portion 2201 that transfers heat to the cover 21. In other words, the heat transfer portion 2201 is thermally connected to the light emitting diode in the heating area which is at least a partial area of the light emitting surface 12 and provided with a plurality of openings for transmitting light emitted from the light guide plate 25 It is a part. Further, in the present embodiment, the heat transfer portion 2201 is thermally connected to the cover 21 by contacting the back surface of the cover 21. Here, the cover 21 has a thin flat plate shape, and heat conduction in the in-plane direction does not occur much as compared to the thickness direction. Thus, the cover 21 will be warmed in the heating area but not much in the non-heating area. Therefore, it can be said that the non-heated area is an area where the amount of heat transfer from the light emitting diode is smaller than the heated area. The heating area corresponds to the "high temperature area" in the first to sixteenth embodiments, and the non-heating area corresponds to the "low temperature area" in the first to sixteenth embodiments.
 なお、ここでは、発光ダイオードからの熱を、載置部2200と一体に構成され、カバー21の加熱領域の背面に接触する伝熱部2201を有する伝熱部材22を用いてカバー21を温める構造としたが、カバー21を温める構造はかかる構造に限定されなくともよい。すなわち、発光ダイオードとカバー21の双方に熱的に接続された状態で配置され、発光ダイオードから発せられた熱をカバー21の加熱領域、すなわち、発光面12の少なくとも一部の領域に伝える伝熱構造であればどのようなものであってもよい。例えば、ハニカムメッシュや金属製のワイヤーなどをインサート成型などによりカバー21の内部にあらかじめ埋め込んでおいたものを伝熱部2201とし、灯器2の組み立て時に載置部2200と伝熱部2201が熱的に接触するようにしてもよい。あるいは、カバー21の加熱領域の背面に導電性ペーストなどの熱伝導性の高い材料を用いて、光線を透過する複数の開口を有するパターンを印刷などにより形成して伝熱部2201とし、かかる伝熱部2201と載置部2200を熱的に接触させるようにしてもよい。さらには、カバー21自体を省略し、伝熱部材22が直接露出し、付着する氷雪を融解するようにしてもよいが、氷雪の脱落の容易さや耐久性の点からは、カバー21を設けた方が好ましいと言える。 Here, a structure in which the heat from the light emitting diode is integrated with the placement unit 2200, and the cover 21 is heated using the heat transfer member 22 having the heat transfer unit 2201 contacting the back surface of the heating area of the cover 21. However, the structure for warming the cover 21 may not be limited to such a structure. That is, it is disposed in a state of being thermally connected to both the light emitting diode and the cover 21 and transfers heat generated from the light emitting diode to the heating area of the cover 21, ie, at least a partial area of the light emitting surface 12. Any structure may be used. For example, a heat transfer portion 2201 in which a honeycomb mesh or a metal wire is previously embedded in the cover 21 by insert molding or the like is a heat transfer portion 2201, and the mounting portion 2200 and the heat transfer portion 2201 are thermal when assembling the lamp 2. Contact may be made. Alternatively, a heat conductive material such as conductive paste is used on the back surface of the heating area of the cover 21 to form a pattern having a plurality of openings through which light passes by printing to form the heat transfer portion 2201. The heat unit 2201 and the placement unit 2200 may be in thermal contact with each other. Furthermore, the cover 21 itself may be omitted, and the heat transfer member 22 may be directly exposed to melt adhering ice and snow, but the cover 21 is provided from the viewpoint of ease of falling of the ice and snow and durability. Can be said to be preferable.
 また、本実施形態では、伝熱部材22は図示のように多角形状となっているが、これは、伝熱部材22の形状が多角形であれば、その辺に設けられる載置部2200が平面となるため、発光ダイオードの搭載が容易であることによる。なお、多角形としては、ここで示した例のように6角形に限定されず、7角形、8角形など他の形状としてもよい。多角形の辺の数には特に上限はないが、載置部2200が平面となることの利点を享受するためには、12角形位が実用上の上限である。もちろん、伝熱部材22を多角形でなく、円形としてもよい。その場合には、載置部2200は曲面となる。また、灯器2全体の形状はこの伝熱部材22の形状に合わせたものであるから、伝熱部材22の形状を6角形以外の形状とした場合には、灯器2全体の形状もそれに合わせてよい。 Further, in the present embodiment, the heat transfer member 22 is polygonal as shown, but if the shape of the heat transfer member 22 is a polygon, the mounting portion 2200 provided on the side is Because it is flat, mounting of the light emitting diode is easy. In addition, as a polygon, it is not limited to a hexagon like the example shown here, It is good also as another shapes, such as a heptagon and an octagon. There is no particular upper limit on the number of sides of the polygon, but in order to enjoy the advantage that the placement unit 2200 is a flat surface, the dodecagonal position is the practical upper limit. Of course, the heat transfer member 22 may be circular instead of polygonal. In that case, the placement unit 2200 is a curved surface. Further, since the entire shape of the lamp 2 is matched to the shape of the heat transfer member 22, when the shape of the heat transfer member 22 is a shape other than a hexagon, the shape of the entire lamp 2 is also You may match.
 スペーサ23は、伝熱部材22と導光板25の間、本実施形態では光学シート群24の前に設けられ、伝熱部材22と導光板25とを熱的に隔離するために設けられる部材であり、合成樹脂等の熱伝導性の低い材料で作成される。また、このスペーサ23の裏面を、光を反射する反射面としてもよい。この場合、導光板25の発光面12に対応する部分以外の部分から前面側に出射した光は反射され、再度導光板25へと入射するため、光の利用効率を上げることができる。なお、スペーサ23は必須の部材ではなく、伝熱部材22と導光板25とが熱的に隔離されてさえいれば、省略してもよい。例えば、光学シート群24が十分な断熱性を備えていれば、スペーサ23は不要である。もちろん、スペーサ23以外の方法により伝熱部材22と導光板25とを熱的に隔離し、なおかつ、スペーサ23を設けるようにしてもよい。この場合、裏面が反射面となっているスペーサ23であれば光の利用効率が向上する効果が得られる。あるいは、スペーサ23の位置に、スペーサとしての機能を持たない単なる反射シートを設けてもよい。 The spacer 23 is a member provided between the heat transfer member 22 and the light guide plate 25, in this embodiment in front of the optical sheet group 24, for thermally isolating the heat transfer member 22 and the light guide plate 25. It is made of a material with low thermal conductivity such as synthetic resin. In addition, the back surface of the spacer 23 may be a reflective surface that reflects light. In this case, the light emitted to the front side from the portion other than the portion corresponding to the light emitting surface 12 of the light guide plate 25 is reflected and enters the light guide plate 25 again, so that the utilization efficiency of light can be increased. The spacer 23 is not an essential member, and may be omitted as long as the heat transfer member 22 and the light guide plate 25 are thermally isolated. For example, if the optical sheet group 24 has sufficient thermal insulation, the spacer 23 is unnecessary. Of course, the heat transfer member 22 and the light guide plate 25 may be thermally separated by a method other than the spacer 23, and the spacer 23 may be provided. In this case, if the spacer 23 has a back surface as a reflection surface, an effect of improving the utilization efficiency of light can be obtained. Alternatively, a simple reflection sheet not having a function as a spacer may be provided at the position of the spacer 23.
 光学シート群24は、導光板25からの光線の状態を制御するための部材であり、必要に応じて、拡散シート、プリズムシート等を適宜選択し使用する。もちろん、不要であれば省略してもよい。 The optical sheet group 24 is a member for controlling the state of a light beam from the light guide plate 25, and a diffusion sheet, a prism sheet, and the like are appropriately selected and used as needed. Of course, it may be omitted if it is unnecessary.
 導光板25は、側面である外周の端面から入射した光の向きを変え、前面からおおむね均一に出光させる光学部材であり、透明な合成樹脂製の板状をしている。本実施形態では、アクリル樹脂製の6角形板である。そして、導光板25の背面には、導光板25内部を全反射を繰り返して進む光線の反射方向を前面に向かう方向に変えるための適宜の光反射構造が設けられている。この例では、光反射構造として反射インクを適宜のパターンで導光板25の背面に印刷しているが、これに換え、溝あるいはディンプル等の立体構造を設けてもよい。また、導光板25の前面は平坦面であってもよいし、導光板25から出光する光の向きを制御する適宜の構造を設けてもよい。本実施形態では、導光板25の前面は平坦面である。 The light guide plate 25 is an optical member that changes the direction of light incident from the end face of the outer periphery, which is a side face, and emits light substantially uniformly from the front face, and has a plate shape made of transparent synthetic resin. In this embodiment, it is a hexagonal plate made of acrylic resin. Then, on the back surface of the light guide plate 25, a suitable light reflection structure is provided for changing the reflection direction of the light beam traveling repeatedly inside the light guide plate 25 in the direction toward the front surface. In this example, the reflective ink is printed on the back surface of the light guide plate 25 in an appropriate pattern as a light reflection structure, but instead, a three-dimensional structure such as a groove or a dimple may be provided. Further, the front surface of the light guide plate 25 may be a flat surface, or an appropriate structure for controlling the direction of the light emitted from the light guide plate 25 may be provided. In the present embodiment, the front surface of the light guide plate 25 is a flat surface.
 反射シート26は、導光板25の背面側に出射した光を反射し、再度導光板25内に導入することにより、光線の利用効率を高める部材である。反射シート26は、鏡面あるいは白色の反射面を前面に有する。本実施形態では、反射シート26は、ポリエチレンテレフタラート樹脂製の白色シートである。なお、反射シート26は必須のものでなく、灯器2に入光した外光、例えば西日の光線が灯器2内部で反射し、灯器2が点灯しているかのように見えるいわゆる疑似点灯が問題となる場合にはこれを省略してもよい。あるいは、反射シート26に換え、光を反射させず吸収する吸収面を前面に持つ吸収シートを代わりに配置してもよい。反射面、吸収面の可視光線の反射率は特に限定されず、合目的的に設定してよいが、本明細書では便宜的に、入射光の90%以上を反射する面を反射面、入射光の50%以上を吸収する面を吸収面とする。 The reflection sheet 26 is a member that reflects the light emitted to the back side of the light guide plate 25 and introduces the light into the light guide plate 25 again to enhance the utilization efficiency of the light beam. The reflective sheet 26 has a mirror surface or a white reflective surface on the front. In the present embodiment, the reflective sheet 26 is a white sheet made of polyethylene terephthalate resin. Note that the reflection sheet 26 is not essential, and so-called pseudo lights that appear as if the external light that entered the lamp 2, for example, the light of the west day, is reflected inside the lamp 2, and the lamp 2 is lit. This may be omitted if lighting is a problem. Alternatively, the reflection sheet 26 may be replaced with an absorption sheet having an absorption surface on the front surface that absorbs and does not reflect light. There are no particular limitations on the visible light reflectance of the reflecting surface and the absorbing surface, and the reflectance may be set as desired. However, in the present specification, a surface that reflects 90% or more of incident light is used as a reflecting surface for convenience. The surface that absorbs 50% or more of light is taken as the absorption surface.
 断熱部材27は、ハウジング28の外周に沿ってその内面に配置され、カバー21及び伝熱部材22とハウジング28を熱的に絶縁し、伝熱部材22が持つ熱がハウジング28に伝わり散逸しないようにするための部材である。断熱部材27の材質は、断熱性を有するものであれば特に限定されないが、CRゴムスポンジや発泡スチロール樹脂等が好適に用いられる。断熱部材27の下端には、後述するハウジング28の伝熱突起2803を収容する切欠270が設けられている。 The heat insulating member 27 is disposed on the inner surface along the outer periphery of the housing 28 to thermally insulate the cover 21 and the heat transfer member 22 from the housing 28 so that the heat of the heat transfer member 22 is not transmitted to the housing 28 and dissipated It is a member for making it. The material of the heat insulating member 27 is not particularly limited as long as it has a heat insulating property, but a CR rubber sponge, a foamed polystyrene resin or the like is suitably used. The lower end of the heat insulating member 27 is provided with a notch 270 that accommodates a heat transfer protrusion 2803 of the housing 28 described later.
 なお、断熱部材27の構造や形状はここで図示したものに限定されない。例えば、断熱部材27を一体のものでなく、複数の部材に分割してもよいし、不定型状の断熱材(例えばグラスウール)を伝熱部材22とハウジング28の間に詰めるようにしてもよい。或いは、断熱部材27を省略し、伝熱部材22をハウジング28と直接接触しないように支持して、空間で隔てられるようにしてもよい。 In addition, the structure and shape of the heat insulation member 27 are not limited to what was illustrated here. For example, the heat insulating member 27 may not be integral but may be divided into a plurality of members, or an irregular heat insulating material (for example, glass wool) may be packed between the heat transfer member 22 and the housing 28. . Alternatively, the heat insulating member 27 may be omitted, and the heat transfer member 22 may be supported so as not to be in direct contact with the housing 28 so as to be separated by a space.
 ハウジング28は、以上説明したガスケット20、カバー21、伝熱部材22、スペーサ23、光学シート群24、導光板25、反射シート26及び断熱部材27を収容する容器である。ハウジング28の材質は特に限定されず、ポリカーボネート、ABS樹脂などの合成樹脂や、鋼板などの金属で形成される。しかし、灯器2の信号灯後方への断熱性を考慮すれば、合成樹脂などの熱伝導性の低い材質で形成されるのがより好ましい。ハウジング28が開口している前面側の周縁には、すでに述べたハウジング取付部2805が設けられている。また、ハウジング28の内面の適宜の位置には、取付ボス2801が前側に突き出すように設けられており、カバー21を固定するネジを受容するようになっている。さらに、背面に設けられた穴2802は、ハウジング28外部から電気配線を内部に引き込むためのものである。 The housing 28 is a container that accommodates the gasket 20, the cover 21, the heat transfer member 22, the spacer 23, the optical sheet group 24, the light guide plate 25, the reflective sheet 26, and the heat insulating member 27 described above. The material of the housing 28 is not particularly limited, and is formed of a synthetic resin such as polycarbonate or ABS resin, or a metal such as a steel plate. However, in consideration of the heat insulating property of the lamp 2 to the rear of the signal light, it is more preferable to be formed of a material having low thermal conductivity such as a synthetic resin. The housing mounting portion 2805 described above is provided on the front peripheral edge where the housing 28 is open. Further, at an appropriate position on the inner surface of the housing 28, a mounting boss 2801 is provided so as to project forward, and a screw for fixing the cover 21 is received. Further, a hole 2802 provided on the back is for drawing electrical wiring from the outside of the housing 28 to the inside.
 さらに、ハウジング28の最も下側に位置する縁に、ハウジング28の内面側に突出する伝熱突起2803が設けられている。伝熱突起2803は、伝熱部材22と接触し、この部分において伝熱部材22とハウジング28を熱的に接触させる下部伝熱構造である。図47では伝熱突起2803はハウジング28の一部分が突出している部分として示されているが、ハウジング28が合成樹脂等の熱伝導性の低い材質で形成されている場合、伝熱突起2803が形成されている部分に金属部材を設けるなどして、下部伝熱構造の熱伝導性を高めるようにしてもよい。 Furthermore, at the lowermost edge of the housing 28, a heat transfer projection 2803 is provided which protrudes to the inner surface side of the housing 28. The heat transfer projection 2803 is a lower heat transfer structure that contacts the heat transfer member 22 and causes the heat transfer member 22 and the housing 28 to be in thermal contact at this portion. In FIG. 47, the heat transfer projection 2803 is shown as a portion where a part of the housing 28 protrudes, but when the housing 28 is formed of a material with low thermal conductivity such as a synthetic resin, the heat transfer projection 2803 is formed. The heat conductivity of the lower heat transfer structure may be enhanced by providing a metal member in the portion where the heat transfer is performed.
 図48は、図44のH-H線による信号機1の部分断面図である。なお、同図では、後ケース10Rは図示を省略した。 FIG. 48 is a partial cross-sectional view of the signal device 1 taken along the line HH in FIG. The rear case 10R is not shown in FIG.
 ハウジング28は、ハウジング取付部2805を前ケース10Fの背面にネジ2804により取り付けることで固定される。このとき、カバー21と前ケース10Fの間にガスケット20が挟まれ圧縮されることで、灯器2は前ケース10Fに液密に取り付けられる。カバー21の発光面12は前面側に凸となっており、前ケース10Fの開口11内に突き出す。この結果、前ケース10Fの前面と発光面12は連続的な平面となり、それぞれの間に段差が形成されない。なお、この構造は、発光面12に付着した氷雪が重力により発光面12表面を下方に滑り落ちて脱落する際に、表面の凹凸に引っかかってその脱落が妨げられることがないようにするためのものである。従って、ここで言う「段差が形成されない」との表現は、上記目的である氷雪の脱落を妨げる程度の段差が形成されないことを意味している。具体的には、前ケース10Fの前面と発光面12の前後方向の位置の差は、1mm以下とすれば合目的的であり、より好ましくは、0.5mm以下とする。さらに、図5に示したように、発光面12と前ケース10Fの前面の傾きをも等しいものとすると、発光面12に付着した氷雪の脱落を妨げないためよい。なお、この条件は発光面12の外周縁において満たされていればよく、前ケース12Fの前面の発光面12から離れた位置における傾きは問題とならない。また、「傾きが等しい」との表現もまた合目的的に氷雪の脱落を妨げる程度の傾きの差がないことを意味しており、具体的には、発光面12と前ケース10Fの前面の傾きの差が10度以下、より好ましくは5度以下とするとよい。 The housing 28 is fixed by attaching the housing attachment portion 2805 to the back of the front case 10F with a screw 2804. At this time, the lamp 20 is attached to the front case 10F in a fluid-tight manner by the gasket 20 being sandwiched and compressed between the cover 21 and the front case 10F. The light emitting surface 12 of the cover 21 is convex on the front side, and protrudes into the opening 11 of the front case 10F. As a result, the front surface of the front case 10F and the light emitting surface 12 become continuous planes, and no step is formed between them. In addition, when ice and snow attached to the light emitting surface 12 slide down the surface of the light emitting surface 12 and fall off due to gravity, this structure is not to be caught on the surface irregularities to prevent the falling off. It is a thing. Therefore, the expression "no level difference is formed" as used herein means that the level difference is not formed to the extent that the above-mentioned purpose, i.e., the falling off of ice and snow, is prevented. Specifically, the difference in position between the front surface of the front case 10F and the light emitting surface 12 in the front-rear direction is suitably 1 mm or less, and more preferably 0.5 mm or less. Furthermore, as shown in FIG. 5, if the inclinations of the light emitting surface 12 and the front surface of the front case 10F are also equal, it is preferable because the falling of the ice and snow attached to the light emitting surface 12 is not prevented. Note that this condition may be satisfied at the outer peripheral edge of the light emitting surface 12, and the inclination at a position away from the light emitting surface 12 on the front surface of the front case 12F does not matter. In addition, the expression "the inclination is equal" also means that there is no difference in inclination for preventing the falling off of ice and snow purposely, specifically, the light emitting surface 12 and the front surface of the front case 10F The difference in inclination may be 10 degrees or less, more preferably 5 degrees or less.
 カバー21の発光面12の背面は、図48に示すように、前側に凹形状となっている。この構造は必須のものではないが、発光面12においてカバー21の厚みが厚いと、伝熱部材22により発光面12の背面に伝えられた熱がその前面に伝わりにくくなるため、発光面におけるカバー21の厚みを薄くしその厚さ方向の熱伝導性能を向上させる効果がある。なお、かかる構造は、付帯的に、カバー21の使用材料の削減及び成形時の変形の抑制をもたらす。 The back surface of the light emitting surface 12 of the cover 21 has a concave shape on the front side, as shown in FIG. This structure is not essential, but if the thickness of the cover 21 on the light emitting surface 12 is large, the heat transmitted to the back surface of the light emitting surface 12 by the heat transfer member 22 is less likely to be transmitted to the front surface. There is an effect of reducing the thickness 21 and improving the heat conduction performance in the thickness direction. In addition, such a structure brings about reduction of the use material of the cover 21 and suppression of the deformation | transformation at the time of shaping | molding.
 伝熱部材22は、その周囲に載置部2200が設けられ、その内面に発光ダイオード2203を実装した発光ダイオード基板2202が取り付けられる。発光ダイオード基板2202の材質は特に限定されないが、熱伝導性に優れた材料がよく、本実施形態では、表面に絶縁被覆を施したアルミニウム基板を用いている。発光ダイオード2203はここではいわゆる発光ダイオードパッケージを発光ダイオード基板2202に実装したものとしているが、これに換え、発光ダイオード基板2202上に直接発光ダイオード素子を形成するようにしてもよい。発光ダイオード基板2202と載置部2200の間は、熱伝導グリースを塗布して両者間の熱抵抗を低減するようにすることが好ましい。なお、発光ダイオード基板2202を省略し、発光ダイオード2203を直接載置部2200の内面に配置するようにしても差し支えない。 The heat transfer member 22 is provided with a mounting portion 2200 around its periphery, and a light emitting diode substrate 2202 on which a light emitting diode 2203 is mounted is attached to the inner surface. The material of the light emitting diode substrate 2202 is not particularly limited, but a material excellent in thermal conductivity is preferable, and in the present embodiment, an aluminum substrate having an insulating coating on the surface is used. Here, a so-called light emitting diode package is mounted on the light emitting diode substrate 2202, but instead, a light emitting diode element may be formed directly on the light emitting diode substrate 2202. It is preferable to apply a heat conductive grease between the light emitting diode substrate 2202 and the mounting portion 2200 so as to reduce the thermal resistance between the two. The light emitting diode substrate 2202 may be omitted, and the light emitting diode 2203 may be disposed directly on the inner surface of the mounting portion 2200.
 また、伝熱部材22の発光面12に対応する部分は、カバー21の凹形状に対応して凸形状となっており、伝熱部2201がカバー21の背面に接触するようになっている。伝熱部2201とカバー21の背面は、間に空気層が形成されないように接着剤の使用や熱融着などの適宜の方法によって接着され、熱的に接続されているのが好ましい。また、伝熱部2201とカバー21の背面との間に、熱伝導グリースを塗布して両者間の熱抵抗を低減するようにすることも好ましい。さらに、伝熱部2201或いは伝熱部材22の背面は、反射面としてよい。これは、伝熱部2201のハニカムメッシュは導光板25から前方に出射する光を遮るため、伝熱部2201により光線の吸収が生じると光線の利用効率が低下するが、伝熱部2201にあたった光線を反射して導光板25側に戻し、導光板25の背面の光反射構造あるいは反射シート26により再度反射させて灯器2の前方に取り出すことにより、光線の利用効率の低下を抑制するためである。 Further, a portion corresponding to the light emitting surface 12 of the heat transfer member 22 has a convex shape corresponding to the concave shape of the cover 21, and the heat transfer portion 2201 is in contact with the back surface of the cover 21. It is preferable that the heat transfer portion 2201 and the back surface of the cover 21 be bonded and thermally connected by an appropriate method such as use of an adhesive or heat fusion so that an air layer is not formed therebetween. It is also preferable to apply a heat conductive grease between the heat transfer portion 2201 and the back surface of the cover 21 to reduce the thermal resistance between them. Furthermore, the back surface of the heat transfer portion 2201 or the heat transfer member 22 may be a reflective surface. This is because the honeycomb mesh of the heat transfer portion 2201 blocks the light emitted forward from the light guide plate 25, so if the heat transfer portion 2201 absorbs the light beam, the light utilization efficiency decreases, but the heat transfer portion 2201 is heated. The light beam is reflected back to the light guide plate 25 side, and is reflected again by the light reflection structure on the back surface of the light guide plate 25 or the reflection sheet 26 and taken out in front of the lamp 2 to suppress a decrease in light beam utilization efficiency. It is for.
 伝熱部材22の下側に位置する載置部2200は、さらに後方に延びたのち折り曲げられ、変換回路基板取付部2204が形成されている。変換回路基板取付部2204には、変換回路基板2205が取り付けられる。変換回路基板2205は、外部の制御盤から信号機に送られる交流電流を、発光ダイオード2203の点灯に適した直流電流に変換する変換回路が実装された基板である。変換回路基板2205自体の形状は、かかる変換回路の実装ができればどのようなものであってもよいが、本実施形態では、伝熱部材22に熱的に接触するように取り付けられている。これは、発光ダイオード2203には及ばないものの、変換回路もまた発熱源であるため、その熱を伝熱部材22に伝えて利用するためである。さらに、変換回路基板2205を伝熱部材22の下部に取り付けるのは、発光面12の下部に設けられる伝熱部2201及び、後述する下部伝熱構造である伝熱突起2803により近い位置に変換回路基板2205を配置するためである。なお、変換回路基板取付部2204及び変換回路基板2205は、ハウジング28や導光板25と熱的に接触しないようそれらから隙間をもたせるように配置されている。 The mounting portion 2200 positioned below the heat transfer member 22 extends further rearward and is then bent to form a conversion circuit board mounting portion 2204. The conversion circuit board 2205 is attached to the conversion circuit board attachment portion 2204. The conversion circuit board 2205 is a board on which a conversion circuit for converting an alternating current sent from an external control panel to a traffic light into a direct current suitable for lighting the light emitting diode 2203 is mounted. The shape of the conversion circuit board 2205 itself may be any shape as long as the conversion circuit can be mounted, but in the present embodiment, the heat transfer member 22 is attached so as to be in thermal contact. Although this does not extend to the light emitting diode 2203, the conversion circuit is also a heat source, so the heat is transmitted to the heat transfer member 22 and used. Furthermore, the conversion circuit board 2205 is attached to the lower part of the heat transfer member 22 because the conversion circuit is closer to the heat transfer portion 2201 provided on the lower part of the light emitting surface 12 and the heat transfer projection 2803 which is a lower heat transfer structure described later. This is for disposing the substrate 2205. The conversion circuit board mounting portion 2204 and the conversion circuit board 2205 are arranged to have a gap from them so as not to be in thermal contact with the housing 28 and the light guide plate 25.
 図中上部に示すように、伝熱部材22の載置部2200とハウジング28との間には、断熱部材27が挟み込まれている。これに対し、図中下部に示す下部伝熱構造の部分においては、載置部2200とハウジング28の伝熱突起283とが直接接触し、伝熱部材22の熱がハウジング28の下部に伝えられるようになっている。これは、発光ダイオード2203及び変換回路の熱の一部を、下部伝熱構造を通して、前ケース10Fに伝えることにより、灯器2の下側において、前ケース10Fをわずかながらも温めるための構造である。このことにより、灯器2の発光面12で溶融するなどして前ケース10Fの下部に流れ落ちた水が再度氷結することによる氷柱の形成が抑制される。なお、この伝熱突起2803を含む下部伝熱構造は必須のものではなく、氷柱の形成が問題とならなければ省略してもよい。また、図45に示すように、複数の灯器2が縦に配置される形式の信号機1では、最も下側に配置される灯器2において下部伝熱構造を有していればよく、他の灯器2では下部伝熱構造を省略してもよい。さらに、下部伝熱構造の具体的構成は、伝熱部材22からハウジング28の下部に熱を伝えるものであればどのようなものであってもよく、例えば、伝熱突起2803に換えて、板ばね等の弾性金属部材により両者を接触させるようにするなどしてもよい。 As shown in the upper part in the drawing, the heat insulating member 27 is sandwiched between the mounting portion 2200 of the heat transfer member 22 and the housing 28. On the other hand, at the portion of the lower heat transfer structure shown in the lower part of the figure, the mounting portion 2200 and the heat transfer projection 283 of the housing 28 directly contact, and the heat of the heat transfer member 22 is conducted to the lower portion of the housing 28 It is supposed to be. This is a structure for slightly warming the front case 10F on the lower side of the lamp 2 by transferring part of the heat of the light emitting diode 2203 and the conversion circuit to the front case 10F through the lower heat transfer structure. is there. As a result, the formation of an ice column due to the water that has flowed to the lower part of the front case 10F being melted by the light emitting surface 12 of the lamp 2 or the like being frozen again is suppressed. The lower heat transfer structure including the heat transfer projections 2803 is not essential, and may be omitted if the formation of the ice pillars is not a problem. Further, as shown in FIG. 45, in the traffic signal device 1 of the type in which a plurality of lamp devices 2 are vertically disposed, it is sufficient that the lamp device 2 disposed at the lowermost side has a lower heat transfer structure, The lower heat transfer structure may be omitted in the lamp 2 of the present invention. Furthermore, the specific configuration of the lower heat transfer structure may be anything as long as it transfers heat from the heat transfer member 22 to the lower portion of the housing 28. For example, instead of the heat transfer projections 2803, a plate Both may be brought into contact with each other by an elastic metal member such as a spring.
 伝熱部材22の背面側には、スペーサ23により熱的に隔離された状態で、光学シート群24、導光板25及び反射シート26がこの順に配置されている。 The optical sheet group 24, the light guide plate 25, and the reflective sheet 26 are disposed in this order on the back side of the heat transfer member 22 in a state of being thermally isolated by the spacer 23.
 図49は、伝熱部材22の背面斜視図である。同図に示すように、伝熱部材22の加熱領域に対応する部分はハニカムメッシュ状とされ、伝熱部2201となっている。かかる伝熱部2201は、発光ダイオード2203が実装された発光ダイオード基板2202を載置した載置部2200に連続し、発光面12の周辺外側に位置する周辺部2206と多数の箇所で接続されており、それら多数の箇所を通じて流入する熱が伝熱部2201の全域に伝わるようになっている。そして、伝熱部2201とカバー21の背面とは熱的に接触しているため、加熱領域においては、伝熱部材22からの熱がカバー21の発光面12に直接伝えられることになる。 FIG. 49 is a rear perspective view of the heat transfer member 22. FIG. As shown in the figure, a portion corresponding to the heating area of the heat transfer member 22 is in a honeycomb mesh shape, and is a heat transfer portion 2201. The heat transfer portion 2201 is connected to the mounting portion 2200 on which the light emitting diode substrate 2202 mounted with the light emitting diode 2203 is mounted, and is connected to the peripheral portion 2206 located at the outer periphery of the light emitting surface 12 at many points. The heat which flows in through these many places is transmitted to the whole region of the heat transfer portion 2201. Then, since the heat transfer portion 2201 and the back surface of the cover 21 are in thermal contact, the heat from the heat transfer member 22 is directly transmitted to the light emitting surface 12 of the cover 21 in the heating area.
 一方、伝熱部材22の非加熱領域に対応する部分もまたハニカムメッシュ状とされた非伝熱部2208となっている。この非伝熱部2208は、加熱領域において伝熱部2201により光線の一部が遮られるため、非加熱領域においても同様に光線の一部を遮ることにより、加熱領域と非加熱領域における光線量の差による輝度の差を解消するため設けられる。すなわち、非伝熱部2208は、発光面から出射する光線量を抑制する光抑制構造である。 On the other hand, the portion corresponding to the non-heating region of the heat transfer member 22 is also a non-heat transfer portion 2208 in a honeycomb mesh shape. In the non-heat transfer area 2208, since a part of the light beam is blocked by the heat transfer section 2201 in the heating area, the light quantity in the heating area and the non-heating area is also blocked by blocking a part of the light beam in the non-heating area as well. To eliminate the difference in luminance due to the difference in That is, the non-heat transfer portion 2208 is a light suppression structure that suppresses the amount of light emitted from the light emitting surface.
 しかしながら、非伝熱部2208の構造を伝熱部2201と同じものとすると、非伝熱部2208においても発光ダイオード2203からの熱をカバー21の背面に伝えることとなってしまう。そこで、図示のように、伝熱部2201と非伝熱部2208とは梁などの構造で接続されることなく互いに隙間が設けられており、なおかつ、非伝熱部2208と周辺部2206を少数の梁2207により接続することにより(図示したものでは4本。手前側(図中左側)のものは隠れているため見えない)、周辺部2206と接続している部分の断面積が小さく、載置部2200からの熱が伝熱部2201に比して伝わりにくい構造としている。このため、非伝熱部2208はほとんど温度上昇することなく、発光ダイオード2203からの熱の大半は周辺部2206を通って伝熱部2201へと伝えられる。そのため、非加熱領域においては、伝熱部材22からの熱は、加熱領域あるいはカバー21の発光面12の外側の領域からカバー21の面内の熱伝導によりわずかに流入するにすぎない。すなわち、非加熱領域においては、伝熱部材22からの熱がカバー21の発光面12に直接伝わらない。 However, assuming that the non-heat transfer portion 2208 has the same structure as the heat transfer portion 2201, the heat from the light emitting diode 2203 is also transferred to the back surface of the cover 21 also in the non-heat transfer portion 2208. Therefore, as shown in the figure, the heat transfer portion 2201 and the non-heat transfer portion 2208 are not connected by a structure such as a beam, and a gap is provided between them, and a small number of non-heat transfer portion 2208 and peripheral portion 2206 are provided. The cross section of the part connected to the peripheral part 2206 is small by mounting by connecting with the beam 2207 (four in the illustration, the one on the near side (left side in the figure is hidden because it is hidden)) Heat from the placement portion 2200 is less likely to be transmitted than the heat transfer portion 2201. Therefore, most of the heat from the light emitting diode 2203 is transferred to the heat transfer portion 2201 through the peripheral portion 2206 while the temperature of the non-heat transfer portion 2208 hardly increases. Therefore, in the non-heating area, the heat from the heat transfer member 22 flows only slightly from the heating area or the area outside the light emitting surface 12 of the cover 21 due to the heat conduction in the plane of the cover 21. That is, in the non-heated region, the heat from the heat transfer member 22 is not directly transmitted to the light emitting surface 12 of the cover 21.
 なお、本実施形態においては、加熱領域を発光面12の全面ではなく、一部分、この場合は下側を覆う形状としている。これについて説明すると、特に条件の厳しい寒冷地であって、気温がセ氏0度を大きく下回る状況においては、発光ダイオード2203による総発熱量が不足するため、発光面12の全面を水の融点であるセ氏0度以上に昇温することができない場合が生じる。この場合には、発光面12の前面に付着した氷雪を融解できず、発光面12の前面に氷雪が付着し、その発光が視認できなくなる。そこで、加熱領域を発光面12の一部の領域とすることにより、加熱領域に発光ダイオード2203からの熱を集中させ、カバー21の一部分を水の融点以上に加温することにより、当該一部分においては氷雪を融解除去する。それにより、少なくとも加熱領域においては発光面12が視認できるようになり、発光面12の全面が氷雪におおわれ全く視認できないという状況は回避される。なお、以上の説明より明らかなように、信号機1の設置環境によっては、寒さがあまり厳しくなく、発光ダイオード2203の総発熱量が発光面12の全面を水の融点まで昇温できる場合もあり得る。この場合には、加熱領域を、発光面12の全面としてもよい。 In the present embodiment, the heating region is shaped so as not to cover the entire surface of the light emitting surface 12 but to cover a portion, in this case, the lower side. Explaining this, especially in a cold region where the conditions are severe and the temperature is significantly lower than 0 ° C., the total calorific value by the light emitting diode 2203 is insufficient, so the entire light emitting surface 12 is the melting point of water. In some cases, the temperature can not rise above 0 degrees Celsius. In this case, the ice and snow attached to the front of the light emitting surface 12 can not be melted, and the ice and snow adheres to the front of the light emitting surface 12, and the light emission can not be viewed. Therefore, by making the heating area a partial area of the light emitting surface 12, the heat from the light emitting diode 2203 is concentrated in the heating area, and a part of the cover 21 is heated to a temperature above the melting point of water. Melts and removes ice and snow. As a result, the light emitting surface 12 can be viewed at least in the heating area, and the situation in which the entire surface of the light emitting surface 12 is covered with ice and snow and can not be viewed at all is avoided. As apparent from the above description, depending on the installation environment of the traffic signal 1, the cold may not be so severe, and the total calorific value of the light emitting diode 2203 may be able to raise the entire surface of the light emitting surface 12 to the melting point of water. . In this case, the heating area may be the entire surface of the light emitting surface 12.
 また、本実施形態では、加熱領域は発光面12の下側の領域である。この加熱領域の形状が意図しているのは、発光面12表面に付着した氷雪を容易に脱落させることである。すなわち、発光面12の前面に付着した氷雪は、加熱領域においては、発光面12と接している部分が溶融するので、重力により発光面12の表面を下方に滑り落ちて脱落する。このとき、加熱領域のさらに下方に非加熱領域があり、その部分において氷雪が発光面12の前面に強固に付着しているならば、加熱領域において付着した氷雪が下方の氷雪に支えられて滑り落ちることができず、結局発光面12表面に付着した氷雪を脱落させることができないと考えられる。従って、加熱領域のさらに下方に非加熱領域があってはならないことになる。すなわち、加熱領域は発光面12の下側の部分である、ということは、加熱領域の鉛直上方に非加熱領域が存在し、且つ、加熱領域の鉛直下方に非加熱領域が存在しない、ということを意味する。 Further, in the present embodiment, the heating area is an area under the light emitting surface 12. The shape of the heating area is intended to easily drop off the ice and snow attached to the surface of the light emitting surface 12. That is, since the portion in contact with the light emitting surface 12 melts in the heating area, the ice snow adhering to the front surface of the light emitting surface 12 slides down the surface of the light emitting surface 12 by gravity and drops out. At this time, if there is a non-heating area further below the heating area, and ice and snow are firmly attached to the front of the light emitting surface 12 in that area, the adhering snow and ice in the heating area is supported by the lower ice and slips off It is thought that it is impossible to drop off the ice and snow attached to the surface of the light emitting surface 12 after all. Therefore, there should be no unheated area further below the heated area. That is, that the heating area is the lower part of the light emitting surface 12 means that the non-heating area exists vertically above the heating area and the non-heating area does not vertically below the heating area. Means
 なお、図49で示した例では、加熱領域は半円形状であるが、加熱領域が発光面12の下側の部分でありさえすれば、かかる形状は特に限定されない。加熱領域と非加熱領域との境界線の位置は信号機1の設置環境等に応じて適宜選択すればよく、また、境界線の向きも必ずしも水平方向でなくともよい。また、加熱領域の形状はここで示したものに限定されず、他の形状であってもよい。例えば、発光面12の外周を環状に縁取る形状であっても、鉛直方向に延びる帯状の形状であってもよい。 In the example shown in FIG. 49, the heating area has a semicircular shape, but the shape is not particularly limited as long as the heating area is a portion under the light emitting surface 12. The position of the boundary between the heating area and the non-heating area may be appropriately selected in accordance with the installation environment of the traffic light 1 or the like, and the direction of the boundary may not necessarily be horizontal. Further, the shape of the heating area is not limited to that shown here, and may be another shape. For example, the light emitting surface 12 may have an annular rim shape or may have a strip shape extending in the vertical direction.
 なお、本実施形態では、発光ダイオード2203を伝熱部材22の全周、すなわち、多角形状の伝熱部材22の全ての辺に設けたが、必ずしもこれに限定されない。例えば、伝熱部材22が偶数角形の場合、発光ダイオード2203を伝熱部材22の対向する辺のうち、一の辺に設け、他の辺については発光ダイオード2203を設けないようにしてもよい。図50は伝熱部材22が正六角形の場合の例を示しており、発光ダイオード2203は、図中下側の3辺に設けられている。このとき、発光ダイオードが設けられていない辺の載置部2200の内周面を反射面2209とすることにより、一の辺上の発光ダイオード2203から導光板25に入射し対向する他の辺に向けて出射する光線は、反射面2209により反射され、再度導光板25に入光するから、より少ない発光ダイオード2203により効率よく均一な発光が得られる。なお、反射面2209はこの例では載置部2200の内周面に設けたが、導光板25の端面に直接設けるようにしてもよい。また、反射面2209は、載置部2200に適宜の表面処理を施すことにより作成しても、適宜の反射シートを用いることにより作成してもよい。 In the present embodiment, the light emitting diodes 2203 are provided on the entire periphery of the heat transfer member 22, that is, on all sides of the polygonal heat transfer member 22, but the present invention is not necessarily limited thereto. For example, when the heat transfer member 22 is an even square, the light emitting diodes 2203 may be provided on one side of the opposing sides of the heat transfer member 22 and the light emitting diodes 2203 may not be provided for the other side. FIG. 50 shows an example where the heat transfer member 22 is a regular hexagon, and the light emitting diodes 2203 are provided on the lower three sides in the drawing. At this time, by setting the inner peripheral surface of the mounting portion 2200 on the side where the light emitting diode is not provided as the reflection surface 2209, the light emitting diode 2203 on one side is incident on the light guide plate 25 and is opposed to the other side. A light beam directed toward and emitted is reflected by the reflection surface 2209 and enters the light guide plate 25 again, so that fewer uniform light emitting diodes 2203 can be obtained efficiently. Although the reflecting surface 2209 is provided on the inner peripheral surface of the mounting portion 2200 in this example, it may be provided directly on the end face of the light guide plate 25. The reflecting surface 2209 may be formed by performing appropriate surface treatment on the placement unit 2200, or may be formed by using an appropriate reflecting sheet.
 さらに、この場合、発光ダイオード2203を設ける辺を、図50に示したように、加熱領域、すなわち伝熱部2201の近傍とすることが好ましい。これにより、発光ダイオード2203からの熱を効率よく伝熱部2201へと伝えることができる。このことは、定量的には、発光ダイオード2203は導光板25の周囲の一部分において端面に面するように設けられ、加熱領域に面する位置における発光ダイオード2203の発熱量の総量は、非加熱領域に面する位置における発光ダイオード2203の発熱量の総量より大きい、と言い換えることができる。任意の発光ダイオード2203が加熱領域に面しているか、非加熱領域に面しているかは、当該発光ダイオード2203から伝熱部材22の中心を見たときに伝熱部2201又は非伝熱部2208のいずれが見えるかにより判断してよい。また、さらに、発光ダイオード2203が設けられた周囲の一部分に対向する位置に反射面2209が設けられることが好ましいといえる。 Furthermore, in this case, as shown in FIG. 50, the side on which the light emitting diode 2203 is provided is preferably in the vicinity of the heating area, that is, the heat transfer portion 2201. Thereby, the heat from the light emitting diode 2203 can be efficiently transferred to the heat transfer portion 2201. This means that quantitatively, the light emitting diode 2203 is provided to face the end face in a part of the periphery of the light guide plate 25, and the total amount of heat generation of the light emitting diode 2203 at the position facing the heating area is the non-heating area. It can be reworded as being larger than the total amount of heat generation of the light emitting diode 2203 at the position facing the. Whether the optional light emitting diode 2203 faces the heating area or the non-heating area is determined by looking at the center of the heat transfer member 22 from the light emitting diode 2203 or the heat transfer portion 2201 or the non-heat transfer portion 2208 It may be judged by which one of them is visible. Furthermore, it can be said that the reflecting surface 2209 is preferably provided at a position facing a part of the periphery where the light emitting diode 2203 is provided.
 また、本実施形態では、上述した光抑制構造を、伝熱部材22に設けた非伝熱部2208としたが、光抑制構造はこれに限定されない。例えば、伝熱部材22を図51に示すように、非加熱領域において単なる開口を有する形状としてもよい。この場合、光抑制構造としては、図47を参照し、導光板25の前面又は導光板25の前側に配置された部材であるカバー21の非加熱領域に対応する部分に、伝熱部2201と同様の遮光パターンを印刷するか、伝熱部2201の光線透過率と同程度の光線透過率となるよう単色に塗装したものを用いてもよい。又は、適宜のシート、すなわち、非加熱領域において光線透過率を抑制する色彩あるいはパターンを有するシートを導光板25の前側となる位置に配置してもよい。例えば、光学シート群24の一部として追加してもよい。或いは、導光板25の背面の光反射構造のパターンを加熱領域と非加熱領域において異なるものとし、非加熱領域において導光板25の前面より出射する光線量を加熱領域における光線量より少ないものとすることにより、光抑制構造としてもよい。さらには、加熱領域と非加熱領域間の光線量の差異が実用上問題とならない場合には、光抑制構造自体を省略してもよい。 Moreover, in this embodiment, although the light suppression structure mentioned above was made into the non-heat-transfer part 2208 provided in the heat-transfer member 22, the light suppression structure is not limited to this. For example, as shown in FIG. 51, the heat transfer member 22 may have a shape having a simple opening in the non-heating area. In this case, as a light suppression structure, referring to FIG. 47, a heat transfer portion 2201 and a portion corresponding to a non-heating area of the cover 21 which is a member disposed on the front surface of the light guide plate 25 or on the front side of the light guide plate 25. A similar light shielding pattern may be printed, or a single light coating may be used so as to have a light transmittance similar to the light transmittance of the heat transfer portion 2201. Alternatively, an appropriate sheet, that is, a sheet having a color or pattern that suppresses the light transmittance in the non-heated region may be disposed at the front side of the light guide plate 25. For example, they may be added as part of the optical sheet group 24. Alternatively, the pattern of the light reflecting structure on the back surface of the light guide plate 25 is different between the heating area and the non-heating area, and the amount of light emitted from the front surface of the light guide plate 25 in the non-heating area is smaller than the amount of light in the heating area Accordingly, a light suppression structure may be used. Furthermore, the light suppression structure itself may be omitted if the difference in light dose between the heated area and the unheated area causes no practical problem.
 続いて、信号機1の変形例を示す。図44に示した信号機1では、発光面12は平面となっている。この場合、設置環境によっては、強い外光、例えば、西日が発光面12にあたった場合、信号機1を観察する方向によっては、その反射により発光面12の発光色が視認できない状況が発生する可能性がある。図52は、西日等の強い外光による反射光を抑制した信号機1の変形例を示す正面斜視図である。図示のとおり、本変形例では、信号機1のケース10の前面及び各発光面12が曲面となっている。さらに詳しく言うと、ケース10の前面及び各発光面12は、鉛直方向に直線的であり、水平方向に曲線的となる曲面である。ここでは、ケース10の前面及び各発光面12は水平方向に対して、前側に凸となる曲面であるから、信号機1は全体として全面が凸となるかまぼこ型をしている。なお、図52では、各発光面12に十字線をいれ、その曲がり方を明示しているが、これは理解を容易にするためのものであり、実際にはかかる十字線は存在しない。 Subsequently, a modification of the traffic signal 1 will be shown. In the traffic signal 1 shown in FIG. 44, the light emitting surface 12 is flat. In this case, depending on the installation environment, when strong ambient light, for example, the west sun hits the light emitting surface 12, depending on the direction in which the traffic light 1 is observed, a situation may occur where the light emitting color of the light emitting surface 12 can not be seen there is a possibility. FIG. 52 is a front perspective view showing a modified example of the traffic signal device 1 in which the reflected light due to strong external light such as west day is suppressed. As illustrated, in the present modification, the front surface of the case 10 of the traffic light 1 and the light emitting surfaces 12 are curved. More specifically, the front surface of the case 10 and the light emitting surfaces 12 are curved surfaces that are straight in the vertical direction and curved in the horizontal direction. Here, since the front surface of the case 10 and each light emitting surface 12 are curved surfaces that are convex toward the front side with respect to the horizontal direction, the traffic light 1 has a semicylindrical shape that is entirely convex as a whole. In FIG. 52, although a cruciform line is put on each light emitting surface 12 to clearly show how it bends, this is for ease of understanding and there is no such cruciform line in practice.
 このように、発光面12を曲面とすると、強い外光が発光面12にあたった場合にも、特定の方向に当該外光を反射することがないため、西日等の強い外光による反射光が抑制され発光面12の発光色が視認できる。一方で、冬季に発光面12に付着する氷雪を考慮すると、発光面12に付着した氷雪は脱落する際には鉛直方向に落下することから、発光面12が鉛直方向に曲がっていると、氷雪の脱落を妨げることになる。そこで、本変形例では、発光面12を鉛直方向に直線的であり、水平方向に曲線的となる曲面とし、氷雪の脱落を妨げず、かつ、西日等の強い外光による反射光を抑制するのである。 As described above, when the light emitting surface 12 is a curved surface, even when strong external light strikes the light emitting surface 12, the external light is not reflected in a specific direction. The light is suppressed and the light emission color of the light emitting surface 12 can be visually recognized. On the other hand, considering the ice and snow adhering to the light emitting surface 12 in winter, since the ice and snow adhering to the light emitting surface 12 falls in the vertical direction when falling off, the ice and snow when the light emitting surface 12 is bent in the vertical direction It will prevent the dropout of Therefore, in the present modification, the light emitting surface 12 is a curved surface that is linear in the vertical direction and curved in the horizontal direction, does not prevent the falling off of ice and snow, and suppresses reflected light by strong external light such as west sun It is to do.
 ところで、以上説明した実施形態において、例えば図49に示されるように、伝熱部2201の形状は多数の正六角形穴が密に配列されたハニカムメッシュとなっているが、必ずしもこれに限定されるものではない。すなわち、伝熱部2201の全面に熱を伝導し、かつ、複数の開口により光線を透過する構造であればいかなるものであってもよい。もっとも、このような構造では、できる限り開口の占める面積の割合を大きくすることが光線の利用効率の点から好ましい一方、伝熱部2201を構成する各部分の断面積ができるだけ大きくかつ発熱源からの距離ができるだけ小さいものとすることが熱伝導性の点からは好ましい。このような観点からは、開口の占める面積に対し使用材料が最小とするハニカムメッシュ形状が最適解ではあるが、実用上問題がない限りでは、例えば、図53Aに示すような多数の丸穴が密に配置されたパンチングメッシュ形状、図53Bに示すような格子形状、図53Cに示すような多数のスリットを有する形状であってもよい。 In the embodiment described above, for example, as shown in FIG. 49, the shape of the heat transfer portion 2201 is a honeycomb mesh in which a large number of regular hexagonal holes are densely arranged, but the shape is necessarily limited to this It is not a thing. That is, any structure may be used as long as it conducts heat to the entire surface of the heat transfer portion 2201 and transmits light rays through the plurality of openings. However, in such a structure, it is preferable to increase the ratio of the area occupied by the opening as much as possible from the viewpoint of light utilization efficiency, while the cross-sectional area of each portion constituting the heat transfer portion 2201 is as large as possible and from the heat source It is preferable from the viewpoint of thermal conductivity that the distance of is as small as possible. From this point of view, the honeycomb mesh shape in which the material used is the smallest with respect to the area occupied by the openings is the optimum solution, but as long as there is no problem in practical use, for example, a large number of round holes as shown in FIG. The shape may be a densely arranged punching mesh shape, a lattice shape as shown in FIG. 53B, or a shape having a large number of slits as shown in FIG. 53C.
 以上説明した第17の実施形態に示した具体的な構成は例示であり、当業者は種々の変形を行ってもよい。例えば、各部材の形状や寸法上の比率、発光ダイオードの配置密度や個数等は信号機に要求される性能・用途や設置環境に応じて適宜変更してよい。 The specific configuration shown in the seventeenth embodiment described above is an example, and a person skilled in the art may make various modifications. For example, the shape and dimensional ratio of each member, the arrangement density and the number of light emitting diodes, etc. may be changed appropriately according to the performance, application and installation environment required for the traffic signal.
 なお、以上説明した本発明の第1乃至8の実施形態の一つの観点においては、伝熱部材が金属である。これにより、発光素子点灯時に生ずる発熱を、効率よく保護部材すなわち発光装置前面の発光面に伝導することができる。 In one aspect of the first to eighth embodiments of the present invention described above, the heat transfer member is a metal. Thus, the heat generated when the light emitting element is turned on can be efficiently conducted to the protective member, that is, the light emitting surface of the front surface of the light emitting device.
 また、本発明の第1乃至8の実施形態の別の観点においては、基板は金属であり、発光素子から発生した熱が、前記基板及び伝熱部材を経由して保護部材に伝わる。これにより、発光素子点灯時に生ずる発熱を、効率よく保護部材すなわち発光装置前面の発光面に伝導することができる。 In another aspect of the first to eighth embodiments of the present invention, the substrate is a metal, and heat generated from the light emitting element is transmitted to the protective member via the substrate and the heat transfer member. Thus, the heat generated when the light emitting element is turned on can be efficiently conducted to the protective member, that is, the light emitting surface of the front surface of the light emitting device.
 また、本発明の第1乃至8の実施形態の別の観点においては、透光性部材の、発光素子の直上部以外の部分に非熱伝導性部材を配した。これにより、より集熱効果を高めることができる。 In addition, in another aspect of the first to eighth embodiments of the present invention, the non-heat conductive member is disposed in a portion of the light-transmissive member other than the portion immediately above the light-emitting element. This can further enhance the heat collection effect.
 また、本発明の第1乃至8の実施形態の別の観点においては、発光面が1つである。これにより、発光面が常時発熱をすることとなり、消灯する期間がなくなるので、保護部材の温度をより高くすることができる。 In another aspect of the first to eighth embodiments of the present invention, the light emitting surface is one. As a result, the light emitting surface constantly generates heat and there is no period for turning off the light, so the temperature of the protective member can be further raised.
 また、本発明の第9乃至14の実施形態の一つの観点においては、伝熱部材は実装基板と略同形の板状であり、複数の発光素子の各々に対応して前記発光素子を取り囲む複数の貫通孔を有し、前記実装基板に重ねて配置される。これにより、伝熱部材が1枚の板状に形成されているので、組立工程の製造が簡略化され、低コスト化がさらに有利になる。 In one aspect of the ninth to fourteenth embodiments of the present invention, the heat transfer member is a plate having substantially the same shape as the mounting substrate, and a plurality of the heat transfer members surround the light emitting elements corresponding to each of the plurality of light emitting elements. And a through hole, and is disposed overlapping the mounting substrate. As a result, since the heat transfer member is formed into a single plate, the manufacture of the assembly process is simplified, and cost reduction is further advantageous.
 また、本発明の第9乃至14の実施形態の別の観点においては、実装基板の第二の面に接して、断熱部材が配される。これにより、発光素子から実装基板へと伝達された熱が、実装基板の裏面側、すなわち、発光面と反対側に熱伝導、対流、熱放射により熱伝達するのを防止する。したがって、効率よく保護部材すなわち発光装置の発光面に熱伝導させることができるので、一層融雪作用を効果的に行わせることができる。 In another aspect of the ninth to fourteenth embodiments of the present invention, a heat insulating member is disposed in contact with the second surface of the mounting substrate. As a result, the heat transferred from the light emitting element to the mounting substrate is prevented from being transferred to the back surface side of the mounting substrate, that is, to the side opposite to the light emitting surface by heat conduction, convection, and heat radiation. Therefore, since the heat can be efficiently conducted to the protective member, that is, the light emitting surface of the light emitting device, the snow melting function can be more effectively performed.
 また、本発明の第1乃至14の実施形態の一つの観点においては、口金として、GX53口金を備えた。これにより、発光装置を薄型化できる。 Further, in one aspect of the first to fourteenth embodiments of the present invention, a GX 53 base is provided as a base. Thus, the light emitting device can be thinned.
 また、本発明の第1乃至14の実施形態の別の観点においては、AC駆動回路を備えた。これにより、本発光装置をAC電源に直接接続することができ、また、特にAC/DCコンバータのような付加的な回路を搭載する必要がないので、発光装置をより小型、薄型化することができる。 In addition, in another aspect of the first to fourteenth embodiments of the present invention, an AC drive circuit is provided. As a result, the present light emitting device can be directly connected to an AC power source, and there is no need to mount an additional circuit such as an AC / DC converter in particular. it can.
 また、本発明の第17の実施形態の一つの観点においては、加熱領域は、発光面の一部の領域である。このようにすると、条件の厳しい寒冷地であっても、少なくとも加熱領域においては氷雪を溶解し、発光面の視認性を確保することができる。 In one aspect of the seventeenth embodiment of the present invention, the heating area is a partial area of the light emitting surface. In this way, it is possible to melt ice and snow at least in the heating area even in a cold region under severe conditions, and to ensure the visibility of the light emitting surface.
 また、本発明の第17の実施形態の別の観点においては、伝熱構造は多角形状の伝熱部材であり、載置部は前記伝熱部材の辺から後方に延びる平板状の部分である。これにより、伝熱構造を一体の部材により構成することができる。 In another aspect of the seventeenth embodiment of the present invention, the heat transfer structure is a polygonal heat transfer member, and the placement portion is a flat plate-like portion extending rearward from the side of the heat transfer member. . Thus, the heat transfer structure can be configured by an integral member.
 また、本発明の第17の実施形態の別の観点においては、光抑制構造は、伝熱構造に設けられ、導光板から出射した光線を透過する複数の開口が設けられ、伝熱部に比して載置部からの熱が伝わりにくい非伝熱部であるか、前記導光板の表面又は前記導光板の前側に配置された部材に施された印刷又は塗装であるか、前記導光板の前側に配置されたシートであるか、若しくは、前記導光板の背面に形成された光反射構造である。これにより、加熱領域と非加熱領域における光線量の差を補償できる。 In addition, in another aspect of the seventeenth embodiment of the present invention, the light suppression structure is provided in the heat transfer structure, provided with a plurality of openings for transmitting light emitted from the light guide plate, and Of the light guide plate or a non-heat transfer portion where heat from the placement portion is not easily transmitted, or printing or painting applied to the surface of the light guide plate or a member disposed in front of the light guide plate It may be a sheet disposed on the front side, or a light reflecting structure formed on the back side of the light guide plate. This makes it possible to compensate for differences in light dose in the heated and non-heated areas.
 また、本発明の第17の実施形態の別の観点においては、伝熱構造の背面は反射面である。これにより、光線の利用効率が高まる。 In another aspect of the seventeenth embodiment of the present invention, the back surface of the heat transfer structure is a reflective surface. This increases the light utilization efficiency.
 また、本発明の第17の実施形態の別の観点においては、カバーの発光面の背面は凹形状である。これにより、発光面におけるカバーの厚みが薄くなる。 In another aspect of the seventeenth embodiment of the present invention, the back surface of the light emitting surface of the cover is concave. Thus, the thickness of the cover on the light emitting surface is reduced.
 また、本発明の第17の実施形態の別の観点においては、発光面の外周縁において、前記発光面とケースの前面の傾きが等しい。これにより、発光面に付着した氷雪の脱落を妨げない。 In another aspect of the seventeenth embodiment of the present invention, the inclinations of the light emitting surface and the front surface of the case are equal at the outer peripheral edge of the light emitting surface. This does not prevent the falling off of the ice and snow adhering to the light emitting surface.
 なお、本発明に係る発光装置は、上記の構成に限定されるものではなく、種々の変形や応用が可能である。 The light emitting device according to the present invention is not limited to the above configuration, and various modifications and applications are possible.
 例えば、上記各実施形態では、発光装置の本体形状として円形、矩形を例示して説明したが、他に楕円等任意の形状を採用することが可能である。 For example, in each of the above embodiments, a circular shape and a rectangular shape have been illustrated as the main body shape of the light emitting device, but it is possible to adopt other arbitrary shapes such as an ellipse.
 また、口金としてGX53を例示して説明したが、E26等の従来から一般的である口金を適用することもできる。 Moreover, although GX53 was illustrated and demonstrated as a nozzle | cap | die, the conventional nozzle | capacitances, such as E26, can also be applied.
 上記各実施形態の説明では、駆動回路としてダイオードブリッジによる整流回路を例示して説明したが、スイッチング型のAC/DCコンバータ等、一般的な回路形式の適用が可能である。 In the description of each of the above embodiments, a rectifier circuit using a diode bridge has been exemplified as a drive circuit, but a general circuit type such as a switching type AC / DC converter can be applied.
 上記各実施形態では、発光素子として、発光ダイオード(LED)を例示して説明したが、半導体レーザ、有機LED等他の半導体発光素子の適用も可能である。 In each of the above embodiments, a light emitting diode (LED) is illustrated as a light emitting element, but application of other semiconductor light emitting elements such as a semiconductor laser and an organic LED is also possible.
 また、上記各実施形態では、発光素子の実装として、パッケージ封入タイプのLEDによる実装を例示して説明したが、ベアチップの発光ダイオード素子を直接基板に実装する、いわゆるCOB(Chip on Board)実装の適用も可能である。 In each of the above embodiments, the mounting by means of the package-encapsulated LED is described as an example of mounting of the light emitting element, but so-called COB (Chip on Board) mounting in which bare chip light emitting diode elements are directly mounted on a substrate Application is also possible.
 さらに、本実施形態では、融雪効果を発揮させた発光装置の例として交通信号灯器を例示して説明したが、その他、道路照明、街路灯、表示灯、道路標識、電光掲示板、道路情報板、玄関外灯、屋外防犯灯、ヘッドライトなど、屋外で用いられるあらゆる形態の発光装置に適用が可能である。 Furthermore, in the present embodiment, the traffic signal lamp has been exemplified and described as an example of the light emitting device that exhibits the snow melting effect, but in addition, road lighting, street light, indicator light, road sign, electric bulletin board, road information board, The present invention is applicable to all types of light emitting devices used outdoors, such as entrance lights, outdoor security lights, and headlights.
 また、上記各実施形態では、実装基板と伝熱部材とを別体で構成したものを例示して説明したものについて、これを切削あるいは押出成型等により一体的に形成し、一部品とすることも可能である。この場合、例えば発光装置の中心から放射状に伝熱部材を形成し、該伝熱部材間に、LEDを搭載したプリント基板を配する。裏面への配線は実装基板に開口を設けて行い、例えば裏面に配置した駆動回路と接続する。 Further, in each of the above embodiments, the one in which the mounting substrate and the heat transfer member are separately configured is described as an example, which is integrally formed by cutting, extrusion molding, or the like to form one component. Is also possible. In this case, for example, the heat transfer members are formed radially from the center of the light emitting device, and the printed circuit board on which the LED is mounted is disposed between the heat transfer members. Wiring to the back surface is performed by providing an opening in the mounting substrate, and for example, it is connected to a drive circuit disposed on the back surface.

Claims (20)

  1.  発光素子を搭載した基板と、
     前記基板の表面に設けられた伝熱部材と、
     前記発光素子および前記伝熱部材を覆って前記伝熱部材上に設けられた保護部材と、を有し、
     前記発光素子は、前記保護部材上に発光面を形成し、
     前記伝熱部材は、前記発光素子が発生した熱を前記保護部材に誘導し、前記発光面上に、高温領域と低温領域とからなる温度分布を生じさせることを特徴とする発光装置。
    A substrate mounted with a light emitting element,
    A heat transfer member provided on the surface of the substrate;
    A protective member provided on the heat transfer member so as to cover the light emitting element and the heat transfer member;
    The light emitting element forms a light emitting surface on the protective member,
    The light-emitting device, wherein the heat transfer member guides the heat generated by the light-emitting element to the protective member, and causes a temperature distribution consisting of a high temperature region and a low temperature region on the light emitting surface.
  2.  前記伝熱部材と前記保護部材とは前記保護部材の周囲に沿う部分において接触し、前記発光面の周辺部に高温領域、中央部分に低温領域を形成したことを特徴とする請求項1に記載の発光装置。 The heat transfer member and the protective member are in contact with each other along the periphery of the protective member, and a high temperature region is formed in the peripheral portion of the light emitting surface, and a low temperature region is formed in the central portion. Light emitting device.
  3.  前記伝熱部材と前記保護部材とは前記保護部材の中央部分において接触し、前記発光面の中央部分に高温領域、前記中央部分をとりまく周辺部に低温領域を形成したことを特徴とする請求項1に記載の発光装置。 The heat transfer member and the protection member are in contact at a central portion of the protective member, and a high temperature region is formed at the central portion of the light emitting surface, and a low temperature region is formed at a peripheral portion surrounding the central portion. The light-emitting device according to 1.
  4.  前記伝熱部材と前記保護部材とは平面視複数の島状領域において接触し、前記発光面上に島状の高温領域および前記島状の高温領域を取り囲む低温領域を形成したことを特徴とする請求項1に記載の発光装置。 The heat transfer member and the protective member are in contact in a plurality of island regions in plan view, and a high temperature region of island shape and a low temperature region surrounding the high temperature region of island shape are formed on the light emitting surface. The light emitting device according to claim 1.
  5.  前記伝熱部材と前記保護部材とは前記保護部材の表面の略半面において接触し、前記発光面の略半面に高温領域、残りの略半面に低温領域を形成したことを特徴とする請求項1に記載の発光装置。 The heat transfer member and the protection member are in contact with each other at substantially one half of the surface of the protection member, and a high temperature region is formed at approximately one half surface of the light emitting surface, and a low temperature region is formed at approximately the other half surface. The light emitting device according to claim 1.
  6.  前記保護部材の表面は親水性領域と疎水性領域とを有し、
     前記親水性領域は前記疎水性領域に比して温度が相対的に高く維持された高温領域となっていることを特徴とする請求項1乃至5のいずれかに記載の発光装置。
    The surface of the protective member has a hydrophilic region and a hydrophobic region,
    The light emitting device according to any one of claims 1 to 5, wherein the hydrophilic region is a high temperature region in which the temperature is maintained relatively higher than the hydrophobic region.
  7.  前記親水性領域と前記疎水性領域とが断熱部材を介して接していることを特徴とする請求項6に記載の発光装置。 The light emitting device according to claim 6, wherein the hydrophilic region and the hydrophobic region are in contact via a heat insulating member.
  8.  前記発光素子を覆う透光性部材をさらに有し、
     前記伝熱部材が、前記発光素子の直上部に位置する前記透光性部材を前記保護部材に接触させて形成されたことを特徴とする請求項1乃至7のいずれかに記載の発光装置。
    It further has a translucent member covering the light emitting element,
    The light emitting device according to any one of claims 1 to 7, wherein the heat transfer member is formed by bringing the light transmitting member located immediately above the light emitting element into contact with the protective member.
  9.  前記基板は複数の前記発光素子を搭載した第一の面および前記第一の面の裏面側に位置する第二の面を有し、
     前記伝熱部材は、前記基板の前記第一の面上において複数の前記発光素子の間に設けられ、金属材料で形成されたことを特徴とする請求項1乃至7のいずれかに記載の発光装置。
    The substrate has a first surface on which a plurality of the light emitting elements are mounted, and a second surface located on the back surface side of the first surface,
    8. The light emission according to any one of claims 1 to 7, wherein the heat transfer member is provided between the plurality of light emitting elements on the first surface of the substrate and is formed of a metal material. apparatus.
  10.  前記基板は第一の面および前記第一の面の裏面側に位置する第二の面と、前記第一の面から前記第二の面に貫通する複数の貫通孔を有する熱伝導性材料で形成され、
     前記発光素子は前記第二の面側から前記第一の面側に前記貫通孔を通して光を出射するように第二の面上に搭載され、
     複数の前記発光素子において発生した熱を前記基板を介して、前記保護部材に伝導させるようにしたことを特徴とする請求項1乃至7のいずれかに記載の発光装置。
    The substrate is a thermally conductive material having a first surface, a second surface located on the back side of the first surface, and a plurality of through holes penetrating from the first surface to the second surface. Formed
    The light emitting element is mounted on a second surface so as to emit light through the through hole from the second surface to the first surface.
    The light emitting device according to any one of claims 1 to 7, wherein heat generated in a plurality of the light emitting elements is conducted to the protective member through the substrate.
  11.  前記基板の発光素子搭載面とは反対側の面に接して、断熱部材を配したことを特徴とする請求項1乃至9のいずれかに記載の発光装置。 The light emitting device according to any one of claims 1 to 9, wherein a heat insulating member is disposed in contact with the surface of the substrate opposite to the light emitting element mounting surface.
  12.  ハウジングと、
     端面から入射した光の向きを変え、前面より出光させる導光板を有し、
     前記発光素子は前記導光板の端面に面して複数配置され、
     前記伝熱部材は、前記導光板の前側に配置され、前記発光素子と熱的に接続されて前記発光素子から発せられた熱を発光面の一部の領域である加熱領域に伝える伝熱構造である請求項1乃至5のいずれか1項に記載の発光装置。
    With the housing,
    It has a light guide plate that changes the direction of light incident from the end face and emits light from the front face,
    A plurality of the light emitting elements are disposed facing the end face of the light guide plate,
    The heat transfer member is disposed on the front side of the light guide plate and thermally connected to the light emitting element to transfer heat generated from the light emitting element to a heating area which is a partial area of the light emitting surface. The light emitting device according to any one of claims 1 to 5, wherein
  13.  前記伝熱構造が、前記導光板から出射された光線を透過する複数の開口を有する伝熱部と、前記発光素子が載置され前記伝熱部と熱的に接続した載置部とを有する請求項12に記載の発光装置。 The heat transfer structure includes a heat transfer portion having a plurality of openings transmitting light emitted from the light guide plate, and a mounting portion on which the light emitting element is mounted and thermally connected to the heat transfer portion. A light emitting device according to claim 12.
  14.  前記発光面の前記加熱領域以外の領域である非加熱領域において、前記発光面から出射する光線量を抑制する光抑制構造を有する請求項12又は13に記載の発光装置。 The light emitting device according to claim 12 or 13, further comprising a light suppression structure for suppressing an amount of light emitted from the light emitting surface in a non-heating region which is a region other than the heating region of the light emitting surface.
  15.  前記発光素子は前記導光板の周囲の一部分において前記導光板の端面に面するように設けられ、前記加熱領域に面する位置における前記発光素子の発熱量の総量は、前記非加熱領域に面する位置における前記発光素子の発熱量の総量より大きい請求項14に記載の発光装置。 The light emitting element is provided to face the end face of the light guide plate at a part of the periphery of the light guide plate, and the total heat generation amount of the light emitting element at a position facing the heating area faces the non-heating area The light emitting device according to claim 14, which is larger than the total amount of heat generation of the light emitting element at a position.
  16.  少なくとも前記伝熱構造と前記導光板の間及び前記伝熱構造と前記ハウジングの間のいずれかに伝熱を妨げる断熱部材を備える請求項12乃至15のいずれかに記載の発光装置。 The light emitting device according to any one of claims 12 to 15, further comprising: a heat insulating member that prevents heat transfer at least between the heat transfer structure and the light guide plate and between the heat transfer structure and the housing.
  17.  前記発光装置の下部において、前記伝熱構造の熱を前記ハウジングに伝える下部伝熱構造を有する請求項12乃至16のいずれかに記載の発光装置。 The light emitting device according to any one of claims 12 to 16, further comprising a lower heat transfer structure for transferring the heat of the heat transfer structure to the housing at a lower portion of the light emitting device.
  18.  交流電流を直流電流に変換する変換回路を有する変換回路基板を備え、
     前記変換回路基板は、前記伝熱構造の下部に熱的に接触するように配置される請求項12乃至17のいずれかに記載の発光装置。
    A converter circuit board having a converter circuit for converting alternating current into direct current;
    The light emitting device according to any one of claims 12 to 17, wherein the conversion circuit board is disposed in thermal contact with a lower portion of the heat transfer structure.
  19.  請求項12乃至18のいずれかに記載の発光装置と、
     前記発光装置を収容し、前記発光面を露出させる開口を前面に有するケースを有し、
     前記保護部材は、前記伝熱構造の前側に配置され、前記加熱領域において前記伝熱構造と熱的に接続され、
     前記保護部材の前記発光面は前方に凸形状であり、
     前記発光面の外周縁において、前記発光面と前記ケースの前面との間に段差が形成されない信号機。
    A light emitting device according to any one of claims 12 to 18,
    It has a case that accommodates the light emitting device and has an opening on the front surface that exposes the light emitting surface;
    The protective member is disposed on the front side of the heat transfer structure and is thermally connected to the heat transfer structure in the heating area.
    The light emitting surface of the protective member is convex forwardly,
    The traffic signal in which a level | step difference is not formed between the said light emission surface and the front surface of the said case in the outer periphery of the said light emission surface.
  20.  前記発光面の前面は、鉛直方向に直線的であり、水平方向に曲線的となる曲面である請求項19に記載の信号機。 20. The traffic light according to claim 19, wherein the front surface of the light emitting surface is a curved surface which is straight in the vertical direction and curved in the horizontal direction.
PCT/JP2012/063938 2011-06-08 2012-05-30 Light-emitting device WO2012169407A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (8)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2011128231A JP5766033B2 (en) 2011-06-08 2011-06-08 Light emitting device
JP2011-128231 2011-06-08
JP2011-128229 2011-06-08
JP2011128229A JP5734753B2 (en) 2011-06-08 2011-06-08 Light emitting device
JP2011145389A JP2013012116A (en) 2011-06-30 2011-06-30 Light-emitting device
JP2011-145389 2011-06-30
JP2011-146449 2011-06-30
JP2011146449A JP5650065B2 (en) 2011-06-30 2011-06-30 traffic lights

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2012169407A1 true WO2012169407A1 (en) 2012-12-13

Family

ID=47295973

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2012/063938 WO2012169407A1 (en) 2011-06-08 2012-05-30 Light-emitting device

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2012169407A1 (en)

Cited By (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2014134993A (en) * 2013-01-11 2014-07-24 Shinohara Electric Co Ltd Road information display device
JP2014157920A (en) * 2013-02-15 2014-08-28 Toshiba Lighting & Technology Corp Light emitting module, light emitting device, and lighting device
WO2015042193A3 (en) * 2013-09-17 2015-09-11 Xicato, Inc. Led based illumination device with integrated output window
JP2020095314A (en) * 2018-12-10 2020-06-18 田中 伸一 Reflective snow-accumulation type traffic light
CN112577018A (en) * 2019-09-27 2021-03-30 株式会社小糸制作所 Light source unit and vehicle lamp

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2007273369A (en) * 2006-03-31 2007-10-18 Stanley Electric Co Ltd Vehicular lighting fixture
JP2011054435A (en) * 2009-09-02 2011-03-17 Stanley Electric Co Ltd Led light-source unit for vehicle lamp
JP2011081967A (en) * 2009-10-05 2011-04-21 Koito Mfg Co Ltd Vehicle headlamp

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2007273369A (en) * 2006-03-31 2007-10-18 Stanley Electric Co Ltd Vehicular lighting fixture
JP2011054435A (en) * 2009-09-02 2011-03-17 Stanley Electric Co Ltd Led light-source unit for vehicle lamp
JP2011081967A (en) * 2009-10-05 2011-04-21 Koito Mfg Co Ltd Vehicle headlamp

Cited By (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2014134993A (en) * 2013-01-11 2014-07-24 Shinohara Electric Co Ltd Road information display device
JP2014157920A (en) * 2013-02-15 2014-08-28 Toshiba Lighting & Technology Corp Light emitting module, light emitting device, and lighting device
WO2015042193A3 (en) * 2013-09-17 2015-09-11 Xicato, Inc. Led based illumination device with integrated output window
US9927111B2 (en) 2013-09-17 2018-03-27 Xicato, Inc. LED based illumination device with integrated output window
JP2020095314A (en) * 2018-12-10 2020-06-18 田中 伸一 Reflective snow-accumulation type traffic light
CN112577018A (en) * 2019-09-27 2021-03-30 株式会社小糸制作所 Light source unit and vehicle lamp
CN112577018B (en) * 2019-09-27 2024-03-01 株式会社小糸制作所 Light source unit and vehicle lamp

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
CN107178729B (en) Lamp set
JP5739982B2 (en) Lighting device
US7267461B2 (en) Directly viewable luminaire
US8439521B2 (en) Light-emitting module and luminaire
CN104235641B (en) Ultrathin type LED light engine
CN101566325B (en) Light-emitting diode lamp
WO2012169407A1 (en) Light-emitting device
US9022603B1 (en) Systems, methods, and devices for sealing LED light sources in a light module
CA2451808A1 (en) High power light emitting diode
CN202109331U (en) LED street lamp module
CN202632682U (en) LED dot matrix display screen and combined dot matrix display screen
JP5766033B2 (en) Light emitting device
WO2016070824A1 (en) Led straight lamp
JP5734753B2 (en) Light emitting device
KR102547817B1 (en) Highway work zone warning system
JP5650065B2 (en) traffic lights
JP6029100B2 (en) Light emitting device
JP2021096958A (en) Embedded type marker lamp
TWM498275U (en) Structure of LED lamp tube
CN201462748U (en) LED down lamp
JP2013008528A (en) Signal
JP2012256161A (en) Signal lamp
JP2014086339A (en) Light-emitting device
KR101812800B1 (en) Lighting device
JP2013012116A (en) Light-emitting device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 12797090

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 12797090

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1